2021 GMC Sierra / Sierra Denali 1500 Owner's Manual

21_GMC_Sierra_SierraDenali_1500_COV_en_US_84550392C_2021FEB23.pdf 1 2/18/2021 2:32:49 PM

CMY

K Cadillac Escalade Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 13690472) - 2021 - Insert - 5/10/21

Insert to the 2021 Cadillac Escalade, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali, Chevrolet Silverado 1500, and GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner’s Manuals This information replaces the information Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto under “Stop/Start System” found in the { Warning Starts may occur because: Driving and Operating Section of the owner’s The automatic engine Stop/Start feature . The climate control settings require the manual. causes the engine to shut off while the engine to be running to cool or heat the Some vehicles built on or after 6/7/2021 are vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle vehicle interior. not equipped with the Stop/Start System, before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle . The vehicle battery charge is low. see your dealer for details on a specific may restart and move unexpectedly. . The vehicle battery has recently been vehicle. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn disconnected. the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. Stop/Start System . Minimum vehicle speed has not been reached since the last Auto Stop. If equipped, the Stop/Start system will shut Auto Engine Stop/Start . The accelerator pedal is pressed. off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has When the brakes are applied and the vehicle . The engine or transmission is not at the components designed for the increased is at a complete stop, the engine may turn number of starts. required operating temperature. off. When stopped, the tachometer displays . AUTO STOP. See Tachometer. When the The outside temperature is not in the brake pedal is released or the accelerator required operating range. . pedal is pressed, the engine will restart. The vehicle is in any gear other than D (Drive). Some vehicles may maintain To maintain vehicle performance, other Auto Stop after being shifted to P (Park). conditions may cause the engine to . automatically restart before the brake pedal Certain driver modes have been selected. is released. See Driver Mode Control and Four-Wheel Drive.

2 . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. . The driver door has been opened or the driver seat belt has been unbuckled. . The hood has been opened. . The Auto Stop has reached the maximum allowed time. Auto Stop Disable Switch

Chevrolet/GMC SUV Uplevel Shown Chevrolet/GMC Pickup If equipped, the automatic engine Stop/Start feature can be disabled and enabled by pressing h. Auto Stop is enabled each time you start the vehicle. When h is illuminated, the system is enabled. Cadillac Uplevel Shown GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 2/18/21

Introduction This manual describes features that may or Contents may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that was not purchased Introduction ...... 1 on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 7 not be available in your region, or changes Seats and Restraints ...... 45 subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. Storage ...... 95 If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel Instruments and Controls ...... 99 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement Lighting ...... 139 appearing in this manual including, but not for additional and specific information on this engine. Infotainment System ...... 148 limited to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the GMC Truck Emblem, SIERRA, and DENALI are Refer to the purchase documentation Climate Controls ...... 204 trademarks and/or service marks of General relating to your specific vehicle to confirm Driving and Operating ...... 211 Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, the features. or licensors. Vehicle Care ...... 321 Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute reference. Service and Maintenance ...... 408 the name “General Motors of Canada Technical Data ...... 423 Company” for GMC Division wherever it Customer Information ...... 428 appears in this manual. Reporting Safety Defects ...... 436 OnStar ...... 440 Connected Services ...... 445 Index...... 448

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84550392 C Third Printing © 2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

2 Introduction Canadian Vehicle Owners Symbols { Danger A French language manual can be obtained The vehicle has components and labels that Danger indicates a hazard with a high from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, use symbols instead of text. Symbols are or from: level of risk which will result in serious shown along with the text describing the injury or death. operation or information relating to a Propriétaires Canadiens specific component, control, message, gauge, On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide or indicator. en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à { Warning M : Shown when the owner’s manual has l'adresse suivante: Warning indicates a hazard that could additional instructions or information. result in injury or death. Helm, Incorporated * Attention: Customer Service : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions or information. 47911 Halyard Drive Caution Plymouth, MI 48170 0 : Shown when there is more information Caution indicates a hazard that could USA on another page —“see page.” result in property or vehicle damage. Using this Manual Vehicle Symbol Chart To quickly locate information about the Here are some additional symbols that may vehicle, use the Index in the back of the be found on the vehicle and what they manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is mean. See the features in this manual for in the manual and the page number where information. it can be found. u : Air Conditioning System Danger, Warning, and Caution A circle with a slash through it is a safety G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do Warning messages found on vehicle labels 9 : Airbag Readiness Light and in this manual describe hazards and this,” or “Do not let this happen.” what to do to avoid or reduce them. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) $ : Brake System Warning Light GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Introduction 3 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water I : Registered Technician B : Engine Coolant Temperature / : Remote Vehicle Start _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited h : Risk of Electrical Fire H : Flammable > : Seat Belt Reminders [ : Forward Collision Alert I : Side Blind Zone Alert R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location h : Stop/Start + : Fuses 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly Installed a : Under Pressure | : Lane Change Alert V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Introduction 5 1. Tow/Haul Mode (On Some Models). See 11. A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 281 (If Power Take-Off (PTO) (If Equipped). See Driver Mode Control 0 251. Equipped). Duramax Diesel Supplement. Automatic Transfer Case Control (If X 12. Power Outlet (Alternating Current) (If 0 Park Assist Switch (If Equipped). See 0 Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 242. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing Equipped). See Power Outlets 102. Driver Mode Control 0 251 (If Equipped). 0 266. 13. Power Outlet (Direct Current) Power 0 Outlets 0 102. 2. Air Vents 209. h Auto Stop Disable Switch (If 0 3. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 128 (If Equipped). See Stop/Start System 0 233. 14. USB Port 158. Equipped). 15. Wireless Charging 0 103 (If Equipped). 5 Power Release Tailgate (If 4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Equipped). See Tailgate 0 23. 16. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped). Lane-Change Signals 0 143. See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control | Hazard Warning Flashers 0 142. 0 Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 101. System” under Towing Equipment 296. 5. Instrument Cluster 0 106. g Traction Control/Electronic Stability 17. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition Control 0 248. Positions (Keyless Access) 0 230 or 6. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. 0 239. A DC/AC Switch. See Power Outlets 0 102. 18. Steering Wheel Controls 0 100 (If Range Selection Mode. See Manual Mode Equipped). 0 241. 5 Hill Descent Control Switch (If Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls. 7. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp Equipped). See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 0 250. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base System 142. Level) 0 124 or 8. Infotainment Controls. See Overview j Power Assist Steps 0 30 (If Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel 0 149. Equipped). and Uplevel) 0 125. 9. Climate Control Systems 0 204 (If L Express Window Down Button (If 19. Horn 0 101. 0 Equipped). Equipped). See Power Windows 41. 20. Hood Release. See Hood 0 323. Dual Automatic Climate Control System Tow/Haul Mode 0 242 (On Some 0 0 21. Steering Wheel Adjustment 100 (Out 206 (If Equipped). Models). of View). 10. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 Exhaust Brake (If Equipped). See Duramax (If Equipped). Diesel Supplement. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

6 Introduction 22. Cruise Control 0 254. Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 256 (If Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 275 (If Equipped). Heated Steering Wheel 0 100 (If Equipped). 23. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 115. 24. Electric Parking Brake 0 247. 25. Fog Lamps 0 143 (If Equipped). Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 145. Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 144. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139. Task Lighting 0 144 (If Equipped). GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 33 Windows Manual Mirrors ...... 34 Keys (Key Access) Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 34 Keys and Locks Power Mirrors ...... 35 { Warning Folding Mirrors ...... 36 Keys (Key Access) ...... 7 Leaving children in a vehicle with the Keys (Keyless Access) ...... 9 Heated Mirrors ...... 37 ignition key is dangerous and children or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . 10 Automatic Dimming Mirror ...... 37 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 37 others could be seriously injured or killed. Operation (Key Access) ...... 10 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 38 They could operate the power windows Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System or other controls or make the vehicle Interior Mirrors move. The windows will function with Operation (Keyless Access) ...... 13 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 38 the keys in the ignition, and children or Remote Vehicle Start ...... 20 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 38 Door Locks ...... 21 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 38 others could be caught in the path of a Power Door Locks ...... 22 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 38 closing window. Do not leave children in Delayed Locking ...... 22 a vehicle with the ignition key. Automatic Door Locks ...... 22 Windows Lockout Protection ...... 22 Windows ...... 40 Safety Locks ...... 23 Manual Windows ...... 41 Power Windows ...... 41 Doors Rear Windows ...... 43 Tailgate ...... 23 Sun Visors ...... 43 Power Assist Steps ...... 30 Roof Vehicle Security Sunroof ...... 43 Vehicle Security ...... 31 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 31 Steering Column Lock ...... 32 Immobilizer ...... 32 Immobilizer Operation ...... 32 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows replacement ignition keys have a small hole. { Warning See your dealer if a replacement key is If the key is unintentionally rotated while required. the vehicle is running, the ignition could The combination and size of the rings that be moved out of the RUN position. This came with your keys were specifically could be caused by heavy items hanging selected for your vehicle. The rings are from the key ring, or by large or long connected to the key like two links of a items attached to the key ring that could chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally be contacted by the driver or steering moving the key out of the RUN position. Do wheel. If the ignition moves out of the not add any additional items to the ring RUN position, the engine will shut off, attached to the ignition key. Attach braking and steering power assist may be additional items only to the second ring, impacted, and airbags may not deploy. and limit added items to a few essential Interference from radio-frequency To reduce the risk of unintentional keys or small, light items no larger than an identification (RFID) tags may prevent the rotation of the ignition key, do not RKE transmitter. key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID change the way the ignition key and tags away from the key when starting the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, vehicle. if equipped, are connected to the The key is used for the ignition, all door provided key rings. locks, and the glove box.

The ignition key and key rings, and RKE If equipped with memory seats, keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of memory 1 transmitter, if equipped, are designed to 0 work together as a system to reduce the or 2. See Memory Seats 49. risk of unintentionally moving the key out of the RUN position. The ignition key has a small hole to allow attachment of the provided key ring. It is important that any GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Programming Keys Programming without Recognized Keys After two keys are learned, the remaining keys can be learned by following the Follow these procedures to program up to Program a new key to the vehicle when a procedure in “Programming with Two eight keys to the vehicle. recognized key is not available. Canadian regulations require that owners see their Recognized Keys.” Programming with Two Recognized Keys dealer. The key has a bar-coded key tag that the To program a new key: If two currently recognized keys are not dealer or qualified locksmith can use to 1. Insert the original, already programmed available, follow this procedure to program make new keys. Store this information in a key in the ignition and turn the the first key. safe place, not in the vehicle. ignition on. This procedure will take approximately See your dealer if a replacement key or 2. Turn the ignition off, and remove 30 minutes to complete for the first key. additional key is needed. the key. The vehicle must be off and all of the keys If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect 3. Quickly, within five seconds, insert the you wish to program must be with you. the key blade for debris. Periodically clean second original already programmed key 1. Insert the new vehicle key into the with a brush or pick. in the ignition and turn the ignition on. ignition. If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside 4. Turn the ignition off, and remove 2. Turn the ignition on. The security light Assistance Program 0 431. the key. will come on. With an active OnStar or connected service 5. Insert the key to be programmed and 3. Wait 10 minutes until the security light plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely turn the ignition on within five seconds. turns off. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 6. After a few seconds, the security light 4. Turn the ignition off. 440. will turn off once the key has been programmed. 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more times. After Keys (Keyless Access) the third time, turn the ignition on; the 7. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional keys are to key is learned and all previously known { Warning be programmed. keys will no longer work with the If a key is lost or damaged, see your dealer vehicle. Leaving children in a vehicle with an to have a new key made. 6. To learn a second key, turn the ignition ignition key or Remote Keyless Entry off, insert the second key to be learned, (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and and turn the ignition on. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows This key is used for the driver door and If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Warning (Continued) glove box. Assistance Program 0 431. children or others could be seriously If equipped with memory seats, RKE injured or killed. They could operate the transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating power window or other controls or make positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory the vehicle move. The windows will Seats 0 49. function with the key in the ignition or with the RKE transmitter in the vehicle, Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and children or others could be caught in System the path of a closing window. Do not See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. leave children in a vehicle with the ignition key or an RKE transmitter. If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) operating range: . Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle. Press the button to remove the key. Never pull the key out without pressing the . Check the location. Other vehicles or button. objects may be blocking the signal. . Check the transmitter's battery. See See your dealer if a replacement key or “Battery Replacement” later in this additional key is needed. section. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect . If the transmitter is still not working the key blade for debris. Periodically clean correctly, see your dealer or a qualified with a brush or pick. technician for service. With an active OnStar or connected service plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If the vehicle has the Keyless Access system, unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview System Operation (Key Access) the transmitter has a button on the side of 0 440. the transmitter used to remove the key. The RKE transmitter functions may work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 Other conditions can affect the performance If enabled, the horn chirps when Q is Press and hold K to remotely open the of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry pressed again within three seconds. See windows, if enabled. See Vehicle (RKE) System 0 10. Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Personalization 0 131. Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See x : Press twice quickly to release the Vehicle Alarm System 0 31. tailgate, if equipped. If equipped with remote mirror folding, 7 : Press and release to initiate the vehicle pressing and holding Q for one second will locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle horn sounds three times. Personalization 0 131. Press and hold 7 for more than K : Press once to unlock only the driver three seconds to activate the panic alarm. door. If K is pressed again within The turn signal lamps flash and the horn three seconds, all remaining doors unlock. sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm The interior lamps may come on and stay turns off when the ignition is turned on or on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off / : Press and release Q, then immediately turned on. for the panic alarm to work. press and hold / until the turn signal If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle lamps flash or for at least four seconds. The to indicate unlocking has occurred. engine may be started from outside the Only RKE transmitters programmed to this If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. stolen, a replacement can be purchased and Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms programmed through your dealer. Each Q : Press to lock all doors. the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System vehicle can have up to eight transmitters 0 programmed to it. See your dealer for If enabled, the turn signal lamps may flash 31. transmitter programming. and/or the horn may sound on the second If equipped with remote mirror folding, press to indicate locking has occurred. pressing and holding K for one second will unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Battery Replacement Caution To replace the battery: { Warning When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Never allow children to play with the RKE Static from your body could damage the transmitter. The transmitter contains a transmitter. small battery, which can be a choking hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Caution Seek medical attention immediately if a Always replace the battery with the battery is swallowed. correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of { Warning used batteries according to instructions To avoid personal injury, do not touch and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, 1. Separate and remove the back cover of metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid the transmitter with a flat, thin object, when it has been exposed to extreme exposing the battery to environments such as a coin. heat. These surfaces can be hot to the with extremely low air pressures or high touch at temperatures above 59 °C temperatures. (138 °F). Replace the battery in the transmitter soon if the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC). GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 2. Press and slide the battery down toward the pocket of the transmitter in the direction of the key ring. Do not use a metal object 3. Remove the battery. 4. Insert the new battery, positive side facing up. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. 5. Push together the transmitter back cover top side first, and then the bottom toward the key ring.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Remove the key by pressing the button on / : Press and release Q, then immediately System Operation (Keyless Access) the side of the RKE transmitter near the press and hold / until the turn signal bottom and pull the key out. Never pull the lamps flash or for at least four seconds. The The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle key out without pressing the button. entry when the transmitter is within 1 m engine may be started from outside the See your dealer if a new transmitter is vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later 0 in this section. needed. Remote Vehicle Start 20. The RKE transmitter functions may work up Q : Press to lock all doors and the tailgate, to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. if equipped. Other conditions can affect the performance If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash and/ of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry or the horn may sound on the second press (RKE) System 0 10. to indicate locking has occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps when is pressed again The key that is part of the RKE transmitter Q within three seconds. See Vehicle can be used for all locks. Personalization 0 131. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows If the driver door is open when Q is If equipped with remote mirror folding, tailgate or door being opened. If the vehicle pressed, all doors will lock and then the pressing and holding K for one second will has this feature, there will be a button on driver door will immediately unlock, unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle the outside door handles. if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Personalization 0 131. Keyless Access can be programmed to If the passenger door is open when Q is Press and hold K until the windows fully unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock pressed, all doors lock. open, if remote window operation is press from the driver door. Keyless enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Unlocking can also be turned off. See Vehicle Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See Personalization 0 131. 0 Vehicle Alarm System 31. x : Press twice quickly to release the If equipped with memory seats, RKE tailgate, if equipped. If equipped with remote mirror folding, transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating pressing and holding for one second will 7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory Q 0 fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the Seats 49. Personalization 0 131. horn sounds three times. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door K : Press once to unlock only the driver Press and hold 7 for more than door. If K is pressed again within three seconds to activate the panic alarm. When the doors are locked and the RKE three seconds, all remaining doors and the The turn signal lamps flash and the horn transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door tailgate unlock. The interior lamps may sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until turns off when the ignition is turned on or the driver door handle will unlock the driver the ignition is turned on. 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed for the panic alarm to work. again within five seconds, all passenger If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice doors and the tailgate will unlock. to indicate unlocking has occurred. Keyless Access Operation If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. 0 The Keyless Access system allows for doors See Vehicle Personalization 131. and the tailgate to be accessed without Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms pressing the RKE transmitter button. The RKE the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the 0 31. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause Enabling Keyless Unlocking: all doors to lock if any of the following occur: With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K . The lock/unlock button was used to on the RKE transmitter at the same time unlock all doors. for approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash twice quickly to . Any vehicle door has been opened and all indicate access is enabled. doors are now closed. Passive Locking Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior Door Handles and Tailgate This feature will lock the vehicle several seconds after all doors are closed, if the If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior vehicle is off and at least one RKE door handles and tailgate can be disabled transmitter has been removed from the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar and enabled. interior, or none remain in the interior. Disabling Keyless Unlocking: Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause If other electronic devices interfere with the all doors to lock if any of the following With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not occur: K on the RKE transmitter at the same time detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. . It has been more than five seconds since for approximately three seconds. The turn If passive locking is enabled, the doors may the first lock/unlock button press. signal lamps will flash four times quickly to lock with the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in . Two lock/unlock button presses were indicate access is disabled. Using any an unattended vehicle. used to unlock all doors. exterior handle to unlock the doors or open . Any vehicle door has been opened and all the tailgate will cause the turn signal lamps To customize the doors to automatically lock doors are now closed. to flash four times quickly, indicating access when exiting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock, is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the system before starting the vehicle. 0 131. Passenger Doors When the doors are locked and the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on a passenger door handle will unlock all doors. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows Temporary Disable of Passive Locking Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Temporarily disable passive locking by Only RKE transmitters programmed to the pressing and holding K on the interior door vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or switch with a door open for at least stolen, a replacement can be purchased and four seconds, or until three chimes are programmed through your dealer. The heard. Passive locking will then remain vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or disabled until Q on the interior door is stolen transmitters no longer work. Each pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. vehicle can have up to eight transmitters matched to it. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Programming with Recognized Transmitters When the vehicle is turned off and an RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle, the horn A new transmitter can be programmed to will chirp three times after all doors are the vehicle when there are two recognized Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle transmitters. (Lower Compartment) Personalization 0 131. To program, the vehicle must be off and all Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert transmitters, both currently recognized and new, must be with you. If the vehicle is on with a door open and then all doors are closed, the vehicle will 1. Remove the key from a recognized check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter. transmitter is not detected, the Driver 2. Place the two recognized transmitters in Information Center (DIC) will display NO the cupholder or on the passenger seat. REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp 3. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock three times. This occurs only once each time cylinder on the driver door handle. Then the vehicle is driven. To turn on or off see turn the key counterclockwise, to the Vehicle Personalization 0 131. unlock position, five times within Key Access 10 seconds. Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats To access a vehicle with a dead transmitter The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE #3, battery, see Door Locks 0 21. 4, 5 ETC. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 4. Place the new transmitter in the 1. Remove the vehicle key from the transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter. 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 2. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock transmitter is learned, the DIC display cylinder on the driver door handle; then will show that it is ready to program the turn the key counterclockwise, to the next transmitter. unlock position, five times within 6. Remove the transmitter from the 10 seconds. transmitter pocket and press K or Q on The DIC displays REMOTE LEARN the transmitter. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. To program additional transmitters, 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC repeat Steps 4–6. displays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TO LEARN, then press ENGINE START/STOP. When all additional transmitters are Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats programmed, press and hold ENGINE The DIC will again display REMOTE LEARN (Lower Compartment) START/STOP for approximately PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. 12 seconds to exit programming mode. 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional times. After 7. Return the key back into the transmitter. the third time all previously known transmitters will no longer work with the Programming without Recognized vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be Transmitters relearned during the next steps. If two currently recognized transmitters are The DIC should now display READY FOR not available, follow this procedure to REMOTE # 1. program up to eight transmitters. This feature is not available in Canada. This procedure will take approximately 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle must be off and all transmitters to be programmed must be with you. Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows 5. Place the new transmitter in the To start the vehicle: 1. Place the transmitter in the transmitter transmitter pocket/insert. pocket/insert. 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral) transmitter is learned, the DIC display press the brake pedal and ENGINE will show that it is ready to program the START/STOP. next transmitter. Replace the transmitter battery as soon 7. Remove the transmitter from the as possible. K transmitter pocket/insert and press or Battery Replacement Q on the transmitter. To program additional transmitters, { Warning repeat Steps 5–7. Never allow children to play with the RKE When all additional transmitters are transmitter. The transmitter contains a programmed, press and hold ENGINE Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats small battery, which can be a choking START/STOP for approximately (Lower Compartment) hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can 12 seconds to exit programming mode. occur, resulting in severe injury or death. 8. Return the key back into the transmitter. Seek medical attention immediately if a Starting the Vehicle with a Low battery is swallowed. Transmitter Battery If the transmitter battery is weak or if there { Warning is interference with the signal, the DIC may To avoid personal injury, do not touch display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN START YOUR when it has been exposed to extreme VEHICLE when starting the vehicle. heat. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F). Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

Caution To replace the battery: 2. Insert a flat, thin object in the center of the transmitter to separate and remove When replacing the battery, do not touch the back cover. any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.

Caution Always replace the battery with the correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, 1. Press the button on the RKE transmitter to remove the key. Never pull the key crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid out without pressing the button. exposing the battery to environments 3. Lift the battery with a flat object. with extremely low air pressures or high 4. Remove the battery. temperatures. 5. Insert the new battery, positive side toward the back cover. Replace with a Replace the battery in the transmitter soon CR2032 or equivalent battery. if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN 6. Push together the transmitter. REMOTE KEY. 7. Insert the key back into the RKE transmitter. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Remote Vehicle Start . The ignition is in any mode other The engine will continue to run for than off. 15 minutes. After 30 seconds, repeat If equipped with the remote start feature, . The hazard warning flashers are on. Steps 1 and 2 for a 15-minute time the climate control system will come on extension. when the vehicle is started remotely, . Two remote starts or a remote start with depending on the outside temperature. an extension have been used. Turn the ignition on to operate the vehicle. . The vehicle is not in P (Park). The rear defog and heated and ventilated Extending Engine Run Time seats, if equipped, may also come on. See The engine will turn off during a remote The engine run time can be extended by Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 and vehicle start if: 15 minutes, for a total of 30 minutes, Vehicle Personalization 0 131. . The coolant temperature gets too high. if during the first 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 If equipped, the automatic heated steering . The oil pressure gets low. are repeated while the engine is still running. An extension can be requested wheel may also come on. See Heated The RKE transmitter range may be reduced 30 seconds after starting. Steering Wheel 0 100. while the vehicle is running. A maximum of two remote starts, or a Laws in some communities may restrict the Other conditions can affect the performance single start with an extension, is allowed use of remote starters. Check local of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry between ignition cycles. regulations for any requirements on remote (RKE) System 0 10. starting of vehicles. The vehicle's ignition must be turned on and Starting the Engine Using Remote Start Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low then back off to use remote start again. 1. Press and release . on fuel. The vehicle may run out of fuel. Q Canceling a Remote Start 2. Immediately press and hold / until the The vehicle cannot be remote started if: To cancel a remote start, do one of the turn signal lamps flash or for at least . The RKE transmitter is inside the vehicle following: four seconds. or if the key is in the ignition. . Press and hold / until the parking lamps When the vehicle starts, the parking . The hood is not closed. lamps will turn on. The doors will be turn off. . There is an emission control system locked and the climate control system . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. malfunction and the lamp is on. may come on. . Turn the ignition on and then off. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21 Door Locks There are several ways to lock and unlock Keyless Access the vehicle. { Warning From outside: Unlocked doors can be dangerous. . Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. . Passengers, especially children, can easily open the doors and fall out of a . Use Keyless Access, if equipped. moving vehicle. The doors can be . Use the key in the driver door or the unlocked and opened while the vehicle passenger door, if equipped. is moving. The chance of being thrown From inside, use the power door locks or the out of the vehicle in a crash is manual door locks. To lock the door with increased if the doors are not locked. the manual door locks, push down on the So, all passengers should wear seat manual lock knob. belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven. From inside, pull the door handle once to If equipped, the remote key must be within unlock the door. Pull the handle again to 1 m (3 ft) of the tailgate or door being . Young children who get into unlocked open the door. vehicles may be unable to get out. opened or locked. Press the button on the A child can be overcome by extreme See Vehicle Alarm System 0 31. door handle to open. See “Keyless Access heat and can suffer permanent injuries Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 or even death from heat stroke. System Operation (Key Access) 10 or Always lock the vehicle whenever Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 leaving it. Operation (Keyless Access) 13. . Outsiders can easily enter through an Free-Turning Locks unlocked door when you slow down The door key lock cylinder turns freely when or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors either the wrong key is used, or the correct can help prevent this from happening. key is not fully inserted. The free-turning door lock feature prevents the lock from being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it to the vertical position with the correct key GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it Delayed locking can only be turned on when If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then again. If this does not reset the lock, turn the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has opened and closed, the doors will lock either the key halfway around in the cylinder and been turned off. when your foot is removed from the brake repeat the reset procedure. or the vehicle speed becomes faster than When Q is pressed on the power door lock 13 km/h (8 mph). Power Door Locks switch while the door is open, a chime will sound three times indicating delayed locking To unlock the doors: is active. . Press K on the power door lock switch. The doors will lock automatically . Shift the transmission into P (Park). five seconds after all doors are closed. If a Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. door is reopened before that time, the Automatic door unlocking can be five-second timer will reset when all doors programmed. See Vehicle Personalization are closed again. 0 131. Press Q on the door lock switch again or Lockout Protection press Q on the RKE transmitter to lock the doors immediately. If equipped, the ignition is on or in ACC/ ACCESSORY and the power door lock switch This feature can be programmed. See Vehicle is pressed with the driver door open, all the Personalization 0 131. If equipped with power door locks. doors will lock and only the driver door will Automatic Door Locks unlock. Q : Press to lock the doors. If the vehicle is off and locking is requested If equipped, the doors will lock while a door is open, when all doors are K : Press to unlock the doors. automatically when all doors are closed, the closed the vehicle will check to the Keyless ignition is on, and the vehicle is shifted out Access function (if equipped). If an RKE Delayed Locking of P (Park). transmitter is detected and the number of If equipped, this feature delays the locking RKE transmitters inside has not reduced, the of the doors until five seconds after all driver door will unlock and the horn will doors are closed. chirp three times. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 Lockout Protection can be manually When the safety lock is enabled, adults and overridden with the driver door open by older children will not be able to open the pressing and holding Q on the power door rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety lock switch. locks to enable the doors to open from the inside. Open Door Anti-Lockout To cancel the safety lock: If equipped, the Open Door Anti-Lockout is turned on and the vehicle is off, the driver 1. Unlock the door and open it from the door is open, and locking is requested, all outside. the doors will lock and the driver door will 2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the unlock. The Open Door Anti-Lockout feature same for the other door. can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. The safety lock is on the inside edge of the Doors Safety Locks rear doors. To use the safety lock: Tailgate The rear door safety locks prevent 1. Move the lever down to the lock passengers from opening the rear doors position. Manual Tailgate from inside the vehicle. 2. Close the door. { 3. Do the same for the other rear door. Warning It is extremely dangerous to ride on the To open a rear door when the safety lock is on: tailgate, even when the vehicle is operated at low speeds. People riding on 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside the tailgate can easily lose their balance handle, by pressing the power door and fall in response to vehicle maneuvers. unlock switch, or by using the Remote Falling from a moving vehicle may result Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. in serious injuries or death. Do not allow 2. Open the door from the outside. people to ride on the tailgate. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Use the key to unlock the tailgate. Caution Open the tailgate by lifting up on its handle To avoid damage to the tailgate, make while pulling the tailgate down. sure the area behind the tailgate is clear To shut the tailgate, firmly push it upward before opening it. until it latches. After closing the tailgate, pull it back to be In the case of a dead battery, the tailgate sure it is latched securely. can be opened manually. Contact your dealer or Roadside Assistance. Some tailgates have an electric latch. If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage, If equipped, to lock or unlock the tailgate, the tailgate will not open. The tailgate will use the RKE transmitter or the key. See resume operation when the battery is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or reconnected or recharged. . Press 5 on the center stack. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Power Release Tailgate Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. The vehicle must be in P (Park). { Warning To open the tailgate: Make sure there is no one in the way of x the power tailgate as it is opening and . Press twice quickly on the RKE closing, and keep hands away from the transmitter until the tailgate moves. tailgate hinges when in use. You or others could be injured if caught in the path of the power tailgate or tailgate hinges.

. Press the touch pad on the tailgate handle after unlocking all doors. Use the top of the tailgate to pull against if GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 assistance is required. If equipped with If equipped with a power open/close Keyless Access, a locked tailgate can be tailgate, the tailgate can be opened or opened if the RKE transmitter is within closed in several ways. To open the tailgate, 1 m (3 ft). do one of the following: To close the tailgate, firmly push it upward . Press x twice quickly on the RKE until it latches. Pull it back to be sure it is transmitter until the tailgate moves. See latched securely. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or Power Tailgate Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. { Warning If equipped with Keyless Access, a locked Make sure there is no one in the way of tailgate can be opened if the RKE the power tailgate as it is opening and transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). . Press the touch pad on the tailgate closing, and keep hands away from the handle after unlocking all doors. tailgate hinges when in use. You or To close the tailgate, do one of the others could be injured if caught in the following: path of the power tailgate or tailgate . Press x on the RKE transmitter once, hinges. then quickly press and hold x until the tailgate completely closes. If x is Caution released prior to it being fully closed, the To avoid damage to the tailgate, make tailgate will reopen. sure the area behind the tailgate is clear before opening it.

. Press 5 on the center stack. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows . Press and hold 5 on the center stack Lift-to-Close Operation If the tailgate encounters multiple obstacles, until the tailgate is fully closed. If 5 the power function will deactivate. After is released prior to the tailgate being removing the obstructions, manually close fully closed, it will reopen. A chime will the tailgate to resume normal power sound when the tailgate is fully closed. operation. . Press the touch pad on the tailgate Manual Operation handle. The tailgate can be manually closed from A chime sounds and the taillamps flash the full-open position when the tailgate is during the closing operation. If the warning lifted in a continuous motion. If the tailgate chime is not functioning, the tailgate will motion is stopped between the full-open not power close. Power opening is still and half-closed positions, the lift-to-close enabled. See your dealer for service. feature can engage and power close the tailgate. If the touch pad is pressed during The power tailgate may be temporarily power operation, the tailgate will stop and disabled after repeated power cycling over a To close the tailgate using the lift-to-close feature, lift the tailgate from the full-open allow manual operation. The tailgate must short period of time. If this occurs, the be held after stopping, or it will continue tailgate can still be operated manually. position to at least 10 cm (4 in) and hold it momentarily. Then, the tailgate will start to open. The vehicle must be in P (Park) to operate closing automatically. If the tailgate is lifted MultiPro Tailgate the power tailgate. If the vehicle is shifted more than halfway between open and close, out of P (Park) while the power function is then it will not close automatically. in progress, the tailgate will continue to { Warning completion. If the vehicle is accelerated Obstacle Detection Make sure there is no one in the way of while the tailgate is still closing, the tailgate If the tailgate encounters an obstacle during the power tailgate as it is opening and may stop and reverse direction. Make sure a power open cycle, it will stop on the closing, and keep hands away from the the tailgate is closed and latched before obstacle. After removing the obstruction, the tailgate hinges when in use. You or driving. tailgate can be allowed to open. If the others could be injured if caught in the tailgate encounters an obstacle during the path of the power tailgate or tailgate closing cycle, it will stop and reverse to hinges. full open. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Caution To open the primary tailgate: To avoid damage to the tailgate, make sure the area behind the tailgate is clear before opening it.

If equipped with this feature, the vehicle must be in P (Park).

. Press 5 on the center stack. . Press x twice quickly on the RKE . Press the lower touch pad on the tailgate transmitter until the tailgate moves. See handle after unlocking all doors. Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System top of the tailgate to pull against if Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or assistance is required. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System To close the primary tailgate, firmly push it 0 Operation (Keyless Access) 13. upward until it latches. Pull it back to be If equipped with Keyless Access, the sure it is latched securely. Switches in the inner tailgate prevent the tailgate can be opened if the RKE primary tailgate from being opened when transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). the inner tailgate is not fully closed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Caution With the primary and inner tailgates open, the tailgate step can be lowered to access Do not open the inner tailgate with the the pickup bed. primary tailgate open if there is a hitch Using the Step ball or trailer attached. This may damage the tailgate. Caution To close the inner tailgate with the primary When using the tailgate as a step, the tailgate closed, firmly push or pull it upward load rating is 170 kg (375 lb), which until it latches. Pull it back to be sure it is includes a person and cargo. Overloading latched securely. the tailgate step can cause damage to the tailgate system. To close the inner tailgate with the primary To open the inner tailgate, press the upper tailgate open: touch pad on the tailgate handle after . Hold the primary tailgate and firmly close unlocking all doors. Pull the top of the the inner tailgate. tailgate to open. . Raise the inner tailgate so it meets the primary tailgate and close together at the same time. When using the tailgate step as a load stop, the load must be secured as the load could shift. See Cargo Tie-Downs 0 97. Tailgate Step

{ Warning . To lower the tailgate step, press the To avoid personal injury, keep hands button at the center of the step. Make away from the hinges when operating sure it lowers to the fully open position. the tailgate step. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29 . To close the tailgate step, lift it firmly. Using the Assist Handle Make sure that both side latches are engaged.

Preferred Method The assist handle helps with entering the pickup box. To use: Do not place a load on top of the step when 1. Lift up on the handle until it locks in the using it as a load stop. open position. 2. To return the assist handle, pull the release lever toward the ball end of the handle and push the handle back to the closed position. Applying Loads to Tailgates Caution Do not put ramp loads on the inner Alternate Method tailgate alone. Damage to the inner tailgate may occur. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows When applying any load to the tailgate, The steps will reverse direction if there is an 2. Kick the switch to extend the power distribute the weight evenly across the obstruction. If possible, carefully remove the assist step to the tire. A Driver width of the tailgate. This applies to all obstruction, then open and close the door Information Center (DIC) message tailgate types. on the same side to complete the motion. displays. . Use a load-distributing member (1). If the obstruction is not cleared, the assist 3. Kick the switch again to return to normal . Secure the ramp to the bumper (2). steps remain extended. operation. Slight movement of the steps while Center Stack Switch Power Assist Steps extended is normal. Kick Switch { Warning To avoid personal injury or property damage, before entering or exiting the vehicle, be sure the power assist step is fully extended. Do not step on the power assist step while it is moving. Never place hands or other body parts between the extended power assist step and the vehicle.

If equipped, the power assist steps, when enabled, will extend when the door is The power assist steps can be extended to opened. They will retract three seconds after the tire by pressing j. When extending the door is closed or immediately if the 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park) and unlock the steps with j, the kick switch is vehicle starts moving. the doors. disabled. The vehicle must be in P (Park) or Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and N (Neutral). clothing clear of the power assist steps when in motion. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31 To extend the steps: Vehicle Alarm System 2. Lock the vehicle in one of two ways: . Press j to extend both steps. A DIC . Use the RKE transmitter. message displays. . With a door open, press Q on the . Press j again to extend to the tire. interior of the door. A DIC message displays. 3. After 30 seconds, the alarm system will . Press j again to return to normal arm and the indicator light will begin to operation. slowly flash. Pressing Q on the RKE transmitter a second time will bypass Enable/Disable the 30-second delay and immediately To enable or disable the power assist steps, arm the alarm system. press and hold j for four seconds. A DIC The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the message displays. doors are locked with the key. Cleaning If the driver door is opened without first The indicator light, on the instrument panel Clean the power assist steps regularly. For unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn near the windshield, indicates the status of will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate an automatic car wash, extend the steps the system. while in N (Neutral) using the center stack pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, switch. The steps will stow when shifting Off : Alarm system is disarmed. or the door is not unlocked by pressing K into D (Drive). On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second delay to arm the system. pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. Vehicle Security Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door or The alarm will also be activated if a passenger door or the hood is opened This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; the hood is open. without first disarming the system. When however, they do not make the vehicle Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. the alarm is activated, the turn signals flash impossible to steal. Arming the Alarm System and the horn sounds for about 30 seconds. The alarm system will then re-arm to 1. Turn off the vehicle. monitor for the next unauthorized event. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows Disarming the Alarm System the driver door is opened and then the reset the system. Then turn the vehicle vehicle is turned off. The steering column on and immediately turn the steering To disarm the alarm system or turn off the unlocks when the vehicle is turned on. wheel side to side for about 15 seconds. alarm if it has been activated: The Driver Information Center (DIC) may In some cases, it may take significant . Press K on the RKE transmitter. display one of these messages: force to unbind the column. . Start the vehicle. . A message to service the steering column To keep the steering column from binding, To avoid setting off the alarm by mistake: lock indicates that an issue has been straighten the front wheels before turning . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have detected with the column lock feature off the vehicle. exited. and the vehicle should be serviced. Immobilizer . Always unlock a door with the RKE . A message that the steering column is transmitter. locked indicates that the engine is See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. running, but the steering column is still Unlocking the driver door with the key Immobilizer Operation will not disarm the system or turn off the locked. It is normal for the column to be alarm. locked during a remote start, but the column should unlock after the brake How to Detect a Tamper Condition pedal is pressed and the vehicle is started. K No message will display during a remote If is pressed on the RKE transmitter and start. the horn chirps three times, an alarm . A message that the steering wheel must occurred previously while the alarm system be turned and the vehicle must be started was armed. again indicates that the column lock This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent If the alarm has been activated, a message mechanism is bound, the column locking system. will appear on the DIC. device was unable to unlock the steering The system does not have to be manually column, and the vehicle did not start. armed or disarmed. Steering Column Lock If this happens, immediately turn the The vehicle is automatically immobilized If equipped, the steering column lock is a steering wheel from side to side to when the vehicle is turned off. theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the unbind the column lock. If this does not steering column when the vehicle is turned unlock the steering column, turn the The system is automatically disarmed when off and the driver door is opened, or when vehicle off and open the driver door to the ignition is turned from off to on. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33 The security light, in the instrument cluster, change modes, the first transmitter may be additional keys, see Keys (Key Access) 0 7 or comes on if there is a problem with arming faulty. See your dealer who can service the Keys (Keyless Access) 0 9. Do not leave the or disarming the theft-deterrent system. theft-deterrent system and have a new RKE key or device that disarms or deactivates The system has one or more RKE transmitter programmed to the vehicle. the vehicle theft system in the vehicle. transmitters matched to an immobilizer It is possible for the immobilizer system to See your dealer to get a new key blank cut control unit in your vehicle. Only a correctly learn new or replacement RKE transmitters. exactly as the ignition key that operates the matched RKE transmitter will start the Up to eight transmitters can be system. vehicle. If the transmitter is ever damaged, programmed for the vehicle. To program you may not be able to start your vehicle. additional transmitters, see "Programming Exterior Mirrors When trying to start the vehicle, the Transmitters to the Vehicle" under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key security light may come on briefly when the 0 Convex Mirrors ignition is turned on. If the engine does not Access) 10 or start and the security light stays on, there is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System { Warning Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13 a problem with the system. Turn the A convex mirror can make things, like ignition off and try again. Do not leave the transmitter or device that other vehicles, look farther away than If the vehicle will not change ignition modes disarms or deactivates the vehicle theft system in the vehicle. they really are. If you cut too sharply (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the RKE into the right lane, you could hit a transmitter appears to be undamaged, try When equipped with a key, if the engine vehicle on the right. Check the inside another transmitter. Or, you may try placing still does not start, and the key appears to mirror or glance over your shoulder the transmitter in the transmitter pocket be undamaged, try another ignition key. before changing lanes. located in the center console. See Remote It may be necessary to check the fuse. See 0 Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Fuses and Circuit Breakers 353. If the Standard Mirrors Access) 0 10 or engine still does not start with the other Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System key, the vehicle needs service. If the vehicle The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. does start, the first key may be faulty. See A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. If the ignition mode will not change with your dealer. It is possible for the the other transmitter or with the immobilizer system to learn new or transmitter in the transmitter pocket, your replacement keys. Up to eight keys can be vehicle needs service. If the ignition does programmed for the vehicle. To program GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows Trailer-Tow Mirrors Trailer-Tow Mirrors The upper portion of both the driver and passenger mirrors is flat. The lower portion of both the driver and passenger mirrors is convex. A convex mirror’s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. The lower portion is adjusted manually. Manual Mirrors If equipped, adjust manual mirrors by moving the mirror up and down or left to Manual Extend : If equipped, grasp the right to see a little of the side of the vehicle mirror housing firmly and pull back in one and to have a clear view behind the vehicle. Extending Mirrors motion, arching slightly toward the rear of Using hood-mounted air deflectors and Trailer tow mirrors can extend out for better the vehicle. add-on convex mirror attachments could visibility when towing a trailer. decrease mirror performance. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35 To return the mirror to its original position, If a popping noise from the mirror is heard, Power Mirrors reverse the motion. this sound is normal as the manual detents are aligning after a manual extend/retract operation has occurred. Auxiliary Cargo Mirror Lamps If equipped, cargo mirror lamps face rearward to provide more light on the sides of the vehicle, if needed. See Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 144. Advanced Trailering Vision System Side Cameras If equipped, the Advanced Trailering Vision System side cameras are on the bottom of the outside mirrors. See “Surround Vision To adjust each mirror: Power Extend : If equipped, press the power (360 Degrees)” under Assistance Systems for extend button to fully extend the mirror. 1. Press j or | to select the driver or Parking or Backing 0 266. Press again to retract. passenger side mirror. The indicator light will illuminate. Resetting the Power Extend Mirrors 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to Reset the power extend mirrors if: move the mirror in the desired direction. . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed 3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little while extending/retracting. of the vehicle and the area behind it can . The mirrors are accidentally manually be seen. extended/retracted. 4. Press j or | again to deselect the . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving mirror. speeds. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows Turn Signal Indicator Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors If equipped, the mirror has turn signal Reset the power folding mirrors if: Manual Folding Mirrors indicator lights, which flash in the direction . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed of the turn or lane change. If equipped, push the mirror toward the while folding. vehicle to fold. Push the mirror outward to Task Lighting . The mirrors are accidentally manually return to its original position. If equipped, task lighting projects light from folded/unfolded. the outside mirrors to the sides of the Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent . The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded vehicle. See Task Lighting 0 144. damage when going through an automatic position. car wash. Puddle Lamps . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving Power Folding Mirrors speeds. If equipped, puddle lamps project light from the bottom of the mirror to the area of Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using ground below the driver and passenger the mirror controls to reset them to their doors. See Entry Lighting 0 146 and normal position. A noise may be heard Exit Lighting 0 146. during the resetting of the power folding mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual Memory Mirrors folding operation. The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See Remote Mirror Folding Memory Seats 0 49. If equipped, press and hold on the RKE Lane Change Alert (LCA) Q transmitter for approximately one second to The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change remotely fold the exterior mirrors. Press and 0 Alert (LCA) 280. hold K on the RKE transmitter for g approximately one second to unfold. See If equipped, press to power fold the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System mirrors. Press again to unfold. Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37 This feature can be turned on or off. See Driving with the Blind Spot Mirror 1. When the approaching vehicle is a long Vehicle Personalization 0 131. distance away, the image in the main mirror is small and near the inboard Heated Mirrors edge of the mirror. If equipped with heated mirrors: 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the image in 1 the main mirror gets larger and moves REAR : Press to heat the outside outboard. mirrors. 3. As the vehicle enters the blind zone, the See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual image transitions from the main mirror Automatic Climate Control System 0 206. to the blind spot mirror. Automatic Dimming Mirror 4. When the vehicle is in the blind zone, the image only appears in the blind spot If equipped, the driver outside mirror mirror. automatically adjusts for the glare of the headlamps from behind. This feature comes Using the Outside Mirror with the Blind on when the vehicle is started. Spot Mirror 1. Set the main mirror so that the side of Blind Spot Mirrors the vehicle can just be seen and the If equipped, there is a small convex mirror blind spot mirror has an built into the upper and outer corner of the unobstructed view. driver outside mirror. It can show objects 2. When checking for traffic or before that may be in the vehicle's blind zone. changing a lane, look at the main driver/ passenger side mirror to observe traffic in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle Actual Mirror View in the blind zone. Then, glance over your shoulder to double check before moving slowly into the adjacent lane. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows Reverse Tilt Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and If equipped, push the tab forward for memory seats, the passenger and/or driver daytime use and pull it rearward for mirror tilts to a preselected position when nighttime use to avoid glare from the the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the headlamps from behind. curb to be seen when parallel parking. Automatic Dimming Rearview The mirror(s) may move from their tilted position when: Mirror . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), If equipped, the mirror will automatically or remains in R (Reverse) for about reduce the glare of the headlamps from 30 seconds. behind. The dimming feature comes on each . The vehicle is turned off. time the vehicle is started. Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above Rear Camera Mirror tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is a set speed. automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle clear view of the area behind the vehicle provides a wide angle camera view of the Personalization 0 131. while the display is off. area behind the vehicle. Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind your vehicle. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39 The adjustment options are:

Press V to scroll through the adjustment . Tilt options. . Brightness Press t and u to adjust the settings using the indicators on the mirror. The indicators will remain visible for five seconds after the last button activation, and the settings will remain saved.

. Zoom GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows See your dealer for service if a blue screen { Warning and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as limited view. Portions of the road, indicated to return to the automatic vehicles, and other objects may not be dimming mode. seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle The Rear Camera Mirror may not work using only this camera. Objects may properly or display a clear image if: appear closer than they are. Check the . There is glare from the sun or headlamps. outside mirrors or glance over your This may obstruct objects from view. shoulder when making lane changes or If needed, push the tab to turn off the merging. Failure to use proper care may display. result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft Troubleshooting damp cloth. Windows . The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has been damaged, and/or the position or the { Warning mounting angle of the camera has Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a changed. pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41 Power Windows The power windows work when the ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained { Warning Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 236. Children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window. window. Never leave the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or keys in a The windows may be temporarily disabled if vehicle with children. When there are they are used repeatedly within a children in the rear seat, use the window short time. lockout button to prevent operation of Window Lockout the windows. See Keys (Key Access) 0 7 or The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to 0 improve fuel economy performance. This Keys (Keyless Access) 9. may result in a pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Manual Windows If equipped, turn the hand crank on each door to manually raise or lower the manual windows. With Power Folding Mirrors, Without Similar This feature stops the rear door passenger window switches from working except from the driver position. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows Press 2 to engage the rear window Window Automatic Reversal System Programming the Power Windows lockout feature. The indicator light is on The express-close feature will reverse Programming may be necessary if the when engaged. window movement if it comes in contact vehicle battery has been disconnected or Press 2 again to disengage. with an object. Extreme cold or ice could discharged. If the window is unable to cause the window to auto-reverse. The express-up, program each express-close Windows Express Movement window will operate normally after the window: All windows can be opened without holding object or condition is removed. 1. Close all doors. the window switch. Press the switch down Automatic Reversal System Override 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ fully and quickly release to express open the ACCESSORY. window. { Warning 3. Partially open the window to be If equipped, pull the window switch up fully If automatic reversal system override is programmed. Then close it and continue and quickly release to express close the active, the window will not reverse to pull the switch briefly after the window. automatically. You or others could be window has fully closed. Briefly press or pull the window switch in injured and the window could be 4. Open the window and continue to press the same direction to stop that window’s damaged. Before using automatic reversal the switch briefly after the window has express movement. system override, make sure that all fully opened. Express Window Down people and obstructions are clear of the Remote Window Operation window path. L: If equipped, this button will be on the If equipped, this feature allows the windows to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle center stack. When the engine is on, override the personalization, press and hold K on the Press and hold L to open all windows. automatic reversal system by pulling and holding the window switch if conditions RKE transmitter. See Vehicle Personalization Release L to stop all movement. 0 prevent it from closing. 131. Use the power window switches to close each window. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43 Rear Windows Sun Visors Roof Power Sliding Rear Window Sunroof

Pull the sun visor down to block glare. If equipped, detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window or to extend along the rod. If equipped, there is a lighted mirror on the If equipped, the power sliding rear window sun visor. Lift the cover to open. works when the ignition has been turned on 1. SLIDE Switch or to ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory 2. TILT Switch Power (RAP) must be active. See Retained If equipped, the sunroof operates when the 0 Accessory Power (RAP) 236. ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when . Press the switch to open the window. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. . Pull the switch to close the window. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 236. The power sliding rear window cannot be Slide Switch operated manually. Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open the sunroof, fully press and release I (1). Press and release I (1) again to stop the movement. To express-close the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows sunroof, fully press and release K (1). Automatic Reversal System It could also plug the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and Press and release K (1) again to stop the The sunroof has an automatic reversal remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe movement. system that is only active when the sunroof the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using is operated in express-close mode. Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To open the a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not sunroof, press and hold I (1). Release I (1) If an object is in the path while remove grease from the sunroof tracks. express-closing, the reversal system will to stop the movement. Press and If water is seen dripping into the water detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof hold K (1) to close the sunroof. drainage system, this is normal. slightly. Release K (1) to stop the movement. If frost or other conditions prevent closing, Tilt Switch override the feature by closing the sunroof Vent : From the closed position, press J (2) in manual mode. To stop movement, release to vent the sunroof. Press K (2) to close K (1). the vent. When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed. The sunroof also has a sunshade, which can be pulled forward to block sun rays. The sunshade must be opened and closed manually.

Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation or noise. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 45 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 Head Restraints Seats and Restraints When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 63 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 64 Head Restraints How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 64 { Warning Head Restraints ...... 45 What Will You See after an Airbag With head restraints that are not Front Seats Inflates? ...... 65 installed and adjusted properly, there is a Seat Adjustment ...... 46 Passenger Sensing System ...... 66 greater chance that occupants will suffer Center Seat ...... 47 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not Power Seat Adjustment ...... 47 Vehicle ...... 69 drive until the head restraints for all Lumbar Adjustment ...... 48 Adding Equipment to the occupants are installed and adjusted Reclining Seatbacks ...... 48 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 69 properly. Memory Seats ...... 49 Airbag System Check ...... 70 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 52 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Front Seats Crash ...... 71 Rear Seats The vehicle's front seats have adjustable Rear Seats ...... 53 Child Restraints head restraints in the outboard seating Heated Rear Seats ...... 54 Older Children ...... 71 positions. Infants and Young Children ...... 72 Seat Belts Child Restraint Systems ...... 74 Seat Belts ...... 54 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 76 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 55 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 57 (LATCH System) ...... 77 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 59 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Seat Belt Extender ...... 59 Crash ...... 88 Safety System Check ...... 60 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Seat Belt Care ...... 60 Belt in the Rear Seat) ...... 88 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Crash ...... 60 Belt in the Center Front Seat) ...... 92 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Airbag System Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 92 Airbag System ...... 61 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

46 Seats and Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of Rear Head Restraints If you are installing a child restraint in the the restraint is at the same height as the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for The vehicle’s rear seat has head restraints in top of the occupant's head. This position Children (LATCH System) 0 77. the outboard seating positions that cannot reduces the chance of a neck injury in a be adjusted. Center Headrest crash. The vehicle’s rear seat may be equipped with a headrest in the center seating position that cannot be adjusted. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. Front Seats Seat Adjustment

{ Warning The head restraint can be folded forward to To raise or lower the head restraint, press You can lose control of the vehicle if you allow for better visibility when the rear seat the button on the side of the head restraint try to adjust a driver seat while the is unoccupied. To fold the head restraint, and pull up or push the head restraint down vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat press the button on the side of the head and release the button. only when the vehicle is not moving. restraint. Pull and push on the head restraint after the When an occupant is in the seat, always button is released to make sure that it is return the head restraint to the upright locked in place. position until it locks into place. Push and The front seat outboard head restraints are pull on the head restraint to make sure that not removable. it is locked. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 47 Center Seat Power Seat Adjustment If equipped, the center front seatback doubles as an armrest and cupholder/ storage area for the driver and passenger when the center front seat is not used.

To adjust a manual seat: 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat. To adjust a power seat, if equipped: 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and . Move the seat forward or rearward by release the handle. sliding the control forward or rearward. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to . Raise or lower the front part of the seat be sure it is locked in place. Pull the strap on the side of the center cushion by moving the front of the To adjust the seatback, see Reclining seatback to fold the center seatback. Do not control up or down. Seatbacks 0 48. use the center seatback as a seating position . Raise or lower the seat by moving the when the seatback is folded down. To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped, rear of the control up or down. see Lumbar Adjustment 0 48. To raise the seatback, push the seatback To adjust the seatback, see Reclining rearward until it locks in the upright Seatbacks 0 48. position. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 48. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

48 Seats and Restraints Some vehicles are equipped with a feature Reclining Seatbacks that activates a vibrating pulse alert in the driver seat to help the driver avoid crashes. { Warning See Driver Assistance Systems 0 265. Sitting in a reclined position when the Lumbar Adjustment vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts Power Lumbar cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your Do not have a seatback reclined if the abdomen. The belt forces would be there, vehicle is moving. not at your pelvic bones. This could cause Manual Reclining Seatbacks serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the vehicle is { Warning in motion, have the seatback upright. If either seatback is not locked, it could Then sit well back in the seat and wear move forward in a sudden stop or crash. To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped: the seat belt properly. That could cause injury to the person . Press and hold the control forward to sitting there. Always push and pull on increase or rearward to decrease upper the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. and lower lumbar support at the same time. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 49 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make Memory Seats sure it is locked. Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. If equipped, memory seats allow two drivers The seatback will automatically fold to save and recall their unique seat positions forward. To recline a power seatback, if equipped: for driving the vehicle, and a shared exit 2. To recline, move the seatback rearward position for getting out of the vehicle. Other . Tilt the top of the control rearward to to the desired position, then release the feature positions may also be saved, such as recline. lever to lock the seatback in place. power mirrors, if equipped. Memory . Tilt the top of the control forward to 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make positions are linked to RKE transmitter 1 or 2 raise. sure it is locked. for automatic memory recalls. To return the seatback to the upright Before saving, adjust all available memory position: feature positions. Turn the vehicle on and then press and release SET; a beep will 1. Lift the lever fully without applying sound. Then immediately press and hold 1, pressure to the seatback, and the 2, or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To seatback will return to the upright position. manually recall these positions, press and GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

50 Seats and Restraints hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is . To begin Seat Exit Memory movement To save preferred driving positions 1 and 2: reached. Follow the instructions under when the vehicle is turned off and the 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ “Saving Memory Positions.” driver door is opened, or when the vehicle ACCESSORY. is turned off with the driver door already The vehicle identifies the current driver’s RKE opened, select the Settings menu, then A DIC welcome message may indicate transmitter number (1–8). See Remote Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then driver number 1 or 2. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Seat Exit Memory. Select On or Off. See 2. Adjust all available memory features to 0 Access) 10 or “Seat Exit Memory” later in this section. the desired driving position. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . See Vehicle Personalization 0 131 for 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound. Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. Only RKE additional setting information. transmitters 1 and 2 can be used for 4. Immediately press and hold the 1 or automatic memory recalls. A Driver Identifying Driver Number 2 memory button matching the above DIC welcome message until two beeps Information Center (DIC) welcome message To identify the driver number: indicating the transmitter number may sound. display for the first few ignition cycles 1. Move your RKE transmitter away from If too much time passes between following a transmitter change. For Seat the vehicle. releasing SET and pressing 1, the Entry Memory to work properly, save the 2. Start the vehicle with another key or RKE memory position will not be saved and positions to the memory button (1 or 2) transmitter. The DIC should display the two beeps will not sound. Repeat matching the RKE transmitter number driver number for the other RKE Steps 3 and 4. displayed in the DIC welcome message. transmitter. Turn the vehicle off and 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver number. Carry the linked RKE transmitter when remove the key or RKE transmitter from See “Identifying Driver Number” entering the vehicle. the vehicle. previously in this section. Vehicle Personalization Settings 3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second driver . To have the Seat Entry Memory RKE transmitter. The DIC should display using 1 or 2. RKE transmitters 3–8 will movement begin when the vehicle is the driver number of your RKE not save memory positions. transmitter. started, select the Settings menu, then B Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Saving Memory Positions To save the position for and Seat Exit Memory features, repeat Steps 1–4 using Seat Entry Memory. Select On or Off. See Read these instructions completely before “Seat Entry Memory” later in this section. B. This saves the position for getting out saving memory positions. of the vehicle. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 51 Save preferred memory feature positions to positions saved to the same memory button Try storing the position to the other both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver. number 1 or 2 are automatically recalled memory button or try the other RKE Manually Recalling Memory Positions when the vehicle is turned on, or turned transmitter. from off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE Seat Exit Memory Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the transmitters 3–8 will not provide automatic previously saved memory positions if you memory recalls. Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an RKE B are driver 1 or 2 identified in the DIC To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, see transmitter. The position saved to is welcome message. “Vehicle Personalization Settings” previously used for all drivers. To turn Seat Exit To stop Manual Memory recall movement, in this section and Vehicle Personalization Memory on or off, see "Vehicle B 0 131. Personalization Settings" previously in this release 1, 2, or or press any of the section and Vehicle Personalization 0 131. following controls: The shift lever must be in P (Park) to start . Power seat Seat Entry Memory. Seat Entry Memory If turned on, the position saved to B is . Memory SET recall will complete if the vehicle is shifted automatically recalled when one of the out of P (Park) prior to reaching the saved following occurs: . Power mirror, with the driver or passenger side mirror selected memory position. . The vehicle is turned off and the driver door is opened within a short time. Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2, To stop Seat Entry Memory recall B movement, turn the vehicle off or press any . The vehicle is turned off with the driver or buttons may be initiated and may of the following controls: door open. complete to the saved memory position if the vehicle is in or out of P (Park). . Power seat To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, press . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B any of the following memory controls: Seat Entry Memory . Power mirror, with the driver or . Power seat The vehicle identifies the number of the passenger side mirror selected . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B current driver’s RKE transmitter (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System If the saved memory seat position does not . Power mirror, with the driver or Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or automatically recall or recalls to the wrong passenger side mirror selected Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System positions, the driver’s RKE transmitter Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. If the RKE number (1 or 2) may not match the memory transmitter is 1 or 2, and Seat Entry Memory button number that positions were saved to. is enabled in vehicle personalization, the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

52 Seats and Restraints Obstructions Press the button once for the highest If something has blocked the driver seat setting. With each press of the button, the while recalling a memory position, the recall seat will change to the next lower setting, may stop. Remove the obstruction and try and then to the off setting. The indicator the recall again. If the memory position still lights next to the buttons indicate three for does not recall, see your dealer. the highest setting and one for the lowest. If the heated seats are on high for an Heated and Ventilated Front extended time, their level may automatically Seats be lowered. Auto Heated Seats { Warning When the vehicle is on, this feature will If temperature change or pain to the skin automatically activate the heated seats at Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown, the level required by the vehicle’s interior cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Heated Seat Buttons Similar burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use temperature. The active high, medium, low, or off heated seat level will be indicated by care when using the seat heater, If equipped, the buttons are on the center the manual heated seat buttons on the especially for long periods of time. Do stack. To operate, the engine must be running. center stack. Use the manual heated seat not place anything on the seat that buttons on the center stack to turn auto insulates against heat, such as a blanket, Press I or + to heat the driver or heated seats off. If the passenger seat is cushion, cover, or similar item. This may passenger seatback only. unoccupied, the auto heated seats feature cause the seat heater to overheat. An will not activate that seat. The auto heated overheated seat heater may cause a burn Press J or z to heat the driver or seats feature can be programmed to always or may damage the seat. passenger seat cushion and seatback. be enabled when the vehicle is on. See 0 Press C or { to ventilate the driver or Vehicle Personalization 131. passenger seat. The indicator light on the button comes on when this feature is on. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 53 Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats Rear Seats Folding the Rear Seat Cushion If equipped, the heated seats will turn on Either side of the rear seat cushion can be automatically during a remote start if it is Rear Seat Reminder folded up for added cargo space. cold outside and the ventilated seats will If equipped, the message REAR SEAT turn on automatically if it is hot outside. REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays Caution If equipped, the heated steering wheel will under certain conditions indicating there Folding a rear seat with the seat belts turn on automatically during a remote start may be an item or passenger in the rear still fastened may cause damage to the if it is cold outside. The heated and seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle ventilated seat indicators and heated the seat belts and return them to their steering wheel indicator may not come on This feature will activate when a second row during this operation. door is opened while the vehicle is on or up normal stowed position before folding a to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned rear seat. The heated and ventilated seats and heated on. There will be an alert when the vehicle steering wheel may cancel when the vehicle is turned off. The alert does not directly Make sure that nothing is on the seat is started. These features can be manually detect objects in the rear seat; instead, cushion. selected after the ignition is turned on. under certain conditions, it detects when a The temperature performance of an rear door is opened and closed, indicating unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is that there may be something in the normal. rear seat. The heated or ventilated seats will not turn The feature is active only once each time on during a remote start unless they are the vehicle is turned on and off, and will enabled in vehicle personalization. See require reactivation by opening and closing Remote Vehicle Start 0 20 and the second row doors. There may be an Vehicle Personalization 0 131. alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the vehicle through the rear door and left the vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. The feature can be turned on or off. See 0 To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat Vehicle Personalization 131. cushion up. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

54 Seats and Restraints To return the seat to the normal seating Seat Belts position, slowly pull the seat cushion down. This section describes how to use seat belts { Warning properly, and some things not to do. A seat belt that is improperly routed, not { Warning properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt The person wearing the belt could be cannot be worn properly. In a crash, seriously injured. After raising the rear if you or your passenger(s) are not seatback, always check to be sure that wearing seat belts, injuries can be much the seat belts are properly routed and worse than if you are wearing seat belts. attached, and are not twisted. You can be seriously injured or killed by If available, the buttons are on the rear of hitting things inside the vehicle harder or Heated Rear Seats the center console. To operate, the engine by being ejected from the vehicle. In must be running. addition, anyone who is not buckled up { Warning Press M or L to heat the left or right can strike other passengers in the vehicle. If you cannot feel temperature change or outboard seat cushion. An indicator on the It is extremely dangerous to ride in a pain to the skin, the seat heater may climate control display appears when this cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. feature is on. cause burns. See the Warning under In a collision, passengers riding in these Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52. This feature turns on at the highest setting. areas are more likely to be seriously With each press of the button, the heated injured or killed. Do not allow passengers seat changes to the next lower setting, and to ride in any area of the vehicle that is then the off setting. Three lights indicate not equipped with seats and seat belts. the highest setting, and one light indicates the lowest. If the heated seats are on high, Always wear a seat belt, and check that the level may automatically be lowered all passenger(s) are restrained after approximately 30 minutes. properly too. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 55 This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to Questions and Answers About Seat Belts in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 71 or buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt Infants and Young Children 0 72. Review and Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a Reminders 0 113. follow the rules for children in addition to crash if I am wearing a seat belt? the following rules. Why Seat Belts Work A: You could be — whether you are It is very important for all occupants to wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted of being conscious during and after a people are hurt more often in crashes than crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, those who are wearing seat belts. is much greater if you are belted. There are important things to know about Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I wearing a seat belt properly. have to wear seat belts? A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. They work with seat belts — not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection. Also, in nearly all states and in all When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast Canadian provinces, the law requires as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops wearing seat belts. suddenly, you keep going until something stops you. It could be the windshield, the How to Wear Seat Belts Properly instrument panel, or the seat belts! Follow these rules for everyone's protection. When you wear a seat belt, you and the There are additional things to know about . Sit up straight and always keep your feet vehicle slow down together. There is more seat belts and children, including smaller on the floor in front of you (if possible). time to stop because you stop over a longer children and infants. If a child will be riding distance and, when worn properly, your . Always use the correct buckle for your strongest bones take the forces from the seating position. seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts makes such good sense. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

56 Seats and Restraints . Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to Never wear the shoulder belt under both become loose or twisted. arms or behind your back. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 57

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces. Lap-Shoulder Belt Always use the correct buckle for your 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a seating position. across you. Do not let it get twisted. lap-shoulder belt. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you The following instructions explain how to pull the belt across you very quickly. wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. If this happens, let the belt go back 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt so you can sit up straight. To see how, across you more slowly. see “Seats” in the Index. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 74. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

58 Seats and Restraints position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger sensing system, if equipped. See Passenger Sensing System 0 66.

3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 4. To make the lap part tight, pull up on it clicks. the shoulder belt. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 59. Position the release button on the buckle so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. If the webbing locks in the latch plate before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to unlock. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 59 To unlatch the belt, push the button on the Pretensioners work only once. If the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed pretensioners activate in a crash, the position. pretensioners and probably other parts of Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat the vehicle's seat belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed 0 position, the retractor may lock and cannot Parts after a Crash 60. be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while belt straight out firmly to unlock the entering or exiting the vehicle or at any webbing, and then release it. If the webbing time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the is still locked in the retractor, see your seat belt can damage the webbing and dealer. hardware. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides is out of the way. If a door is slammed A pregnant woman should wear a against a seat belt, damage can occur to Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should both the seat belt and the vehicle. added seat belt comfort for older children be worn as low as possible, below the who have outgrown booster seats and for rounding, throughout the pregnancy. Seat Belt Pretensioners some adults. When installed on a shoulder The best way to protect the fetus is to This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for belt, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head. protect the mother. When a seat belt is the front outboard occupants. Although the worn properly, it is more likely that the seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they Comfort guides are available through your fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For are part of the seat belt assembly. They can dealer for the rear outboard seating pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to help tighten the seat belts during the early positions. Instructions are included with the making seat belts effective is wearing them stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near comfort guides. properly. frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy Seat Belt Extender met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help Seat belts work for everyone, including tighten the seat belts in a side crash or If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around pregnant women. Like all occupants, they you, you should use it. rollover event. are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear seat belts. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

60 Seats and Restraints But if a seat belt is not long enough, your reversing the latch plate on the webbing. dealer will order you an extender. When If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Warning (Continued) you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat dealer to fix it. provide adequate protection. Clean and you will wear, so the extender will be long Make sure the seat belt reminder light is rinse seat belt webbing only with mild enough for you. To help avoid personal working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 113. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the injury, do not let someone else use it, and webbing to dry. use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt extender has been designed for adults. Care 0 60. Never use it for securing child restraints. For Replacing Seat Belt System Parts more information on the proper use and fit Seat Belt Care after a Crash of seat belt extenders see the instruction Keep belts clean and dry. sheet that comes with the extender. { Warning Seat belts should be properly cared for and Safety System Check maintained. A crash can damage the seat belt system in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and Periodically check the seat belt reminder, system may not properly protect the free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, person using it, resulting in serious injury shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. or even death in a crash. To help make and seat belt anchorages to make sure they sure the seat belt systems are working are all in working order. Look for any other Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris properly after a crash, have them loose or damaged seat belt system parts in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in inspected and any necessary that might keep a seat belt system from the system please see the dealer. Parts may performing properly. See your dealer to need to be replaced to ensure proper replacements made as soon as possible. have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted functionality of the system. After a minor crash, replacement of seat seat belts may not protect you in a crash. belts may not be necessary. But the seat Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under { Warning belt assemblies that were used during any impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. crash may have been stressed or damaged. have it replaced immediately. If a belt is It may severely weaken the webbing. In See your dealer to have the seat belt twisted, it may be possible to untwist by a crash, they might not be able to assemblies inspected or replaced. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 61 New parts and repairs may be necessary All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on even if the seat belt system was not being the trim or on a label near the deployment Warning (Continued) used at the time of the crash. opening. replace them. Also, airbags are not Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on designed to inflate in every crash. In the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the the center of the steering wheel for the some crashes seat belts are the only airbag readiness light stays on after you driver and on the instrument panel for the restraint. See When Should an Airbag start the vehicle or while you are driving. front outboard passenger. Inflate? 0 63. 0 See Airbag Readiness Light 114. For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the Wearing your seat belt during a crash word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback helps reduce your chance of hitting Airbag System or side of the seat closest to the door. things inside the vehicle or being ejected The vehicle has the following airbags: For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on from it. Airbags are “supplemental . A frontal airbag for the driver the ceiling or trim. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a seat belt . A frontal airbag for the front outboard Airbags are designed to supplement the properly, whether or not there is an passenger protection provided by seat belts. Even airbag for that person. . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the though today's airbags are also designed to driver help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the { Warning front outboard passenger very quickly to do their job. Here are the most important things to know Because airbags inflate with great force . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the and faster than the blink of an eye, passenger seated directly behind the about the airbag system: anyone who is up against, or very close driver { Warning to, any airbag when it inflates can be . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard seriously injured or killed. Do not sit passenger and the passenger seated You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you directly behind the front outboard crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the passenger belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a (Continued) (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

62 Seats and Restraints The driver frontal airbag is in the center of Warning (Continued) the steering wheel. crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The seat belts and the front outboard passenger airbags are There is an airbag readiness light on the most effective when you are sitting well instrument cluster, which shows the airbag back and upright in the seat with both symbol. feet on the floor. The system checks the airbag electrical Occupants should not lean on or sleep system for malfunctions. The light tells you against the door or side windows in if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag 0 seating positions with seat-mounted side Readiness Light 114. impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel. { Warning Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 71 or Infants and Young Children 0 72. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 63

Warning (Continued) do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag. Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie‐down through any door or Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, Passenger Side window opening. If you do, the path of Double and Regular Cabs Similar an inflating roof-rail airbag will be The driver and front outboard passenger blocked. seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front side of the seatbacks closest to the door. outboard passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above When Should an Airbag Inflate? the side windows. This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See Airbag System 0 61. Airbags are designed to { Warning inflate if the impact exceeds the specific If something is between an occupant and airbag system's deployment threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict an airbag, the airbag might not inflate how severe a crash is likely to be in time properly or it might force the object into for the airbags to inflate and help restrain that person causing severe injury or even the occupants. The vehicle has electronic death. The path of an inflating airbag sensors that help the airbag system must be kept clear. Do not put anything determine the severity of the impact. between an occupant and an airbag, and Deployment thresholds can vary with (Continued) specific vehicle design. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

64 Seats and Restraints Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact How Does an Airbag Restrain? moderate to severe frontal or near frontal airbag is designed to inflate on the side of crashes to help reduce the potential for the vehicle that is struck. In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions, even belted occupants can contact severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in front outboard passenger's head and chest. the steering wheel or the instrument panel. moderate to severe side crashes depending In moderate to severe side collisions, even Whether the frontal airbags will or should on the location of the impact. In addition, belted occupants can contact the inside of inflate is not based primarily on how fast these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate the vehicle. the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what during a rollover or in a severe frontal is hit, the direction of the impact, and how impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to Airbags supplement the protection provided quickly the vehicle slows down. inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags by seat belts by distributing the force of the will inflate when either side of the vehicle is impact more evenly over the Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash occupant's body. speeds depending on whether the vehicle struck or if the sensing system predicts that hits an object straight on or at an angle, the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are and whether the object is fixed or moving, or in a severe frontal impact. designed to help contain the head and chest rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. In any particular crash, no one can say of occupants in the outboard seating whether an airbag should have inflated positions in the first and second rows. The Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate rollover capable roof-rail airbags are during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, simply because of the vehicle damage or repair costs. designed to help reduce the risk of full or or many side impacts. partial ejection in rollover events, although In addition, the vehicle has advanced What Makes an Airbag Inflate? no system can prevent all such ejections. technology frontal airbags. Advanced In a deployment event, the sensing system But airbags would not help in many types technology frontal airbags adjust the sends an electrical signal triggering a release of collisions, primarily because the restraint according to crash severity. of gas from the inflator. Gas from the occupant's motion is not toward those Seat-mounted side impact airbags are inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? designed to inflate in moderate to severe break out of the cover. The inflator, the 0 63. side crashes depending on the location of airbag, and related hardware are all part of Airbags should never be regarded as the impact. Seat-mounted side impact the airbag module. anything more than a supplement to seat airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal For airbag locations, see Where Are the belts. impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, Airbags? 0 62. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 65

What Will You See after an Warning (Continued) { Warning Airbag Inflates? vehicle should get out as soon as it is A crash severe enough to inflate the After frontal and seat-mounted side impact safe to do so. If you have breathing airbags may have also damaged airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so problems but cannot get out of the important functions in the vehicle, such quickly that some people may not even vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get as the fuel system, brake and steering realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags fresh air by opening a window or a door. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears may still be at least partially inflated for If you experience breathing problems to be drivable after a moderate crash, some time after they inflate. Some following an airbag deployment, you there may be concealed damage that components of the airbag module may be should seek medical attention. could make it difficult to safely operate hot for several minutes. For location of the 0 the vehicle. airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 62. The vehicle has a feature that may The parts of the airbag that come into automatically unlock the doors, turn on the Use caution if you should attempt to contact with you may be warm, but not too interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, restart the engine after a crash has hot to touch. There may be some smoke and shut off the fuel system after the occurred. and dust coming from the vents in the airbags inflate. The feature may also deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not activate, without airbag inflation, after an In many crashes severe enough to inflate prevent the driver from seeing out of the event that exceeds a predetermined the airbag, windshields are broken by windshield or being able to steer the threshold. After turning the ignition off and vehicle deformation. Additional windshield vehicle, nor does it prevent people from then on again, the fuel system will return to breakage may also occur from the front leaving the vehicle. normal operation; the doors can be locked, outboard passenger airbag. the interior lamps can be turned off, and . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. { Warning the hazard warning flashers can be turned After an airbag inflates, you will need off using the controls for those features. some new parts for the airbag system. When an airbag inflates, there may be If any of these systems are damaged in the If you do not get them, the airbag dust in the air. This dust could cause crash they may not operate as normal. system will not be there to help protect breathing problems for people with a you in another crash. A new system will history of asthma or other breathing include airbag modules and possibly other trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the parts. The service manual for the vehicle (Continued) covers the need to replace other parts. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

66 Seats and Restraints . The vehicle has a crash sensing and Whenever possible, children aged 12 and diagnostic module which records under should be secured in a rear seating information after a crash. See Vehicle position. Data Recording and Privacy 0 437 and Never put a rear-facing child seat in the Event Data Recorders 0 438. front. This is because the risk to the . Let only qualified technicians work on the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag airbag systems. Improper service can Canada inflates. mean that an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for service. The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for { Warning on and off, will be visible during the system Passenger Sensing System check. When the system check is complete, A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the The vehicle has a passenger sensing system either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol for the front outboard passenger position. for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is 0 The passenger airbag status indicator will Airbag Status Indicator 114. because the back of the rear-facing child light on the overhead console when the The passenger sensing system turns off the restraint would be very close to the vehicle is started. front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflating airbag. A child in a under certain conditions. No other airbag is forward-facing child restraint can be affected by the passenger sensing system. seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger The passenger sensing system works with seat is in a forward position. sensors that are part of the front outboard passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors Even if the passenger sensing system has are designed to detect the presence of a turned off the passenger frontal airbag, United States properly seated occupant and determine if no system is fail-safe. No one can the front outboard passenger frontal airbag guarantee that an airbag will not deploy should be allowed to inflate or not. under some unusual circumstance, even According to accident statistics, children are though the airbag is turned off. safer when properly secured in a rear seat (Continued) in the correct child restraint for their weight and size. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 67 . There is a critical problem with the airbag Warning (Continued) system or the passenger sensing system. { Warning Never put a rear-facing child restraint in When the passenger sensing system has If the airbag readiness light ever comes the front seat, even if the airbag is off. turned off the front outboard passenger on and stays on, it means that If securing a forward-facing child restraint frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light something may be wrong with the airbag in the front outboard passenger seat, and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is system. To help avoid injury to yourself always move the seat as far back as it off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator or others, have the vehicle serviced right will go. It is better to secure child 0 114. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114 restraints in the rear seat. Consider using The passenger sensing system is designed to for more information, including important another vehicle to transport the child turn on the front outboard passenger frontal safety information. when a rear seat is not available. airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that front outboard passenger seat. Restraint will accommodate a rear-facing child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should When the passenger sensing system has The passenger sensing system is designed to not be installed in the vehicle, even if the allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON turn off the front outboard passenger airbag is off. indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder frontal airbag if the system determines that that the airbag is active. an infant is present in a child restraint. If a The passenger sensing system is designed to child restraint has been installed and the ON For some children, including children in child turn off the front outboard passenger indicator is lit: frontal airbag if: restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not 1. Turn the vehicle off. . The front outboard passenger seat is turn off the front outboard passenger 2. Remove the child restraint from the unoccupied. frontal airbag, depending upon the person's vehicle. . The system determines an infant is seating posture and body build. Everyone in present in a child restraint. 3. Remove any additional items from the the vehicle who has outgrown child seat such as blankets, cushions, seat . A front outboard passenger takes his/her restraints should wear a seat belt covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. weight off of the seat for a period properly — whether or not there is an of time. airbag for that person. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

68 Seats and Restraints 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the 6. Restart the vehicle. that the child restraint locking feature is directions provided by the child restraint The passenger sensing system may or may engaged. Use the following steps to allow manufacturer and refer to Securing Child not turn off the airbag for a child in a child the system to detect that person and enable Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the the front outboard passenger frontal airbag: 0 restraint depending upon the child’s size. Center Front Seat) 92 or It is better to secure child restraints in the 1. Turn the vehicle off. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or 2. Remove any additional material from the transport the child when a rear seat is not seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat available. Never put a rear-facing child Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. restraint in the front seat, even if the ON 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright Make sure the seat belt retractor is indicator is not lit. locked by pulling the shoulder belt all position. the way out of the retractor when If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, installing the child restraint, even if the Adult-Sized Occupant centered on the seat cushion, with legs child restraint is equipped with a seat comfortably extended. belt lock off. When the retractor lock is 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out all the way, the child restraint pulled out of the retractor. locking feature will be engaged. This 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint may unintentionally cause the passenger and restarting the vehicle, the ON sensing system to turn the airbag off for indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. some adult-sized occupants. If this Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt and adjust the seat cushion, go back all the way, and then buckle the if adjustable, to make sure that the belt again without pulling the belt out vehicle seatback is not pushing the child all the way. restraint into the seat cushion. 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person Also make sure the child restraint is not remain in this position for two to trapped under the vehicle head restraint. If a person of adult size is sitting in the three minutes after the ON indicator If this happens, adjust the head restraint. front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF is lit. See Head Restraints 0 45. indicator is lit, it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat or GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 69 approved by GM for your specific vehicle. { Warning See Adding Equipment to the { Warning If the front outboard passenger airbag is Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69 for more For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, information about modifications that can turned off and the battery is the airbag will not be able to inflate and affect how the system operates. disconnected, an airbag can still inflate help protect that person in a crash, The ON indicator may be lit if an object, during improper service. You can be resulting in an increased risk of serious such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, injured if you are close to an airbag injury or even death. An adult-sized laptop, or other electronic device, is put on when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. occupant should not ride in the front an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, They are probably part of the airbag outboard passenger seat, if the passenger remove the object from the seat. system. Be sure to follow proper service airbag OFF indicator is lit. procedures, and make sure the person { Warning performing work for you is qualified to Additional Factors Affecting System Stowing articles under the passenger seat do so. Operation or between the passenger seat cushion Seat belts help keep the passenger in and seatback may interfere with the Adding Equipment to the position on the seat during vehicle proper operation of the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle maneuvers and braking, which helps the sensing system. passenger sensing system maintain the Adding accessories that change the vehicle's passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” Servicing the Airbag-Equipped frame, bumper system, height, front end, and “Child Restraints” in the Index for or side sheet metal, may keep the airbag additional information about the importance Vehicle system from working properly. of proper restraint use. Airbags affect how the vehicle should be The operation of the airbag system can also A thick layer of additional material, such as serviced. There are parts of the airbag be affected by changing, including a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket system in several places around the vehicle. improperly repairing or replacing, any parts equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, Your dealer and the service manual have of the following: and seat massagers can affect how well the information about servicing the vehicle and . Airbag system, including airbag modules, passenger sensing system operates. We the airbag system. To purchase a service front or side impact sensors, sensing and manual, see Publication Ordering diagnostic module, or airbag wiring recommend that you not use seat covers or 0 other aftermarket equipment except when Information 435. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

70 Seats and Restraints . Front seats, including stitching, seams, system from properly turning off the Airbag System Check or zippers passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing . Seat belts System 0 66. The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. . Steering wheel, instrument panel, If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, Make sure the airbag readiness light is 0 overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar see Different Size Tires and Wheels 377 for working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114. garnish trim additional important information. . Inner door seals, including speakers If a snow plow is added to the vehicle, the Caution Your dealer and the service manual have airbags should still work properly. The If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, information about the location of the airbag airbag systems were designed to work or broken, the airbag may not work modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic properly under a wide range of conditions, properly. Do not open or break the airbag module, and airbag wiring along with the including snow plowing with vehicles that coverings. If there are any opened or proper replacement procedures. have the optional snow plow prep package broken airbag coverings, have the airbag (RPO VYU). Do not change or defeat the In addition, the vehicle has a passenger covering and/or airbag module replaced. snow plow's “tripping mechanism.” If you sensing system for the front outboard For the location of the airbags, see Where do, it can damage the snow plow and the passenger position, which includes sensors Are the Airbags? 0 62. See your dealer vehicle, and may cause an airbag that are part of the passenger seat. The deployment. for service. passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced If the vehicle must be modified because you with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or have a disability and have questions about with GM covers, upholstery, or trim whether the modifications will affect the designed for a different vehicle. Any object, vehicle's airbag system, or if you have such as an aftermarket seat heater or a questions about whether the airbag system comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed will be affected if the vehicle is modified for under or on top of the seat fabric, could any other reason, call Customer Assistance. also interfere with the operation of the See Customer Assistance Offices 0 430. passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 71 Replacing Airbag System Parts Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear after a Crash Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under Older Children Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 57. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt { Warning still does not rest on the shoulder, then A crash can damage the airbag systems return to the booster seat. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the may not properly protect you and your hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in If no, return to the booster seat. serious injury or even death. To help . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for make sure the airbag systems are the length of the trip? If yes, continue. working properly after a crash, have If no, return to the booster seat. them inspected and any necessary Q: What is the proper way to wear seat replacements made as soon as possible. belts? If an airbag inflates, you will need to A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder replace airbag system parts. See your dealer Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a for service. seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. If the airbag readiness light stays on after The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the the vehicle is started or comes on when you with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs. are driving, the airbag system may not work height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's properly. Have the vehicle serviced right booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never 0 away. See Airbag Readiness Light 114. the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash. continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 57. shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

72 Seats and Restraints According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear { Warning seating position. Never allow a child to wear the seat belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up shoulder belt under both arms or behind can strike other people who are buckled up, their back. A child can be seriously or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder children need to use seat belts properly. belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. { Warning The child could move too far forward Never allow more than one child to wear increasing the chance of head and neck the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot injury. The child might also slide under properly spread the impact forces. In a the lap belt. The belt force would then be crash, they can be crushed together and applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children cause serious or fatal injuries. The seriously injured. A seat belt must be Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This used by only one person at a time. shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 73

Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning tighten but cannot be loosened if it is Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can pulled all the way out of the retractor. infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a It unlocks when the shoulder belt is is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front allowed to go all the way back into the For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child retractor, but it cannot do this if it is 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to wrapped around a child’s neck. If the will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) secure a forward-facing child restraint in shoulder belt is locked and tightened force on a person's arms. An infant or a rear seat. If you must secure a around a child’s neck, the only way to child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in the front loosen the belt is to cut it. child restraint. outboard seat, always move the front Never leave children unattended in a passenger seat as far back as it will go. vehicle and never allow children to play with the seat belts.

Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

74 Seats and Restraints There are three basic types of child Child Restraint Systems restraints: { Warning . Forward-facing child restraints To reduce the risk of neck and head . Rear-facing child restraints injury in a crash, infants and toddlers . Belt-positioning booster seats should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they The proper child restraint for your child reach the maximum height and weight depends on their size, weight, and age, and limits of their child restraint. also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. { Warning For each type of child restraint, there are A young child's hip bones are still so many different models available. When small that the vehicle seat belt may not purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint is, the child restraint will have a label saying should. Instead, it may settle up around A rear-facing child restraint provides that it meets federal motor vehicle safety the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt restraint with the seating surface against standards. would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant. The instruction manual that is provided with alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place the child restraint states the weight and To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant height limitations for that particular child positioned in the restraint. restraint. In addition, there are many kinds injuries during a crash, young children of child restraints available for children with should always be secured in an special needs. appropriate child restraint. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 75 Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats instructions in this manual. A forward-facing child restraint provides A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the restraint for the child's body with the children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the harness. forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt seat belt system until the child is large portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 71. more information. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

76 Seats and Restraints 2. Instruction manual provided with the Securing the Child Within the Child child restraint Restraint { Warning 3. This vehicle owner's manual A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front The child restraint instructions are { Warning passenger airbag inflates. This is because important, so if they are not available, A child can be seriously injured or killed obtain a replacement copy from the in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating manufacturer. secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can be seriously injured or killed that came with that child restraint. restraint can move around in a collision or if the front passenger airbag inflates and sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. the passenger seat is in a forward Be sure to properly secure any child Where to Put the Restraint position. restraint in the vehicle — even when no According to accident statistics, children and child is in it. Even if the passenger sensing system has infants are safer when properly restrained in In some areas Certified Child Passenger an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to rear seating position. airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can inspect and demonstrate how to correctly guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Whenever possible, children aged 12 and use and install child restraints. In the U.S., under some unusual circumstance, even under should be secured in a rear seating refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety though it is turned off. position. Administration (NHTSA) website to locate Secure rear-facing child restraints in a the nearest child safety seat inspection Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you station. For CPST availability in Canada, front. This is because the risk to the secure a forward-facing child restraint in check with Transport Canada or the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. deploys. the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for additional information. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 77 Depending on where you place the child { Warning Lower Anchors and Tethers for restraint and the size of the child restraint, Children (LATCH System) A child in a child restraint in the center you may not be able to access adjacent seat front seat can be badly injured or killed belts or LATCH anchors for additional The LATCH system secures a child restraint by the frontal airbags if they inflate. passengers or child restraints. Adjacent during driving or in a crash. LATCH Never secure a child restraint in the seating positions should not be used if the attachments on the child restraint are used center front seat. It is always better to child restraint prevents access to or to attach the child restraint to the anchors secure a child restraint in a rear seat. interferes with the routing of the seat belt. in the vehicle. This system is designed to The seat in front of an installed child make installation of a child restraint easier. Do not use child restraints in the center restraint should be adjusted to ensure In order to use the LATCH system in your front seat position. proper installation according to the child vehicle, you need a child restraint that has If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that restraint manual. LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible will accommodate a rear-facing child Wherever a child restraint is installed, be rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should sure to follow the instructions that came be properly installed using either the LATCH not be installed in the vehicle, even if the with the child restraint and secure the child anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not airbag is off. restraint properly. use both the seat belts and the LATCH anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or When securing a child restraint with the Keep in mind that an unsecured child forward-facing child seat. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the restraint can move around in a collision or instructions that came with the child sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to restraint to make sure it is compatible with Be sure to properly secure any child secure the child and the booster seat. If the this vehicle. restraint in the vehicle — even when no manufacturer recommends that the booster child is in it. seat be secured with the LATCH system, this Child restraints and booster seats vary can be done as long as the booster seat can considerably in size, and some may fit in be positioned properly and there is no certain seating positions better than others. interference with the proper positioning of Do not install a child restraint in any rear the lap-shoulder belt on the child. seating position where it cannot be installed securely. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

78 Seats and Restraints Make sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint, and also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the seat belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether. For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child restraint where the combined weight of the child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the lower LATCH anchorages with the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt with the top tether anchorage. Where the combined weight of the child and restraint are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with the top tether anchorage only. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 79 Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X the Child + Child LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top Restraint Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor Tether Anchor Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Rear-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Forward-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 will Not all vehicle seating positions have lower Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 92 or be labeled with the specific child weight up anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt to which the LATCH system can be used to used (with top tether where available) to in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or install the restraint. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center 0 The following explains how to attach a child 0 in the Front Passenger Seat) 92. restraint with these attachments in the Front Seat) 92 or vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

80 Seats and Restraints Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure Regular Cab — Bucket Seat Only the top tether to the anchor. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 81 To assist in locating the lower anchors on double and crew cab models, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.

For regular cab models, there are top tether Regular Cab — Three-Passenger Front Seat Double and Crew Cab Rear Seat anchor symbols to assist you in locating the I : Seating positions with top tether I : Seating positions with top tether top tether anchors. anchors. anchors. Do not install a child restraint in the center Do not install a child restraint in the center H seating position. See Securing Child : Seating positions with two lower Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center front seating position. See Securing Child anchors. 0 Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat) 92 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Front Seat) 92 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 88 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 88 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 92 for more in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92 for more information. information. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

82 Seats and Restraints

Regular Cab Driver Side Anchor and Loop (Double and Passenger Side Loop (Double and Crew Cab) Crew Cab) For regular cab models, the top tether For double and crew cab models, the top anchors are on the back panel behind the tether is routed through loops (2) to the top passenger seat(s) or center seat. Be sure to tether anchors (1). Be sure to use the correct use an anchor directly behind the seating anchor for the seating position where the position where the child restraint will be child restraint will be placed. placed. Be sure to read the following instructions to properly install a child restraint using these loops and anchors. Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top Center Anchor and Loop (Double and tether must be attached. Crew Cab) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 83 According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) a child restraint system or infant restraint A child or others could be injured. To tighten the belt behind the child restraint system secured in a rear seating position. reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries after the child restraint has been 0 See Where to Put the Restraint 76 for during a crash, attach only one child installed. additional information. restraint per anchor. Securing a Child Restraint Designed for Caution the LATCH System { Warning Do not let the LATCH attachments rub { Warning Children can be seriously injured or against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped damage these parts. If necessary, move A child could be seriously injured or killed around their neck. The shoulder belt can buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the in a crash if the child restraint is not tighten but cannot be loosened if it is LATCH attachments. properly attached to the vehicle using locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle Do not fold the rear seat cushion when pulled all the way out of the retractor. seat belt. Follow the instructions that the seat is occupied. Do not fold the It unlocks when the shoulder belt is came with the child restraint and the empty rear seat with a seat belt buckled. allowed to go all the way back into the instructions in this manual. This could damage the seat belt or the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is seat. Unbuckle and return the seat belt to wrapped around a child’s neck. If the its stowed position, before folding { Warning shoulder belt is locked and tightened the seat. around a child’s neck, the only way to Do not attach more than one child loosen the belt is to cut it. If you need to secure more than one child restraint to a single anchor, except for restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put Buckle any unused seat belts behind the the center top tether anchors in the crew the Restraint 0 76. cab models. Attaching more than one child restraint so children cannot reach child restraint to a single anchor could them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way cause the anchor or attachment to come out of the retractor to set the lock, and loose or even break during a crash. (Continued) (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

84 Seats and Restraints Regular Cab Models 2. Make sure the child restraint top tether 1. For models without a rear seat, hook is completely closed and secured to forward-facing child restraints should the top tether anchor. only be installed in the right front 3. Secure the child restraint in the right seating position with belts and a top front seating position with the vehicle tether. See Securing Child Restraints belts. See Securing Child Restraints (With (With the Seat Belt in the Center Front the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat) Seat) 0 92 or 0 92 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or If the position you are using has an Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat adjustable head restraint and you Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. are using a dual tether, route the Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. If the child restraint manufacturer tether around the head restraint. 4. Before placing a child in the child recommends that the top tether be restraint, make sure it is securely held in attached, attach and tighten the top place. To check, grasp the child restraint tether to the top tether anchor, if your at the belt path and attempt to move it vehicle has one. Refer to the child side to side and back and forth. There restraint instructions and the following should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of steps: movement for proper installation. 1.1. Find the top tether anchor. Double and Crew Cab Models 1.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top 1. Attach and tighten the lower tether according to your child attachments to the lower anchors. If the restraint instructions and the If the position you are using has an child restraint does not have lower following instructions: adjustable head restraint and you attachments or the desired seating are using a single tether, raise the position does not have lower anchors, head restraint and route the tether secure the child restraint with the top under the head restraint and in tether and the seat belt. Refer to the between the head restraint posts. child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 85 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. 2. For forward-facing child restraints, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor, if your vehicle has one. Follow the child restraint instructions and the vehicle LATCH anchor weight limits described at the beginning of this section, and the following steps: Rear Driver Side Position 2.1.2. For first time use, remove 2.1. For a top tether in the rear driver and discard the rubber band side position: from the top tether loop (2). 2.1.1. Remove the driver side head 2.1.3. Route the top tether (3) restraint and center through the loop (2). headrest. See “Head 2.1.4. Attach the top tether (3) to Restraint or Headrest the driver side of the center Removal and Reinstallation” top tether metal anchor (1). later in this section. 2.1.5. Make sure the child restraint top tether hook is completely closed and secured to the top tether anchor. Rear Driver Side Position GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

86 Seats and Restraints 2.2. For a top tether in the rear passenger side position: 2.2.1. Remove the passenger side head restraint and center headrest. See “Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” later in this section. 2.2.2. Route the top tether (3) through the loop (2). 2.2.3. Attach the top tether (3) to the passenger side of the Rear Passenger Side Position center top tether metal Rear Center Position anchor (1). 2.2.4. Make sure the child restraint top tether hook is completely closed and secured to the top tether anchor.

Rear Passenger Side Position Rear Center Position GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 87 2.3. For a top tether in the rear center If child restraints are installed in both To remove the second row head restraints position: outboard positions, both top tethers can or center headrest: 2.3.1. Remove the driver side head be attached to the center anchor. Top restraint and center tethers can be attached for child headrest. See “Head restraints in all three rear seating Restraint or Headrest positions at the same time, following the Removal and Reinstallation” routing instructions above. later in this section. 4. Before placing a child in the child 2.3.2. Route the top tether (1) restraint, make sure it is securely held in through the center loop (2). place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move 2.3.3. Attach the top tether (1) to it side to side and back and forth. There the driver side top tether should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of metal anchor (3). movement for proper installation. 2.3.4. Make sure the child restraint top tether hook is Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and 1. Press both buttons on the head restraint completely closed and Reinstallation or headrest posts at the same time, and secured to the top tether The second row outboard head restraints or pull up on the head restraint or anchor. center headrest can be removed if they headrest. 3. Tighten the top tether per the child interfere with the proper installation of the 2. Store the head restraint or headrest in a restraint manufacturer's instructions. child restraint. secure place. When the top tether is properly 3. When the child restraint is removed, tightened, the loop may bend. This is reinstall the head restraint or headrest normal and will not damage the vehicle. before the seating position is used. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

88 Seats and Restraints 2. Push the head restraint or { Warning Securing Child Restraints (With headrest down. the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) With head restraints that are not 3. Try to move the head restraint or installed and adjusted properly, there is a headrest to make sure that it is locked in When securing a child restraint with the greater chance that occupants will suffer place. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not instructions that came with the child drive until the head restraints for all Replacing LATCH System Parts restraint to make sure it is compatible with occupants are installed and adjusted After a Crash this vehicle. properly. If the child restraint has the LATCH system, { Warning see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children To reinstall the head restraint or headrest: (LATCH System) 0 77 for how and where to A crash can damage the LATCH system in install the child restraint using LATCH. If a the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system child restraint is secured in the vehicle using may not properly secure the child a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see restraint, resulting in serious injury or Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children even death in a crash. To help make sure (LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor the LATCH system is working properly locations. after a crash, see your dealer to have the Do not secure a child seat in a position system inspected and any necessary without a top tether anchor if a national or replacements made as soon as possible. local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it with the child restraint say that the top was being used during a crash, new LATCH tether must be anchored. system parts may be needed. In Canada, the law requires that 1. Insert the head restraint or headrest New parts and repairs may be necessary forward-facing child restraints have a top posts into the holes in the top of the even if the LATCH system was not being tether, and that the tether be attached. seatback. The notches on the posts must used at the time of the crash. face the driver side of the vehicle. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 89 If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the seat belt to secure the child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint 0 76. Double Cab 1. Remove the head restraint or headrest prior to installing a forward-facing child restraint in an outboard rear seating 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of position. See “Head Restraint or Headrest it clicks. the retractor to set the lock. When the Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Position the release button on the retractor lock is set, the belt can be Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH tightened but not pulled out of the System) 0 77. buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly retractor. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. unbuckled if necessary. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

90 Seats and Restraints 7. For forward-facing child restraints, attach Crew Cab and tighten the top tether to the top 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. tether anchor (loop). Refer to the child restraint instructions, the vehicle LATCH 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap anchor weight limits, and instructions and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat listed in Lower Anchors and Tethers for belt through or around the child Children (LATCH System) 0 77. restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the installed, there should be no more than child restraint, pull the shoulder portion 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the into the retractor. When installing a vehicle seat belt and let it return to the forward-facing child restraint, it may be stowed position. If the top tether is attached helpful to use your knee to push down to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. on the child restraint as you tighten Reinstall the head restraint or headrest the belt. before the seating position is used. See 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until Try to pull the belt out of the retractor “Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and it clicks. Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and to make sure the retractor is locked. Position the release button on the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for If the retractor is not locked, repeat buckle, away from the child restraint, so additional information on installing the Steps 5 and 6. that the seat belt could be quickly headrest properly. unbuckled if necessary. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 91 tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for more information on using the top tether anchors. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion vehicle seat belt and let it return to the retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of stowed position. If the top tether is attached tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor. into the retractor. When installing a For outboard rear seating positions, if the forward-facing child restraint, it may be child restraint cannot be installed properly helpful to use your knee to push down with the head restraint in place, the head on the child restraint as you tighten restraint may be removed. See your dealer the belt. for assistance with removal, and store the Try to pull the belt out of the retractor removed head restraint in a secure place. to make sure the retractor is locked. When the child restraint is removed, If the retractor is not locked, repeat reinstall the head restraint before the Steps 4 and 5. seating position is used. For reinstallation 6. If the child restraint has a top tether, instructions, see “Head Restraint or Headrest follow the child restraint manufacturer's Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower instructions regarding the use of the top Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

92 Seats and Restraints In addition, the vehicle has a passenger Securing Child Restraints (With Warning (Continued) the Seat Belt in the Center sensing system which is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag Even if the passenger sensing system has Front Seat) under certain conditions. See Passenger turned off the front outboard passenger 0 Sensing System 66 and frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No 0 { Warning Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 114 for one can guarantee that an airbag will not more information, including important A child in a child restraint in the center deploy under some unusual circumstance, safety information. front seat can be badly injured or killed even though it is turned off. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the by the frontal airbags if they inflate. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a front. This is because the risk to the Never secure a child restraint in the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you center front seat. It is always better to rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag deploys. secure a forward-facing child restraint in secure a child restraint in a rear seat. the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it Do not use child restraints in the center { Warning will go. It is better to secure the child front seat position. A child in a rear-facing child restraint can restraint in a rear seat. be seriously injured or killed if the front 0 Securing Child Restraints (With outboard passenger frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System 66 for the Seat Belt in the Front inflates. This is because the back of the additional information. Passenger Seat) rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a will accommodate a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint can be safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint seriously injured or killed if the front not be installed in the vehicle, even if the 0 76. outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates airbag is off. and the passenger seat is in a forward position. If the child restraint uses a top tether, see (Continued) Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor locations. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Seats and Restraints 93 Do not secure a child seat in a position 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. without a top tether anchor if a national or 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap local law requires that the top tether be and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat anchored, or if the instructions that come belt through or around the child with the child restraint say that the top restraint. The child restraint instructions tether must be anchored. will show you how. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the following instructions: 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go it clicks. before securing the forward-facing child Position the release button on the restraint. Move the seat upward or the buckle, away from the child restraint, so seatback to an upright position, that the seat belt could be quickly if needed, to get a tight installation of unbuckled if necessary. the child restraint. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if When the passenger sensing system has needed. turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 114. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

94 Seats and Restraints 7. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat and the child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether anchor, attach the top tether to the top tether anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the When the child restraint is properly the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion installed, there should be no more than retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back retractor. into the retractor. When installing a If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the forward-facing child restraint, it may be passenger airbag status indicator will come helpful to use your knee to push down on and stay on when the vehicle is started. on the child restraint as you tighten If a child restraint has been installed and the belt. the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On Try to pull the belt out of the retractor Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under to make sure the retractor is locked. Passenger Sensing System 0 66. If the retractor is not locked, repeat To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the Steps 5 and 6. vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Storage 95 Storage Storage Compartments Cupholders Front Storage Compartments { Warning Storage Compartments ...... 95 There may be cupholders on the center Do not store heavy or sharp objects in front seat console armrest. Glove Box ...... 95 storage compartments. In a crash, these Cupholders ...... 95 objects may cause the cover to open and Rear Underseat Storage ...... 96 could result in injury. Rear Storage ...... 96 Center Console Storage ...... 96 Floor Console Storage ...... 97 Glove Box Additional Storage Features Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 97

If equipped, pull the rear seat armrest down to access the cupholders.

To access the upper glove box, pull up on the handle. To access the lower glove box, unlock with the key and pull down on the handle. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

96 Storage Underseat Storage Rear Storage Center Console Storage

There may be storage under the rear There may be storage in the rear seat. Pull Bench Seat passenger seat. Lift up on the seat bench to the tab to access. Pull the strap on the side of the center access. Push the seat bench toward the floor Push the storage door to close. The storage seatback to access the storage area and to close. door must be closed before installing child cupholders. Do not use the center seatback restraints. as a seating position when the seatback is folded down. To raise the seatback, push the seatback rearward until it locks in the upright position. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Storage 97 Press the latch and lift to open. Additional Storage Features Floor Console Storage Cargo Tie-Downs Caution The truck bed walls will collapse if the tie-downs are overloaded.

Standard and Long Box

Bench Seat If equipped with storage, press the latch and lift to open. If equipped with front center seat storage, unlock with the ignition key, press the latch, and lift to open.

This vehicle is equipped with 12 fixed cargo tie-downs. Any of the 12 locations inside the truck bed can be used. The maximum load per corner is 227 kg (500 lb). Bucket Seat GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

98 Storage CarbonPro Box Any of the nine holes inside the truck bed 2. Turn the tie-down loop clockwise to can be used for tie-downs. tighten. The tie-down will be hard to The maximum load is 113 kg (250 lb) per turn until the toggle moves past the tie-down. installation point on the toggle guide. 3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by hand only. Caution Do not use tools. The truck bed walls will collapse if the To remove: tie-downs are overloaded. 1. Remove the tie-down loop completely by turning counterclockwise while holding the backing plate against the truck bed wall. 2. Pull the backing plate away from the truck bed wall until a click is heard. This Accessory Tie-Downs locks the toggle into position on the toggle guide. 3. Push the backing plate against the truck bed wall. This allows the toggle nut to spin. 4. Remove the backing plate, toggle guide, and toggle nut from the truck bed wall completely. To install: 5. Reinstall the tie-down loop through the 1. Insert a tie-down loop assembly until it backing plate into the toggle nut for is flush with the truck bed wall. reuse.

Additional Accessory Tie-Down Points GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 99 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Door Ajar Light ...... 124 Instruments and Controls Engine Light) ...... 115 Brake System Warning Light ...... 117 Information Displays Controls Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 117 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 100 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 118 Level) ...... 124 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 100 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Driver Information Center (DIC) Heated Steering Wheel ...... 100 Light ...... 118 (Midlevel and Uplevel) ...... 125 Horn ...... 101 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 118 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 128 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 101 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 119 Compass ...... 102 Vehicle Messages Hill Descent Control Light ...... 119 Vehicle Messages ...... 130 Clock ...... 102 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light ...... 119 Power Outlets ...... 102 Engine Power Messages ...... 131 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 131 Wireless Charging ...... 103 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Traction Off Light ...... 120 Vehicle Personalization Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Vehicle Personalization ...... 131 Stability Control Light ...... 120 Indicators ...... 106 Universal Remote System Instrument Cluster ...... 106 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Light ...... 120 Universal Remote System ...... 136 Speedometer ...... 110 Universal Remote System Odometer ...... 110 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light ...... 121 Programming ...... 136 Trip Odometer ...... 110 Universal Remote System Operation . . . 138 Tachometer ...... 110 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 121 Fuel Gauge ...... 110 Tire Pressure Light ...... 122 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 111 Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 112 Cluster) ...... 122 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 113 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 Security Light ...... 122 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 114 High-Beam On Light ...... 123 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 114 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 123 Charging System Light ...... 115 Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 Cruise Control Light ...... 123 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

100 Instruments and Controls Controls Tilt and Telescoping Wheel Steering Wheel Controls The infotainment system can be operated Steering Wheel Adjustment by using the steering wheel controls. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 151. Heated Steering Wheel

To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped: To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down. 1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or ( : If equipped, press to turn it on or off. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering away from you. A light next to the button displays when the wheel in place. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. feature is turned on. Do not adjust the steering wheel while The steering wheel takes about driving. three minutes to start heating. Remote Start Heated Steering Wheel If equipped with remote start, the heated steering wheel will turn on automatically during a remote start along with the heated GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 101 seats when it is cold outside. The heated LO : Use for slow wipes. steering wheel indicator light may not { Warning 3 : Turn the band up for more frequent come on. In freezing weather, do not use the intermittent wipes or down for less frequent See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52. intermittent wipes. washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice Horn OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. on the windshield, blocking your vision. To sound the horn, press a on the 1x : For a single wipe, briefly turn the N steering wheel. band down. For several wipes, hold the band down. { Warning Before driving the vehicle, always clear Windshield Wiper/Washer L : Press L on the windshield wiper snow and ice from the hood, windshield, control to spray windshield washer fluid and activate the wipers. The wipers will continue roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all lamps and windows. Reduced visibility until L is released or the maximum wash L from snow and ice buildup could lead to time is reached. When is released, a crash. additional wipes may occur depending on how long the windshield washer had been Wipe Parking activated. See Washer Fluid 0 340 for information on filling the windshield washer If the ignition is turned off while the wipers fluid reservoir. are on LO, HI, or 3, they will The windshield wiper control is on the turn immediately stop. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades signal lever. before using them. If frozen to the If the windshield wiper control is ON then The windshield wipers are controlled by windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. moved to OFF before the driver door is turning the band with N on it. Damaged blades should be replaced. See opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will Wiper Blade Replacement 0 348. restart and move to the base of the With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, windshield. turn the N band to select the wiper speed. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. HI : Use for fast wipes. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

102 Instruments and Controls If the ignition is turned off while the wipers Power Outlets are performing wipes due to windshield { Warning washing, the wipers continue to run until Accessory power outlets can be used to plug Power is always supplied to the outlets. in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone they reach the base of the windshield. Do not leave electrical equipment or MP3 player. plugged in when the vehicle is not in use Compass because the vehicle could catch fire and The vehicle may have a compass display on cause injury or death. the Driver Information Center (DIC). The compass receives its heading and other information from the Global Positioning Caution System (GPS) antenna, Electronic Stability Leaving electrical equipment plugged in Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information. for an extended period of time while the The compass system is designed to operate vehicle is off will drain the battery. for a certain number of miles or degrees of Always unplug electrical equipment when turn before needing a signal from the GPS not in use and do not plug in equipment satellites. When the compass display shows that exceeds the maximum 15 amp CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in rating. an open area where it can receive a GPS Rear of Front Center Console signal. The compass system will Certain power accessory plugs may not be The vehicle has one accessory power outlet automatically determine when a GPS signal compatible with the accessory power outlet under the climate control system and one is restored and provide a heading again. and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. accessory power outlet on the rear of the If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. Clock center console, if equipped, or on the rear of the bench seat, if equipped. When adding electrical equipment, be sure Set the time and date using the to follow the proper installation instructions Lift the cover to access and replace when infotainment system. See "Time / Date" included with the equipment. See Add-On not in use. under Settings 0 186. Electrical Equipment 0 318. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 6/3/21

Instruments and Controls 103

Caution An indicator light on the outlet illuminates when power is provided to the outlet and Hanging heavy equipment from the no system fault is detected. The outlets will power outlet can cause damage not not operate when the ignition is off, the covered by the vehicle warranty. The DC/AC switch is not pressed, or the plug is power outlets are designed for accessory not fully seated into the outlet. power plugs only, such as cell phone If equipment is connected using more than charge cords. 400 watts or a system fault is detected, a protection circuit shuts off the power supply Power Outlet 110/120-Volt Alternating and the indicator light turns off. Current Do not use a power outlet with a missing or If equipped, the vehicle has two alternating damaged cover. Truck Bed Power Outlet current power outlets. The power outlet is not designed for the When the ignition is on, power is supplied following, and may not work properly if to the outlets after the DC/AC switch is they are plugged in: pressed. A green indicator light on the . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, DC/AC switch indicates when the DC/AC such as compressor-driven refrigerators operation is active. One power outlet can be and electric power tools used with electrical equipment that uses a . Other equipment requiring an extremely maximum of 400 watts. If both outlets are stable power supply, such as being used, 400 watts will be shared microcomputer-controlled electric blankets between the outlets. Ensure that all and touch sensor lamps connected devices do not exceed 400 watts. . Medical equipment The power outlet can be turned off by pressing the DC/AC switch. The power outlet Wireless Charging In Cab Power Outlet and DC/AC Switch can be turned back on after 10 seconds, If equipped and enabled, the vehicle during which the indicator light on the may have wireless charging on the switch will flash. center console in front of the cupholders. The system operates at 145 kHz GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

104 Instruments and Controls and wirelessly charges one Qi compatible To charge a compatible smartphone: { Warning smartphone. The power output of the 1. Remove all objects from the charging system is capable of charging at a rate up Remove all objects from the charging pad pad. The system may not charge if there to 3 amp (19.5 W) as requested by the before charging your compatible are any objects between the smartphone compatible smartphone. See Radio smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, and charging pad. Frequency Statement 0 436. rings, paper clips, or cards, between the 2. Place the smartphone face up on the @ smartphone and charging pad will symbol on the charging pad. { Warning become very hot. On the rare occasion Wireless charging can affect the that the charging system does not detect To maximize the charge rate, ensure the smartphone is fully seated and centered operation of an implanted pacemaker or an object, and the object gets wedged in the holder with nothing under it. other medical devices. If you have one, it between the smartphone and charger, A thick smartphone case may prevent is recommended to consult with your remove the smartphone and allow the the wireless charger from working, doctor before using the wireless charging object to cool before removing it from or may reduce the charging performance. system. the charging pad, to prevent burns. See your dealer for additional information. The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, V or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be 3. A green } will appear on the on active. The wireless charging feature may the infotainment display. This indicates not correctly indicate charging when the that the smartphone is properly vehicle is in RAP, or during Bluetooth phone positioned and charging. If a smartphone calls. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is placed on the charging pad and } 0 236. does not display, remove the The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F) smartphone from the pad, turn it to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system 180 degrees, and wait three seconds and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the before placing/aligning the smartphone smartphone. on the pad again. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 105 4. If } turns yellow, ensure that the on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE charging pad is clear of any objects and performing such distribution (such as the COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS that the smartphone is capable of cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED wireless charging before re-positioning it. email request to [email protected]. This WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED If } does not illuminate, the offer is valid for three (3) years from the TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF smartphone may need to re-positioned. date on which you purchased the product. MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A Freescale-WCT library PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN The smartphone may become warm NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER during charging. This is normal. In Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY warmer temperatures, the speed of Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, charging may be reduced. 1. Redistributions of source code must EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Software Acknowledgements retain the above copyright notice, this (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, list of conditions and the following PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR Certain Wireless Charging Module product SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER open source software detailed below. Refer CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, to the indicated open source licenses (as are reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR included following this notice) for the terms TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR and conditions of their use. disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF OSS Notice Information distribution. THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF To obtain the source code that is ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder DAMAGE. contained in this product, please visit nor the names of its contributors may be http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to used to endorse or promote products the source code, all referred license terms, derived from this software without warranty disclaimers and copyright notices specific prior written permission. are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

106 Instruments and Controls Warning Lights, Gauges, and Instrument Cluster Indicators Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous.

Base Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar

1. Tachometer 0 110 6. Speedometer 0 110 2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 111 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Level) 0 124 or 0 112 Driver Information Center (DIC) 4. Fuel Gauge 0 110 (Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 125 5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 113 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 107

Midlevel Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar

108 Instruments and Controls Cluster Menu (Midlevel and Uplevel) There is an interactive display area in the center of the instrument cluster.

Use the right steering wheel control to open Uplevel Cluster English Standard Shown, Metric Similar and scroll through the different items and displays. 1. Tachometer 0 110 6. Speedometer 0 110 Press S or T to access the cluster 2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 111 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Level) 0 124 or through the list of available features. Press 0 112 Driver Information Center (DIC) the thumbwheel to select. Not all 4. Fuel Gauge 0 110 (Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 125 applications will be available on all vehicles. 5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 113 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 109 . Home Audio Head-up Display (HUD) : If equipped, this . Info App. This is where the selected Driver In the Audio menu, use the thumbwheel to feature allows for adjusting the angle of the Information Center (DIC) displays can be scroll through options, browse for music, HUD image and changing or turning off the viewed. See “Driver Information Center select from favorites, or change the audio Speed Limit Sign. (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the Index. source. In the main view, scroll to change HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while . Audio the station or go to the next or previous Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter . Navigation track. Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of . Phone Navigation the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to confirm and save the setting. This feature . Options In the Navigation menu, if there is no active may only be available in P (Park). Home route, a compass will be displayed. If there is an active route, press the thumbwheel to Speed Limit Style: Press the thumbwheel Information displayed here can be while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to customized from the Options menu. cancel or resume route guidance, mute or unmute voice guidance, or access Recents or change the speed sign style or to turn it off. Speedometer : Displays how fast the vehicle Favorites. Units : Press the thumbwheel while Units is is moving in either kilometers per hour Phone displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). US or metric units by pressing the Speed Sign : Shows sign information, which In the Phone menu, if there is no active thumbwheel while the desired item is comes from a roadway database in the phone call, view recent calls, scroll through highlighted. A selected mark will be onboard navigation, if equipped. contacts, select from the favorites, or change displayed next to the selected item. the phone source. If there is an active call, Time : Displays the current time. mute the phone or switch to handset Info Page Options : Press the thumbwheel operation. while Info Page Options is displayed to Fuel Range : Displays the approximate enter and select the items to be displayed distance the vehicle can be driven without Options in the Info app. A selected mark will be refueling. The fuel range estimate is based displayed next to the selected item. on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items over recent driving history and the amount in the Options menu. of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

110 Instruments and Controls Home : Press the thumbwheel to select the Speedometer vehicle is on and can move. The engine available elements to display. Not all could auto start at any time. When the elements will be available on all vehicles: The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off. Speedometer, Speed Sign, Time, and Fuel in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). When the engine is on, the tachometer will Range. indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute Display (Uplevel) : Press the thumbwheel to Odometer (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several enter the Display menu. Select to turn on or hundred rpm, during Auto Stop mode, when off the compass or speed sign. The odometer shows how far the vehicle has the engine is shutting off and restarting. been driven, in either kilometers or miles. Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display Fuel Gauge allows the driver to set a speed that they Trip Odometer do not want to exceed. To set the Speed Warning, press the thumbwheel when Speed The trip odometer shows how far the Warning is displayed, or press the vehicle has been driven since the trip thumbwheel on the main view to set the odometer was last reset. speed value. Scroll to adjust the value. Press The trip odometer is accessed and reset the thumbwheel to set the speed. Once the through the Driver Information Center (DIC). speed is set, this feature can be turned off See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base by pressing the thumbwheel while viewing Level) 0 124 or this page. If the selected speed limit is Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed Uplevel) 0 125. with a chime. Tachometer Software Information : Press the thumbwheel while Software Information is The tachometer displays the engine speed in Metric Uplevel Shown, Midlevel and Base highlighted to display open source software revolutions per minute (rpm). Level Similar information. For vehicles with the Stop/Start system, when the ignition is on, the tachometer indicates the vehicle status. When pointing to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 111 . It takes a little more, or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more, or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner, speeding up or braking. . The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. English Uplevel Shown, Midlevel and Base Uplevel English Shown, Base Level and Level Similar Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Midlevel Similar When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge The engine oil pressure gauge shows the indicates about how much fuel is left in engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals) the tank. or psi (pounds per square inch) when the There is an arrow near the fuel gauge engine is running. pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, door is on. outside temperature, coolant temperature, When the indicator nears empty, the low and oil viscosity. fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel On some models, the oil pump will vary left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. engine oil pressure according to engine Here are three things that some owners ask needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as about. None of these show a problem with the engine speed or load varies. This is Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level and the fuel gauge: normal. If the oil pressure warning light or Midlevel Similar Driver Information Center (DIC) message GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

112 Instruments and Controls indicates oil pressure outside the normal Engine Coolant Temperature operating range, check the vehicle's oil as soon as possible. Gauge See Engine Oil 0 330. Caution Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if English Uplevel Shown, Midlevel and Base required, but if the oil level is within the Level Similar operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Metric Uplevel Shown, Midlevel and Base This gauge measures the temperature of the Always follow the maintenance schedule Level Similar vehicle's engine coolant. for changing engine oil. While driving under normal operating conditions, if the needle moves into the red If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off Duramax diesel supplement. the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 113 Voltmeter Gauge Readings outside the normal operating range can also occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left idling for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine When the vehicle is started, this light speeds are increased, this condition should flashes and a chime may come on to remind correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the driver to fasten their seat belt. the charging system to create maximum power. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several The vehicle can only be driven for a short times if the driver remains or becomes time with the readings outside the normal unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. operating range. If the vehicle must be Uplevel Shown, Base Level and Midlevel driven, turn off all accessories, such as the If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the Similar radio and air conditioner. light nor the chime comes on. When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates Readings outside the normal operating Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder the battery voltage. range indicate a possible problem in the Light electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced When the engine is running, this gauge as soon as possible. The vehicle may have a front passenger seat shows the condition of the charging system. belt reminder light near the passenger The gauge can transition from a higher to Seat Belt Reminders airbag status indicator. See Passenger lower or a lower to higher reading. This is Sensing System 0 66. normal. If the vehicle is operating outside Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light the normal operating range, the charging There is a driver seat belt reminder light on system light comes on. See Charging System the instrument cluster. Light 0 115. The voltmeter gauge may also read lower when in fuel economy mode. This is normal. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

114 Instruments and Controls When the vehicle is started, this light Passenger Airbag Status Indicator flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten their seat belt. The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for Then the light stays on solid until the belt is important safety information. The overhead buckled. This cycle continues several times if console has a passenger airbag status the front passenger remains or becomes indicator. unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. The airbag readiness light comes on for If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, several seconds when the vehicle is started. neither the chime nor the light comes on. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately. The front passenger seat belt reminder light and chime may come on if an object is put { Warning on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, If the airbag readiness light stays on grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic United States device. To turn off the reminder light and/or after the vehicle is started or comes on chime, remove the object from the seat or while driving, it means the airbag system buckle the seat belt. might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in Airbag Readiness Light a crash, or they could even inflate This light shows if there is an electrical without a crash. To help avoid injury, problem with the airbag system. The system have the vehicle serviced right away. check includes the airbag sensor(s), the Canada passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, If there is a problem with the airbag the airbag modules, the wiring, and the system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) When the vehicle is started, the passenger crash sensing and diagnostic module. For message may also come on. airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, more information on the airbag system, see or the symbols for on and off, for several Airbag System 0 61. seconds as a system check. Then, after several more seconds, the status indicator GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 115 will light either ON or OFF, or either the on Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp or off symbol, to let you know the status of the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. (Check Engine Light) If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on This light is part of the vehicle’s emission the passenger airbag status indicator, it control on-board diagnostic system. If this means that the front outboard passenger light is on while the engine is running, a frontal airbag is allowed to inflate. malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on The charging system light comes on briefly come on to show that it is working when the passenger airbag status indicator, it when the ignition is turned on, but the the ignition is on and the engine is not means that the passenger sensing system engine is not running, as a check to show running. See Ignition Positions (Keyless has turned off the front outboard passenger the light is working. It should go out when Access) 0 230 or frontal airbag. the engine is started. Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. If, after several seconds, both status If the light stays on, or comes on while indicator lights remain on, or if there are no driving, there may be a problem with the lights at all, there may be a problem with electrical charging system. Have it checked the lights or the passenger sensing system. by your dealer. Driving while this light is on See your dealer for service. could drain the battery. { Warning When this light comes on, or is flashing, the Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays Malfunctions are often indicated by the If the airbag readiness light ever comes a message. system before any problem is noticeable. on and stays on, it means that Being aware of the light and seeking service If a short distance must be driven with the something may be wrong with the airbag promptly when it comes on may prevent light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, system. To help avoid injury to yourself damage. such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a or others, have the vehicle serviced right safe place to stop the vehicle. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114 for more information, including important safety information. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

116 Instruments and Controls . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient Caution To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle speed and avoid hard accelerations and engine operation and poor driveability, If the vehicle is driven continually with uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the which may go away once the engine is this light on, the emission control system amount of cargo being hauled as soon as warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel may not work as well, the fuel economy possible. brand. It may require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light may be lower, and the vehicle may not If the light continues to flash, find a safe off. See Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L run smoothly. This could lead to costly place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait V8 Engine) 0 283 or repairs that might not be covered by the at least 10 seconds before restarting the Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Engine) vehicle warranty. engine. If the light is still flashing, follow 0 284. the previous guidelines and see your dealer for service as soon as possible. If the light remains on, see your dealer. Caution If the light is on steady : A malfunction has Modifications to the engine, transmission, Emissions Inspection and Maintenance been detected. Diagnosis and service may be Programs exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the required. use of replacement tires that do not If the vehicle requires an Emissions meet the original tire specifications, can Check the following: Inspection/Maintenance test, the test cause this light to come on. This could . If fuel has been added to the vehicle equipment will likely connect to the lead to costly repairs not covered by the using the capless funnel adapter, make vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). vehicle warranty. This could also affect sure that it has been removed. See the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” under Filling the Tank (Pickup Inspection/Maintenance test. See 0 Accessories and Modifications 0 323. Model) 285 or Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab 0 If the light is flashing : A malfunction has Model) 287. The diagnostic system can been detected that could damage the detect if the adapter has been left emission control system and increase vehicle installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to The DLC is under the instrument panel to emissions. Diagnosis and service may be evaporate into the atmosphere. A few the left of the steering wheel. Connecting required. driving trips with the adapter removed devices that are not used to perform an may turn off the light. Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 117 service the vehicle may affect vehicle Brake System Warning Light operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment { Warning 0 318. See your dealer if assistance is The brake system might not be working needed. properly if the brake system warning The vehicle may not pass inspection if: light is on. Driving with the brake system . The light is on when the engine is warning light on can lead to a crash. running. If the light is still on after the vehicle has Metric English . The light does not come on when the been pulled off the road and carefully ignition is on while the engine is off. stopped, have the vehicle towed for This light should come on briefly when the service. . Critical emission control systems have not vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on been completely diagnosed. If this then, have it fixed so it will be ready to happens, the vehicle would not be ready Electric Parking Brake Light warn you if there is a problem. for inspection and might require several days of routine driving before the If the light comes on and stays on at start system is ready for inspection. This can up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake happen if the 12-volt battery has recently system inspected right away. been replaced or run down, or if the If the light comes on while driving, pull off vehicle has been recently serviced. the road and stop carefully. If equipped with Metric English See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass electric brake boost, vehicle speed may be or cannot be made ready for the test. limited when the brake system warning light comes on. The brake pedal might be This light comes on when the parking brake harder to push, or the brake pedal may go is applied. If the light continues flashing closer to the floor. It could take longer to after the parking brake is released, or while stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle driving, there is a problem with the Electric towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle Parking Brake system. A message may also 0 394. display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). If the light does not come on, or remains flashing, see your dealer. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

118 Instruments and Controls Service Electric Parking Brake Antilock Brake System (ABS) If both the ABS warning light and the brake system warning light are on, ABS is not Light Warning Light functioning and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See your dealer for service. See Brake System Warning Light 0 117. Four-Wheel-Drive Light

This light should come on briefly when This warning light should come on briefly starting the vehicle. If it does not come on, when the vehicle is turned on. If the light have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if does not come on, have it fixed so it will be there is a problem. ready to warn if there is a problem. If this light stays on, take the vehicle to If the light comes on while driving, safely Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar your dealer as soon as possible. See the stop as soon as it is possible and turn off information for the Electric Parking Brake the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light under Electric Parking Brake 0 247. to reset the system. displays what mode the vehicle is in. The light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO A message may also display in the Driver If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes Information Center (DIC). (all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed on again while driving, the vehicle needs transfer case only). service. A chime may also sound when the light stays on. The light will flash when a shift is in progress. Once the shift is complete the If the ABS warning light is the only light on, light will be steady. the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is not functioning. If the light turns amber, there may be a malfunction with the four-wheel-drive system. See your dealer. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 242. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 119 Tow/Haul Mode Light Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light Vehicle Ahead Indicator

For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode After the vehicle is started, this light turns If equipped, this indicator will display green feature, this light comes on when the Tow/ off and stays off if LKA has not been turned when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber Haul Mode has been activated. on or is unavailable. when you are following a vehicle ahead See Tow/Haul Mode 0 242. If equipped, this light is white if LKA is much too closely. turned on, but not ready to assist. This light See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System Hill Descent Control Light is green if LKA is turned on and is ready to 0 275. assist. Pedestrian Ahead Indicator LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. The LKA light is amber when assisting. This light flashes amber as a Lane Departure If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the comes on when the system is ready for use. lane marking has been crossed. When the light flashes, the system is active. LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal If equipped, this indicator will display amber See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 250. is active in the direction of lane departure, when a nearby pedestrian is detected in or if LKA detects that you are accelerating, front of the vehicle. braking, or actively steering. See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System 0 See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 281. 278. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

120 Instruments and Controls Traction Off Light Traction Control System (TCS)/ Trailer Sway Control Light (Uplevel Electronic Stability Control Light Cluster)

This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If it does not, have the vehicle This light comes on briefly when the vehicle This light will flash when Trailer Sway serviced by your dealer. If the system is is turned on. Control is active. See Trailer Sway Control working normally, the indicator light then (TSC) 0 306. turns off. If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) The traction off light comes on when the system is working normally, the indicator Off Light Traction Control System (TCS) has been light turns off. turned off. If Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is turned off, TCS is also turned off. To If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS turn TCS and ESC off and on, see Traction and potentially the ESC system are not fully Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. operational and may not assist in maintaining control. Adjust driving If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unless accordingly. If the condition persists, see necessary to help protect the driveline from your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver damage. Adjust driving accordingly. Information Center (DIC) message may This light comes on briefly when the vehicle display. is turned on. If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. The light flashes when the TCS and/or the If the system is working normally, the ESC system is actively working. indicator light then turns off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 121

serviced by your dealer. If the system is Caution working normally, the indicator light then turns off. This light comes on when the The engine coolant temperature warning Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is light indicates that the vehicle has turned off. If ESC is off, the Traction Control overheated. Driving with this light on can System (TCS) is also off. To turn ESC off and damage the engine and it may not be on, see Traction Control/Electronic Stability covered by the vehicle warranty. See This light comes on when Snow/Ice Mode is Control 0 248. 0 Engine Overheating 338. selected. If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust The engine coolant temperature warning driving accordingly. light comes on when the engine has overheated. Engine Coolant Temperature If this happens, pull over and turn off the Warning Light engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating 0 338. This light comes on when Terrain Mode is Driver Mode Control Light selected.

This light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by This light comes on when Sport Mode is This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is your dealer. If the system is working selected. selected. normally the indicator light goes off. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

122 Instruments and Controls Tire Pressure Light the light will come on at every ignition If the light comes on and stays on, it means cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation that oil is not flowing through the engine 0 369. properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have some other system Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel problem. See your dealer. Cluster) Low Fuel Warning Light Caution For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor Lack of proper engine oil maintenance System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly can damage the engine. Driving with the when the engine is started. It provides engine oil low can also damage the information about tire pressures and engine. The repairs would not be covered the TPMS. by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil When the Light Is On Steady level as soon as possible. Add oil if This light is near the fuel gauge and comes This indicates that one or more of the tires required, but if the oil level is within the on briefly when the ignition is turned on as are significantly underinflated. operating range and the oil pressure is a check to show it is working. still low, have the vehicle serviced. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire Always follow the maintenance schedule pressure message may also display. Stop as on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is for changing engine oil. soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the added. If it does not, have the vehicle pressure value shown on the Tire and serviced. Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 367. Security Light When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with This light should come on briefly as the the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 123 The security light should come on briefly as This light comes on when the IntelliBeam Cruise Control Light the engine is started. If it does not come on, system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Lamp Controls 0 139. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. Front Fog Lamp Light If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation 0 32. The cruise control light is white when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns High-Beam On Light green when the cruise control is set and active. For vehicles with fog lamps, this light comes on when the fog lamps are on. See Cruise Control 0 254. The light goes out when the fog lamps are Adaptive Cruise Control Light turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 143. Lamps On Reminder This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/ Low-Beam Changer 0 141.

IntelliBeam Light If equipped, this light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is on and ready, and turns green when the ACC is set This light comes on when the exterior lamps and active. When ACC is engaged and the are in use, except when only the Daytime driver accelerates, the indicator will turn Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior blue. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) Lamp Controls 0 139. 0 256. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

124 Instruments and Controls Door Ajar Light DIC Menu Items Fuel Range Turn the trip odometer reset stem to scroll This display shows the approximate distance through the following menu items: the vehicle can be driven without refueling. . Digital Speedometer The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy over . Trip 1/2 recent driving history and the amount of . Fuel Range fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range . Tire Pressure cannot be reset. This light comes on when a door is open or . Remaining Oil Life Tire Pressure not securely latched. Before driving, check . Air Filter Life that all doors are properly closed. Turn the trip odometer reset stem until a . Brake Pad Life vehicle with the approximate pressures of all Information Displays Digital Speedometer four tires displays. Tire pressure is displayed The speedometer shows how fast the in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle is moving in either kilometers per square inch (psi). (Base Level) hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 368 and speedometer cannot be reset. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 369. The DIC displays are shown in the center of the instrument cluster. The displays show Trip 1 or 2 and Average Fuel Economy Remaining Oil Life the status of many vehicle systems. The trip Turn the trip odometer reset stem until TRIP Turn the trip odometer reset stem until odometer reset stem in the instrument 1 or TRIP 2 displays. The current distance REMAINING OIL LIFE displays. An estimate of cluster is used to access the DIC menu traveled, in either kilometers (km) or the oil's remaining useful life is shown. items. miles (mi), since the last reset for the trip REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means 99% of the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the odometer is shown, as well as the average current oil life remains. Duramax diesel supplement for more fuel economy. The trip odometer and the When the remaining oil life is low, the information. average fuel economy can be reset by CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will pressing and holding the trip odometer appear on the display. The oil should be reset stem. changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 0 330. In addition to the engine oil life GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 125 system monitoring the oil life, additional The Air Filter Life display must be reset after maintenance is recommended. See the engine air filter replacement. To reset, Maintenance Schedule 0 409. see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 333. The Oil Life display must be reset after each Brake Pad Life oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not This displays an estimate of the remaining reset the Oil Life display at any time other life of the front and rear brake pads. than when the oil has just been changed. Messages will display based on brake pad It cannot be reset accurately until the next wear and the state of the system. Reset the oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life 0 Brake Pad Life display after replacing the System 332. brake pads. See Brake Pad Life System Air Filter Life 0 342. Turn the trip odometer reset stem until AIR Driver Information Center (DIC) S T FILTER LIFE displays. This displays an or : Press to move left or right estimate of the engine air filter’s remaining (Midlevel and Uplevel) between the interactive display zones in the cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select. useful life and the state of the system. The DIC displays are shown in the center of Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95% of the the instrument cluster in the Info app. See y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up current air filter life remains. Messages will Instrument Cluster 0 106. The displays show or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to display based on the engine air filter life the status of many vehicle systems. select. and the state of the system. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Info Page Options When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE Duramax diesel supplement. message displays, the engine air filter The info pages on the DIC can be turned on should be replaced at the time of the next or off through the Options menu. oil change. When the REPLACE SOON 1. Press T to scroll to the Options message displays, the engine air filter application. should be replaced at the earliest convenience. 2. Scroll y or z to choose Info pages and press the thumbwheel. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

126 Instruments and Controls 3. Scroll y or z to move through the list Speed limit signs in your vehicle display vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving of possible information displays. may vary from actual road speed depending history and the amount of fuel remaining in on the version of your current the fuel tank. 4. Press the thumbwheel while an item is navigation map. highlighted to select or deselect Timer : This display can be used as a timer. that item. Trip 1 or Trip 2, and Average Fuel To start the timer, press the thumbwheel Economy : Shows the current distance while this display is active. The display will The info pages can also be turned on or off traveled, in either kilometers (km) or show the amount of time that has passed through the DIC page Info Page Options. miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last since the timer was last reset. To stop the Info Pages reset. timer, press the thumbwheel briefly while The Average Fuel Economy display shows this display is active and the timer is The following is the list of all possible DIC running. info page displays. Some may not be the approximate average liters per available for your particular vehicle. Some 100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per Press the thumbwheel while this display is items may not be turned on by default but liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This active to reset the timer. can be turned on through the Options app. number is calculated based on the value Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's See “Info Page Options” earlier in this recorded since the last time this menu item remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL section. was reset. This number reflects only the LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of approximate average fuel economy that the the current oil life remains. While in the Info Page Options menu, the vehicle has right now, and will change as info pages can be restored to the default driving conditions change. When the remaining oil life is low, the factory settings by pressing and holding K CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will on the left steering wheel controls and the Press the thumbwheel while this display is appear on the display. The oil should be thumbwheel on the right steering wheel active to reset the trip odometer and the changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil controls at the same time. average fuel economy. 0 330. In addition to the engine oil life Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either Fuel Range : Shows the approximate system monitoring the oil life, additional distance the vehicle can be driven without maintenance is recommended. See kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per 0 hour (mph). The vehicle odometer is also refueling. LOW will be displayed when the Maintenance Schedule 409. shown on this page. If equipped, press the vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range The Oil Life display must be reset after each thumbwheel to open the menu and select to estimate is based on an average of the oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not display speed limit signs. reset the Oil Life display at any time other GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 127 than when the oil has just been changed. Brake Pad Life : This displays an estimate of TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting. It cannot be reset accurately until the next the remaining life of the front and rear This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life brake pads. Messages will display based on with either a trailer connected or System 0 332. brake pad wear and the state of the system. disconnected. Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate Reset the Brake Pad Life display after TRAILER OUTPUT shows the power output to replacing the brake pads. See Brake Pad Life pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is 0 the trailer any time a trailer with electric displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in System 342. brakes is connected. Output is displayed as a pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel bar graph. Dotted lines may appear in the is low, the value for that tire is shown in economy, the best fuel economy over the OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected. amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System selected distance, and a bar graph showing Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch and roll 0 368 and instantaneous fuel economy. 0 information, road wheel angle, and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 369. Press the thumbwheel to change the four-wheel drive (4WD) status. Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the selected distance. Press and hold the Follow Distance : If equipped, the current engine air filter’s remaining useful life and thumbwheel while this display is active to follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life reset the best fuel economy and average as a time value on this page. 95% means 95% of the current air filter life fuel economy. This display can also be reset remains. Messages will display based on the by selecting reset in the menu. Driver Assistance : If equipped, shows engine air filter life and the state of the information for Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total Forward Collision Alert (FCA). system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL number of hours the engine has run. This CHANGE message displays, the engine air display also shows the engine idle hours. Info Page Options : Scroll to choose which filter should be replaced at the time of the info pages appear on the DIC. Press the next oil change. When the REPLACE SOON Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the thumbwheel to select or deselect. message displays, the engine air filter temperature of the automatic transmission should be replaced at the earliest fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Blank Page : Shows no information. convenience. Fahrenheit (°F). The Air Filter Life display must be reset after Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the the engine air filter replacement. To reset, Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 333. system, the trailer brake display appears in the DIC. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

128 Instruments and Controls Head-Up Display (HUD) The language selection is changed through Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in the radio, and the units of measurement is the HUD may be cleared by using the { Warning changed through the instrument cluster. See steering wheel controls. Settings 0 186 and “Options” under If the HUD image is too bright or too Instrument Cluster 0 106. high in your field of view, it may take you more time to see things you need to see when it is dark outside. Be sure to keep the HUD image dim and placed low in your field of view.

If equipped with HUD, some information about the operation of the vehicle is projected onto the windshield. The image is The HUD control is to the left of the projected through the HUD lens on top of steering wheel. the instrument panel. The information To adjust the HUD image: appears as an image focused out toward the 1. Adjust the driver seat. front of the vehicle. HUD Display on the Windshield 2. Start the engine. Caution Depending on how the vehicle is equipped, 3. Use the following settings to adjust If you try to use the HUD image as a the HUD may display some of the following the HUD. parking aid, you may misjudge the vehicle information and vehicle messages or $ : Press or pull to center the HUD image. distance and damage your vehicle. Do not alerts: The HUD image can only be adjusted up and use the HUD image as a parking aid. . Speed down, not side to side. The HUD information can be displayed in . Audio ! : Press to select the display view. Each various languages. The speedometer reading . Phone press will change the display view. and other numerical values can be displayed . Navigation in either English or metric units. . Driver Assistance Features . Vehicle Messages GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 129 D : Pull and hold to brighten the display. Speed Limit Style Adjustment Press and hold to dim the display. Continue If equipped, the speed limit style can be to hold to turn the display off. changed to a speed limit bar or speed limit The HUD image will automatically dim and sign from the Options menu in the brighten to compensate for outside lighting. instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel Use D to adjust as needed. while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to change the speed sign style or to turn it off. The HUD image can temporarily light up depending on the angle and position of HUD Views sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal. There are four views in the HUD. Some English Shown, Metric Similar vehicle information and vehicle messages or Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD Active Safety View : This displays the speed alerts may be displayed in any view. image harder to see. view along with a driver assistance graphic Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option on the left. Driver assistance graphics show your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap setting, and If equipped, this feature under the Options lane status information. In addition to driver menu of the instrument cluster allows for assistance graphics, pedestrian advisory and adjusting the angle of the HUD image and trailer sway indicators will be displayed. changing or turning off the Speed Limit Sign. HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of English Shown, Metric Similar the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to Speed View : This displays the speedometer confirm and save the setting. This feature reading in English or metric units, and speed may only be available in P (Park). limit. Some information only appears on vehicles that have these features, and when they are active. English Shown, Metric Similar GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

130 Instruments and Controls Navigation/Active OnStar View : This Care of the HUD Vehicle Messages displays the speed view along with Clean the inside of the windshield to remove indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure Messages displayed on the Driver any dirt or film that could reduce the Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, and Information Center (DIC) indicate the status sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. pedestrian advisory. Turn-by-Turn navigation of the vehicle or some action that may be information is shown during active route. Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth needed to correct a condition. Multiple The compass heading is displayed when sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens messages may appear one after another. navigation routing is not active. gently, then dry it. The messages that do not require Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the HUD Troubleshooting immediate action can be acknowledged and instrument cluster may also be displayed in cleared by pressing the thumbwheel. The any HUD view. Check that: messages that require immediate action . Nothing is covering the HUD lens. cannot be cleared until that action is . The HUD brightness setting is not too performed. dim or too bright. All messages should be taken seriously; . The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. clearing the message does not correct the . Polarized sunglasses are not worn. problem. . The windshield and HUD lens are clean. If a SERVICE message appears, see your If the HUD image is not correct, contact dealer. your dealer. Follow the instructions given in the English Shown, Metric Similar The windshield is part of the HUD system. messages. The system displays messages See Windshield Replacement 0 348. regarding the following topics: Off Road View : This displays the speed . Service Messages view along with indicators for vehicle ahead, . Fluid Levels Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, four-wheel drive status, and . Vehicle Security pedestrian advisory. Off-road information . Brakes such as pitch angle, steering angle, and . Steering rolling angle is also shown. . Ride Control Systems GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 131 . Driver Assistance Systems Under certain operating conditions, 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. . Cruise Control propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the . Lighting and Bulb Replacement after the ignition has been off for 30 seconds. Settings menu. . Wiper/Washer Systems The menu may contain the following: . Doors and Windows Vehicle Speed Messages . Seat Belts Rear Seat Reminder SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) . Airbag Systems This allows for a chime and a message when . Engine and Transmission This message shows that the vehicle speed the rear door has been opened before or . Tire Pressure has been limited to the speed displayed. The during operation of the vehicle. limited speed is a protection for various . Battery propulsion and vehicle systems, such as Touch Off or On. Engine Power Messages lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Climate and Air Quality Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Touch and the following may display: . Auto Fan Speed This message displays when the vehicle's Vehicle Personalization . Auto Defog propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in The following are all possible vehicle . Auto Rear Defog propulsion power can affect the vehicle's personalization features. Depending on the ability to accelerate. If this message is on, vehicle, some may not be available. Auto Fan Speed but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. For System, Apps, and Personal features and This setting specifies the amount of airflow 0 Under certain conditions the performance functions, see Settings 186. when the climate control fan setting is Auto Fan. may be reduced the next time the vehicle is To access the vehicle personalization menu: driven. The vehicle may be driven while this 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Touch Low, Medium, or High. message is on, but maximum acceleration Page of the infotainment display. Auto Defog and speed may be reduced. Anytime this message stays on, or displays repeatedly, 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of This setting automatically directs air to the the vehicle should be taken to your dealer available options. windshield to assist in defogging, based on for service as soon as possible. 3. Touch to select the desired feature temperature and humidity conditions. setting. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

132 Instruments and Controls Touch Off or On. Forward Collision System Park Assist Auto Rear Defog This setting can alert of a potential crash This allows the feature to be turned on or with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or This setting automatically turns the rear 0 defogger on based on temperature and brakes to help reduce a collision’s severity. Backing 266. humidity conditions. Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Select Off, On, or On with Towbar. Touch Off or On. Front Pedestrian Detection Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols Collision/Detection Systems This feature may help avoid or reduce the This setting enables the Rear Camera Park harm caused by front-end crashes with Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for Touch and the following may display: nearby pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian Parking or Backing 0 266. . Alert Type 0 Braking (FPB) System 278. Touch Off or On. . Forward Collision System Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Front Pedestrian Detection Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Lane Change Alert This setting determines if an alert will feature to be turned on or off. See appear when Adaptive Cruise Control brings Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing . Park Assist the vehicle to a complete stop and the 0 266. . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols vehicle ahead of you starts moving again. Touch Off or On. . Rear Cross Traffic Alert See Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 256. Alert Type Touch Off or On. Comfort and Convenience This feature sets the type of alert from the Lane Change Alert Touch and the following may display: driver assistance systems to help avoid . Chime Volume This allows the feature to be turned on or crashes. off. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 280. . Reverse Tilt Mirror Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. . Remote Mirror Folding Touch Off or On. Chime Volume This determines the chime volume level. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 133 Touch the controls on the infotainment Vehicle Locator Lights Open Door Anti Lock Out display to adjust the volume. This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps This setting prevents the driver door from Reverse Tilt Mirror when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless locking when the door is open. If this When on, the driver, passenger, or both Entry (RKE) transmitter. setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu will not be available. driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt Touch Off or On. downward when the vehicle is shifted into Touch Off or On. Exit Lighting R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the Auto Door Unlock ground near the rear wheels. They may This setting specifies how long the move from their tilted position when the headlamps stay on after the vehicle is This setting allows selection of which doors vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or turned off and exited. will automatically unlock when the vehicle is turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 38. shifted into P (Park). Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On - or 120 Seconds. Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Driver, or On - Passenger. Automatic High Beam Assist Delayed Door Lock Remote Mirror Folding This setting specifies how the high beams When on, this feature will delay the locking When on, the outside mirrors will remotely adjust based on the vehicle environment. of the doors. To override the delay, press fold or unfold when the Remote Keyless the power door lock switch on the door. K Touch IntelliBeam or Adaptive Headlight Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or button is System. Touch Off or On. pressed and held. See Folding Mirrors 0 36. Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start Touch Off or On. Power Door Locks Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display: Lighting . Open Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Unlock Light Feedback Touch and the following may display: . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Lock Feedback . Vehicle Locator Lights . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock . Exit Lighting . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats . Automatic High Beam Assist . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats . Remote Window Operation GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

134 Instruments and Controls . Passive Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Passive Door Unlock . Passive Door Lock If equipped and turned on, this feature will This allows the selection of what doors will . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert turn on the ventilated seats when using unlock when using the button on the driver . Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert remote start on warm days. See Heated and door to unlock the vehicle. Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 and Remote Unlock Light Feedback Touch Off, All Doors or Driver Door Only. Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. When on, the exterior lamps will flash when Passive Door Lock Touch Off or On. unlocking the vehicle with the RKE This allows passive locking to be turned on transmitter. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats or off and selects feedback. See Remote Touch Off or Flash Lights. If equipped and turned on, this feature will Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key turn on the heated seats when using remote Access) 0 10 or Remote Lock Feedback start on cold days. See Heated and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System This allows selection of what type of Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 and Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. feedback is given when locking the vehicle 0 Remote Vehicle Start 20. Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. with the RKE transmitter. If equipped with Auto Heated Steering Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Wheel, this feature will turn on when the or Horn Only. Remote Start Auto Heated Seats turn on. This feature sounds an alert when the RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu Remote Door Unlock Touch Off or On. also enables Remote No Longer In Vehicle This allows selection of which doors will Remote Window Operation Alert. K unlock when pressing on the RKE If equipped, this feature enables remote Touch Off or On. transmitter. operation of the windows with the RKE Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert Touch All Doors or Driver Door. transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or This feature beeps the horn 3 times when Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System exiting a running vehicle with the Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. remote key. Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 135 Ride Height Seating Position Service Mode Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display: This feature disables the air suspension . Automatic Entry/Egress . Seat Entry Memory system and is used to prevent unintended raising or lowering of the suspension. Automatic Entry/Egress . Seat Exit Memory Touch Off or On. This feature specifies if the vehicle will Seat Entry Memory Alignment Mode automatically lower to make it easier to This feature automatically recalls the enter or exit the vehicle. previously stored 1 or 2 button positions This feature will optimize the vehicle height Touch Off or On. when the ignition is changed from off to on to provide the most accurate wheel or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 49. alignment. Running Boards Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Seat Exit Memory Trailering . Automatic Running Boards This feature automatically recalls the . Deploy Running Boards Touch and the following may display: previously stored exit button position when . Side Trailer Camera Automatic Running Boards the ignition is changed from on or ACC/ . Bed View Camera Lighting This feature specifies the position and use of ACCESSORY to off and the driver door is 0 the running boards. open. See Memory Seats 49. Side Trailer Camera Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. This feature specifies if using the turn signal during a lane change will also display an Deploy Running Boards Suspension applicable side view of the trailer and This feature moves the running boards to a Touch and the following may display: vehicle. See Assistance Systems for Parking 0 deployed position so they can be used with . Service Mode or Backing 266. the doors closed. . Alignment Mode Touch Off or On. Touch Off or Deploy. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

136 Instruments and Controls Bed View Camera Lighting Universal Remote System Do not use the Universal Remote system This feature specifies if the truck bed rail with any garage door opener that does not See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. lights are turned on when the Bed View have the stop and reverse feature. This Camera is active. See Assistance Systems for includes any garage door opener model 0 Universal Remote System manufactured before April 1, 1982. Parking or Backing 266. Programming Touch Off or On. Read the instructions completely before programming the Universal Remote system. Teen Driver It may help to have another person assist with the programming process. See “Teen Driver” under Settings 0 186. Keep the original hand-held transmitter for Valet Mode use in other vehicles as well as for future This will lock the infotainment system and programming. Erase the programming when steering wheel controls. It may also limit vehicle ownership is terminated. See access to vehicle storage locations, “Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons” if equipped. later in this section. To enable valet mode: To program a garage door opener, park outside directly in line with and facing the 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. garage door opener receiver. Clear all people 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation If equipped, these buttons are in the and objects near the garage door. screen. overhead console. Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. This system can replace up to three remote new battery for quick and accurate Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the control transmitters used to activate devices transmission of the radio-frequency signal. system. Touch Back to go back to the such as garage door openers, security previous menu. systems, and home automation devices. These instructions refer to a garage door opener, but can be used for other devices. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Instruments and Controls 137 Programming the Universal Remote Some garage door openers may require System substitution of Step 2 with the procedure under “Radio Signals for Some Gate For questions or programming help, see Operators” later in this section. www.homelink.com/gm or call 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the 3. Press and hold the newly programmed U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international Universal Remote system button for rates will apply and may differ based on five seconds while watching the indicator landline or mobile phone. light and garage door activation. . If the indicator light stays on Learn or Smart Button Programming involves time-sensitive actions, continuously or the garage door and may time out causing the procedure to moves when the button is pressed, be repeated. 4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the then programming is complete. There Learn or Smart button inside the garage To program up to three devices: is no need to complete Steps 4–6. on the garage door opener receiver. The 1. Hold the end of the hand-held . If the indicator light does not come name and color of the button may vary transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) on or the garage door does not by manufacturer. away from the Universal Remote system move, a second button press may be 5. Press and release the Learn or Smart buttons with the indicator light in view. required. For a second time, press button. Step 6 must be completed within The hand-held transmitter was supplied and hold the newly programmed 30 seconds of pressing this button. button for five seconds. If the by the manufacturer of the garage door 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press indicator light is continuously lit, opener receiver. and hold the trained Universal Remote or the garage door moves, 2. Press and release one of the three system button for two seconds and programming is complete. Universal Remote system buttons to be release. Repeat the “press/hold/release” programmed. Press and hold the . If the indicator light flashes rapidly sequence up to three times to complete hand-held transmitter button. Do not and the garage door does not move, the training process. release the hand-held transmitter button continue with programming until the indicator light changes from a Steps 4–6. The Universal Remote system should now slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. activate the garage door. Then release the hand-held transmitter Repeat the process for programming the button. two remaining buttons. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

138 Instruments and Controls Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single Universal For questions or programming help, see Operation Remote System Button www.homelink.com/gm or call To reprogram any of the system buttons: Using the Universal Remote System 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international Press and hold the appropriate Universal Do not release the button. rates will apply and may differ based on Remote system button for at least one-half 2. The indicator light will begin to flash landline or mobile phone. second. The indicator light will come on after 20 seconds. Without releasing the while the signal is being transmitted. Some radio–frequency laws and gate button, proceed with Step 1 under operators require transmitter signals to time Erasing Universal Remote System “Programming the Universal Remote out or quit after several seconds of System.” transmission. This may not be long enough Buttons for the Universal Remote system to pick up Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle the signal during programming. ownership is terminated. If the programming did not work, replace To erase: Step 2 under “Programming the Universal 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons Remote System” with the following: until the indicator light begins to flash. Press and hold the Universal Remote system This should take about 10 seconds. button while pressing and releasing the 2. Release both buttons. hand-held transmitter button every two seconds until the signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Remote system. The Universal Remote system indicator light will flash slowly at first and then change to a rapid flash or continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3 under “Programming the Universal Remote System” to complete. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/6/20

Lighting 139 Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the Lighting headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps, Exterior Lamp Controls instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps Exterior Lighting (if equipped), front/rear sidemarker lamps, Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 139 and license plate lamps. Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 141 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 141 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including Flash-to-Pass ...... 141 all lamps, except the headlamps and fog Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 141 lamps, if equipped. Automatic Headlamp System ...... 142 For some trim levels and series of trucks Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 142 first sold in Canada, the headlamps may Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 143 turn on with the parking lamps. Fog Lamps ...... 143 Task Lighting ...... 144 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp ...... 144 the parking lamps, taillamps, instrument Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 144 panel lights, roof marker lamps (if equipped), front/rear sidemarker lamps, and Interior Lighting The exterior lamp control is on the license plate lamps. Instrument Panel Illumination instrument panel to the left of the steering When the headlamps are turned on while Control ...... 145 wheel. Dome Lamps ...... 145 the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off Reading Lamps ...... 146 O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and automatically 10 minutes after the ignition Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the is turned off. When the headlamps are Lighting Features headlamp control to O again to turn the turned on while the vehicle is off, the Entry Lighting ...... 146 headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes automatic headlamps or DRL back on. Exit Lighting ...... 146 before turning off to prevent the battery Battery Load Management ...... 146 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only from being drained. Turn the headlamp Battery Power Protection ...... 147 work when the vehicle is in P (Park). control off and then back to the headlamp Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 147 on position to make the headlamps stay on GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/6/20

140 Lighting for an additional 10 minutes. To keep the To enable the IntelliBeam system, press . The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the b on the turn signal lever when it is (12 mph). ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. dark outside and the exterior lamp control is . The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the K : If equipped, turns on the task in AUTO or 2. button on the turn signal lever. If this 0 happens, press b on the turn signal lighting. See Task Lighting 144. Driving with IntelliBeam lever when the exterior lamp control is in IntelliBeam System The system only activates the high beams the AUTO or 2 position to reactivate the If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). IntelliBeam system. The instrument high-beam headlamps on and off according The blue high-beam on light appears on the cluster light will come on to indicate the to surrounding traffic conditions. instrument cluster when the high beams IntelliBeam system is reactivated. The system turns the high-beam headlamps are on. The high beams may not turn off on when it is dark enough and there is no There is a sensor near the top center of the automatically if the system cannot detect other traffic present. windshield that automatically controls the another vehicle's lamps because of any of system. Keep this area of the windshield the following: This light b comes on in the instrument clear of debris to allow for best system . The other vehicle's lamps are missing, cluster when the IntelliBeam system is performance. damaged, obstructed from view, enabled. The high-beam headlamps remain on, under or otherwise undetected. Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam the automatic control, until one of the . The other vehicle's lamps are covered following situations occurs: with dirt, snow, and/or road spray. . The system detects an approaching . The other vehicle's lamps cannot be vehicle's headlamps. detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, . The system detects a preceding vehicle's fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other taillamps. airborne obstructions. . The outside light is bright enough that . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, high-beam headlamps are not required. or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the light sensor. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/6/20

Lighting 141 . The vehicle is loaded such that the front Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) end points upward, causing the light sensor to aim high and not detect DRL can make it easier for others to see the headlamps and taillamps. front of the vehicle during the day. Fully . Driving on winding or hilly roads. functional DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada. The automatic high-beam headlamps may need to be disabled if any of the above When the high-beam headlamps are on, this The DRL system comes on when the conditions exist. indicator light on the instrument cluster will following conditions are met: also be on. . The ignition is on. Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO. Flash-to-Pass A reminder chime sounds when the . The transmission is not in P (Park). headlamps or parking lamps are manually This feature lets you use the high-beam . The light sensor determines it is daytime. turned on, the ignition is off, and a door is headlamps to signal a driver in front of you When the DRL system is on, only the DRL open. To disable the chime, turn the that you want to pass. It works even if the are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, lamps off. headlamps are in the automatic position. instrument panel lights, and other lamps To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward will not be on. Headlamp High/Low-Beam you, then release it. Changer When it begins to get dark, the automatic If the headlamps are in the automatic headlamp system switches from DRL to the Push the turn signal lever toward the position or on low beam, the high-beam headlamps. instrument panel to change the headlamps headlamps will turn on. Depending on the from low to high beam. type of headlamp, they will either turn off To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp after a short duration or stay on as long as control to O and then release. For vehicles Pull or push the turn signal lever to return first sold in Canada, off will only work when to low-beam headlamps. you hold the lever toward you. The high-beam indicator on the instrument the vehicle is parked. cluster will come on. Release the lever to return to normal operation. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/6/20

142 Lighting Automatic Headlamp System delay before the automatic headlamp Hazard Warning Flashers system changes to the Daytime Running When the exterior lamp control is set to Lamps (DRL). During that delay, the AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as headlamps come on automatically. usual. Make sure the instrument panel illumination control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 145. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to DRL. The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. | : Press this button to make the front Lights On with Wipers and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. Press again to turn the flashers off. If the windshield wipers are activated in There is a light sensor on top of the daylight with the engine on, and the When the hazard warning flashers are on, instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the the vehicle's turn signals will not work. otherwise the headlamps will come on when headlamps, parking lamps, and other they are not needed. exterior lamps come on. The transition time The system may also turn on the headlamps for the lamps coming on varies based on when driving through a parking garage or wiper speed. When the wipers are not tunnel. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the automatic headlamp system comes on this feature. immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/6/20

Lighting 143 Turn and Lane-Change Signals The lever returns to its starting position Fog Lamps whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. If equipped with LED turn signals, see your dealer. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 353. Turn Signal On Chime An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. If the turn signal is left on for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each Move the turn signal lever all the way up or flash of the turn signal. A message may down to signal a turn. appear in the Driver Information Center If equipped, the fog lamp control is near the 0 Partially raise or lower the lever for less (DIC). See Vehicle Messages 130. To turn exterior lamp control to the left of the than one second until the arrow starts to the chime and message off, move the turn steering column. flash to signal a lane change. This causes signal lever to the off position. The ignition must be on for the fog lamps the turn signals to automatically flash three to come on. times. It will flash six times if Tow/Haul # Mode is active. Holding the turn signal lever : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. for more than one second will cause the A light will come on in the instrument turn signals to flash until the lever is cluster. released. When the fog lamps are turned on, the parking lamps automatically turn on. When the headlamps are changed to high beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will come on again. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/6/20

144 Lighting Some localities have laws that require the If the vehicle is off, the lights will stay on Exterior Cargo Lamps headlamps to be on with the fog lamps. for approximately 10 minutes. Task Lighting If any Task lights are on, if the button has not been pressed after approximately 5 seconds, pressing it again will turn off all Task Lights. Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp If equipped, this button includes wiring provisions for a dealer or a qualified service center to install an auxiliary roof lamp.

The cargo lamps provide more light in the cargo area or on the sides of the vehicle, if needed. The lamps inside the pickup box, If equipped, task lighting projects light from in the tailgate handle, for the hitch, and/or the outside mirrors away from the vehicle. the cargo mirror lamps also turn on, While the vehicle is parked, press K to if equipped. select one of the following options: For information on roof-mounted emergency . Left and Right Task Lights Illuminated lamp installation, see www.gmupfitter.com . Left Task Light Illuminated or contact your dealer. . Right Task Light Illuminated If the vehicle has this button, the vehicle . Left and Right Task Lights Off may have the snow plow prep package. See If the vehicle leaves a parked position, the Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 318. lights will immediately turn off. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/6/20

Lighting 145 If the vehicle is in P (Park), R (Reverse), Interior Lighting Dome Lamps or N (Neutral) the Cargo Lamp Switch causes the lights to cycle through the following Instrument Panel Illumination states for each button press: Control - Initial Press: - CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On - Cargo Mirror Lights - On - Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - On - Next Press: (if with in 5 seconds of the previous button press): - CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On - Cargo Mirror Lights - Off The dome lamp controls are in the overhead - Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - On console. - Next Press: To operate, press the following buttons: - CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - Off This feature adjusts the brightness of all j illuminated controls. The instrument panel OFF : Press to turn off the dome - Cargo Mirror Lights - Off illumination control is next to the exterior lamps when a door is open. An indicator light on the button will turn on when the - Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - Off lamp control. dome lamp override is activated. Press j Become familiar with and follow all state D : Press D + to brighten or D − to OFF again to deactivate this feature and the and local laws that apply to cargo lamp dim the lights. indicator light will turn off. The dome lamps operation. This feature is functional at night, or when will come on when any door is opened, K the headlamps or parking lamps are ON. on the remote key is pressed, or when the ignition is switched off. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/6/20

146 Lighting +ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome lamps Press the lamp lenses to turn the front The entry lighting feature for exterior on manually. Press again to turn the dome reading lamps on or off. lighting can be changed. See “Vehicle lamps off. Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Reading Lamps Exit Lighting There are reading lamps on the overhead console and over the rear seats. These lamps Some exterior lamps come on at night, or in come on when any door is opened. areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is turned To operate, the ignition must be on, or in off. The dome lamp comes on when any ACC/ACCESSORY, or using Retained Accessory door is opened or after the ignition is Power (RAP). Rear Reading Lamps turned off. The exterior lamps and dome lamp remain on after the door is closed for The rear reading lamps are over the rear a set amount of time, then automatically seats. turn off. Press the lamp lens to turn the rear reading The exterior lamps turn off immediately by lamps on or off. turning the exterior lamp control off. The exit lighting for exterior lights can be Lighting Features changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Entry Lighting Battery Load Management Some exterior lamps turn on briefly at The vehicle has Electric Power Management night, or in areas with limited lighting, (EPM), which estimates the battery's Front Reading Lamps when K is pressed on the remote key. After temperature and state of charge. It then about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn adjusts the voltage for best performance The front reading lamps are in the overhead off. When any door is opened or the remote and extended life of the battery. console. unlock is pressed, all interior lights turn on and then interior lamps dim to off after 20 seconds. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/6/20

Lighting 147 When the battery's state of charge is low, EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of Exterior Lighting Battery Saver the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the battery. It does this by balancing the the charge back up. When the state of generator's output and the vehicle's The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes charge is high, the voltage is lowered electrical needs. It can increase engine idle after the ignition is turned off, if the parking slightly to prevent overcharging. The speed to generate more power, whenever lamps or headlamps have been manually voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on needed. It can temporarily reduce the power left on. This protects against draining the the Driver Information Center (DIC), demands of some accessories. battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the O position if equipped, may show the voltage moving Normally, these actions occur in steps or up or down. This is normal. If there is a levels, without being noticeable. In rare and then back to the ; or 2 position. problem, an alert will be displayed. cases at the highest levels of corrective To keep the lamps on for more than The battery can be discharged at idle if the action, this action may be noticeable to the 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in electrical loads are very high. This is true for driver. If so, a DIC message might be ACC/ACCESSORY. all vehicles. This is because the generator displayed and it is recommended that the (alternator) may not be spinning fast driver reduce the electrical loads as much as enough at idle to produce all the power that possible. is needed for very high electrical loads. Battery Power Protection A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on, such as: headlamps, This feature shuts off the dome and reading high beams, fog lamps, rear window lamps, if they are left on for more than defogger, climate control fan at high speed, 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off. heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer The cargo lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. loads, and loads plugged into accessory This prevents the battery from power outlets. running down. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

148 Infotainment System Destination ...... 167 Introduction Infotainment System OnStar System ...... 173 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 173 Read the following pages to become familiar Introduction Vehicle Positioning ...... 174 with the features. Introduction ...... 148 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 174 Overview ...... 149 If the System Needs Service ...... 175 { Warning Steering Wheel Controls ...... 151 Map Data Updates ...... 175 Taking your eyes off the road for too Using the System ...... 152 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 175 Software Updates ...... 155 long or too often while using any Voice Recognition infotainment feature can cause a crash. Radio Voice Recognition ...... 175 You or others could be injured or killed. AM-FM Radio ...... 155 Do not give extended attention to HD Radio Technology ...... 156 Phone infotainment tasks while driving. Limit Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 157 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 180 your glances at the vehicle displays and Satellite Radio ...... 157 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a focus your attention on driving. Use voice Radio Reception ...... 158 Phone) ...... 181 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 158 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 commands whenever possible. Multi-Band Antenna ...... 158 Settings The infotainment system has built-in Audio Players Settings ...... 186 features intended to help avoid distraction Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 158 Teen Driver ...... 192 by disabling some features when driving. USB Port ...... 158 These features may gray out when they are Auxiliary Jack ...... 161 Trademarks and License Agreements unavailable. Many infotainment features are Bluetooth Audio ...... 162 Trademarks and License also available through the instrument cluster Agreements ...... 195 and steering wheel controls. OnStar System OnStar System ...... 162 Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation, Navigation center stack controls, steering wheel Using the Navigation System ...... 163 controls, and infotainment display. Maps ...... 166 Navigation Symbols ...... 166 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 149 . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 212. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, Uplevel Radio speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work . Turn to decrease or increase the properly. Deactivation is required by your 1. O (Power) volume. dealer if related aftermarket equipment is . Press to turn the power on. 2. 7 installed. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to Overview power off. . Press to mute/unmute the system the previous station or channel. when on. Press and hold to fast seek the Infotainment System next strongest previous station or The infotainment system is controlled by . When the power is on and the channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. system is not muted, a quick using the infotainment display, controls on . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to status pane will display when O is the center stack, steering wheel controls, the beginning of the current or and voice recognition. pressed. Pressing O will mute the previous track. Press and hold to system and trigger this pane to quickly reverse through a track. show a long press is required to Release to return to playing speed. actually power down the system. See USB Port 0 158 or Bluetooth Audio 0 162. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

150 Infotainment System 3. { . Press to go to the Home Page. See “Home Page” later in this section. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. 4. 6 . Radio: Press and release to go to the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. 1. { (Home Page) . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to the beginning of the current or . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the . Press to go to the Home Page. See previous track. Press and hold to next track. Press and hold to fast “Home Page” later in this section. forward through a track. Release to quickly reverse through a track. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple return to playing speed. See USB Release to return to playing speed. CarPlay. To enter back into Android 0 Port 0 158 or See USB Port 158 or 0 Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and Bluetooth Audio 0 162. Bluetooth Audio 162. hold. See Apple CarPlay and 3. O (Power) 5. o BACK Android Auto 0 185. . Press to return to the previous 2. 7 . Press to turn the power on. display in a menu. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to power off. 6. V the previous station or channel. . Turn to highlight a feature. Press Press and hold to fast seek the . Press to mute/unmute the system to activate the highlighted feature. next strongest previous station or when on. channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 151 . When the power is on and the Home Page Steering Wheel Controls system is not muted, a quick O The Home Page is where vehicle application status pane will display when is icons are accessed. Some applications are pressed. Pressing O will mute the disabled when the vehicle is moving. system and trigger this pane to The Home Page can be set up to have up to show a long press is required to four pages with eight icons per page. actually power down the system. . Turn to decrease or increase the Swipe left or right across the display to volume. access the pages of icons. 4. 6 Managing Home Page Icons . Radio: Press and release to go to 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page the next station or channel. Press icons to enter edit mode. and hold to fast seek the next 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to strongest station or channel. the desired position. If equipped, some audio controls can be . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in adjusted at the steering wheel. next track. Press and hold to fast the desired position. forward through a track. Release to g : Press to answer an incoming call or return to playing speed. See USB 4. To move an application to another page, start voice recognition. See Bluetooth Port 0 158 or drag the icon to the edge of the display (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 181 or Bluetooth Audio 0 162. toward the desired page. Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180. 5. v 5. Continue dragging and dropping application icons as desired. c : Press to decline an incoming call or . Press and release to access the end a current call. Press to mute or unmute phone display or answer an the infotainment system when not on a call. incoming call. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

152 Infotainment System Phone Apple CarPlay Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate main page. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a a Phone) 0 181 or supported device is connected. See Apple Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180. CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. Nav Android Auto If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display Touch the Android Auto icon to activate the navigation map. See Using the Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported Navigation System 0 163. device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. Users The favorites and volume switches are on If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in Apps the back of the steering wheel. or create a new user profile, and follow the If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for 1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press on-screen instructions. download. Touch the Apps icon on the to select the next or previous audio Only four user profiles can be active at one Home Page to begin. broadcast favorite. When listening to a time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to Downloading and using in-vehicle apps media device, press to select the next or remove a profile from the menu before requires Internet connectivity which can be previous track. creating or signing into an existing profile. accessed with a data plan through the 2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease The removed profile can be logged into at a vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, the volume. later time. if equipped, or a compatible mobile device hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation Using the System Settings of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu under Mobile Network Audio Settings menu. See Settings 0 186. Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, Touch the Audio icon to display the active or similar. audio source page. Examples of available sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 153 Availability of apps and connectivity varies Haptic Feedback Touch and Hold by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that plan rates apply. Features are subject to occurs when an icon or option is touched on change. For more information, see the display or when controls on the center www.my.gmc.com/learn. stack are pressed. OnStar Services Infotainment Gestures If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon Use the following finger gestures to control to display the OnStar Services and Account the infotainment system. pages. See OnStar Overview 0 440 and OnStar System 0 162. Touch/Tap Touch and hold can be used to start another Camera gesture, or to move or delete an application. If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access Drag the camera application. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 266. Shortcut Tray The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications. Infotainment Display Features Touch/tap is used to select an icon or option, activate an application, or change Infotainment display features show on the the location inside a map. display when available. When a feature is Drag is used to move applications on the unavailable, it may gray out. When a Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the feature is touched, it may highlight. item, it must be held and moved along the display to the new location. This can be GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

154 Infotainment System done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Spread

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move Nudge is used to move items a short them together. distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle and move the selected item up or down to Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays a new location. images, or a web page. Place finger and For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or Fling or Swipe thumb together on the display, then move them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 155 Software Updates Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the If equipped, touch Update Station List to controls on the infotainment display or by update the active stations in your area. Over-the-Air Software Updates tapping/dragging the crosshair. Direct Tune If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings Finding a Station 0 186 for details on software updates. Seeking a Station Radio AM-FM Radio Playing the Radio From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune Choose from the three most recently used icon on the infotainment display to bring up sources listed at the left side of the display the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies or touch the More option to display a list of From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) using the arrows on the right side of the available sources. Examples of available option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if to search for the previous or next strong or channel using the keypad. When a new equipped), USB, AUX (if equipped), and station or channel. station or channel is entered, the Bluetooth. Browsing Stations information about that station or channel Infotainment System Sound Menu displays on the right side. This information Touch the Browse option to list all available will update with each new valid frequency. From any of the audio source main pages, stations or channels. Navigate up and down Touch H to save the station or channel as touch Sound to display the following: through all stations by scrolling the list. a favorite. Touch the station or channel you want to Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the listen to. Touch H to save the station or options on the infotainment display. channel as a favorite. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

156 Infotainment System The keypad will gray out entries that do not AM, FM, and SXM Categories Favorites can also be stored by touching H contribute to a valid frequency and will in a station or channel list. This will automatically place a decimal point within highlight indicating that it is now saved as a the frequency number. favorite. Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. The number of favorites displayed is Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. automatically adjusted by default, but can A valid AM or FM station will automatically be manually adjusted in Settings in the tune to the new frequency but not close the System tab under Favorites and then Set Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be (if equipped), touch Go after entering the adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under channel. Touch the Back icon on the From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Audio and then Set Number of Audio infotainment display or touch z to exit out Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, Favorites. of Direct Tune. touch Categories at the top of the Browse menu to access the categories list. The list HD Radio Technology The tune arrows on the right side of the contains names associated with the AM or If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with Direct Tune display will tune through the FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a features such as digital quality sound, more complete station or channel list one station category name to display a list of stations stations available on a single frequency such step at a time per touch. A touch and hold or channels for that category. Touching a as HD2 and HD3, and display information advances through stations or channels station or channel from the list will tune the such as artist and song title. quickly. radio to that station or channel. From the Now Playing display, touch the HD If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations Radio icon to turn HD on or off. cannot be tuned directly through the Direct Storing Radio Station Presets Tune feature. Only the analog or Favorites show in the area at the top of the Station Access HD1 station can use that feature. Use the display. To access HD Radio stations: display arrows to adjust to the multicast stations. AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a Radio is turned on and the station is preset to store the current station or broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite automatically tune to the HD version of to recall a favorite station or channel. the current channel (HD1) after several GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 157 seconds. The radio will also display If the HD Radio signal loses reception while Satellite Radio icons representing additional channels listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio (HD2, ...HD8), that may be available. mutes until the signal can be recovered or SiriusXM Radio Service When the radio successfully tunes to a until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM HD station, the HD logo will display and HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a radio subscription can receive SiriusXM digital audio will play. weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to programming. 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the toggle HD Radio reception on and off. previous or next HD Radio station. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of Radio Data System (RDS) programming and commercial-free music, There may be a delay before the station coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In starts playing. If equipped, RDS features are available for the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call The HD Radio station number is indicated use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see next to the HD logo. information. With RDS, the radio can: www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the For a list of all stations, see . Display messages from radio stations. display. www.hdradio.com. This system relies on receiving specific SiriusXM with 360L HD Radio Troubleshooting information from these stations and only SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to works when the information is available. in-vehicle listening experience for process. This can take several seconds. It is possible that a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes subscribers. The experience now offers more Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital the radio features to work improperly. If this categories and system learned Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be happens, contact the radio station. recommendations toward discovering more weak, the station is out of range, or the personalized content. station may be out of alignment. Verify When information is broadcast from a RDS To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, proper reception on another station. station, the station name or call letters display on the audio screen. Radio text including streaming content and listening If the HD Radio signal weakens while supporting the currently playing broadcast recommendations, OnStar Connected Access listening to HD1, the radio will automatically may also appear. is required. Connected vehicle services vary switch to the analog version of the radio station. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

158 Infotainment System by model and require a complete working SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Multi-Band Antenna electrical system, cell reception, and GPS If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service signal. An active connected plan is required. The roof antenna is for SiriusXM Satellite provides digital radio reception. Tall Radio, OnStar, and GPS (Global Positioning Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use buildings or hills can interfere with satellite System), depending on the equipped and subscription information. radio signals, causing the sound to fade in options. Keep clear of obstructions for clear and out. In addition, traveling or standing reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it Radio Reception under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, is open, reception can also be affected. Unplug electronic devices from the accessory or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM power outlets if there is interference or signal for a period of time. Some cellular Audio Players static in the radio. services may interfere with SXM reception causing loss of signal. FM Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices Mobile Device Usage FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 When using media devices such as SD cards, to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in Mobile device usage, such as making or USB devices, and mobile devices, consider electronic circuit that automatically works to receiving calls, charging, or just having the the source. Untrusted media devices could reduce interference, some static can occur, mobile device on may cause static contain files that affect system operation or especially around tall buildings or hills, interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile performance. Avoid use if the content or causing the sound to fade in and out. device or turn it off if this happens. origin cannot be trusted. AM Fixed Mast Antenna USB Port The range for most AM stations is greater The fixed mast antenna will go through This vehicle is equipped with two USB ports than for FM, especially at night. The longer most car washes as long as it is securely in the center console under the armrest and range can cause station frequencies to attached. If the antenna becomes slightly another two in the center stack. These ports interfere with each other. Static can also bent, straighten it out by hand. If it is badly are for data and charging. occur when things like storms and power bent, replace it. There may also be two USB ports for lines interfere with radio reception. When Occasionally check that the antenna is tight charging only at the rear of the center this happens, try reducing the treble on the at the base. If tightening is required, protect console. radio. the paint from damage. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 159 d Caution My Media Library : To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all MyMedia is only available when more than . Press to seek to the next track. one indexed device is connected. It allows accessories and disconnect all accessory . Press and hold to advance quickly access to content from all indexed media cables from the vehicle when not in use. through playback. Release to return to sources. MyMedia will show as an available playing speed. Elapsed time displays. Accessory cables left plugged into the source in the Source page. vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play damaged or cause an electrical short if USB MP3 Player and USB Devices music in random order. the unconnected end comes in contact The USB MP3 players and USB devices USB Menu with liquids or another power source such connected must comply with the USB Mass as the accessory power outlet. Storage Class specification (USB MSC). Touch the Menu icon to display the USB menu. The following may be available: to play a USB device: Playing from a USB Shuffle : Touch to play the tracks randomly. 1. Connect the USB. Touch again to stop shuffle. A USB mass storage device can be connected 2. Press MEDIA on the center stack until to the USB port. Tone : Touch + or – to adjust the tone the connected device is shown. settings. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. Gracenote Use the following when playing an active Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote USB source: adjusts the volume based on the vehicle service builds voice tags for music. Voice speed. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. tags allow artists, albums with hard to r : Touch to play the current media source. pronounce names, and nicknames to be used j : Touch to pause playback of the current Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation to play music through voice recognition. media source. Technology (If Equipped : This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in While indexing, infotainment features are g : the vehicle and speed. See AM-FM Radio available. 0 . Press to seek to the beginning of the 155. current or previous track. USB Browse Menu . Press and hold to reverse quickly through When a list of songs, albums, artists, playback. Release to return to playing or other types of media displays, the up and speed. Elapsed time displays. down arrows and A-Z appear on the left GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

160 Infotainment System side. Select A-Z to view a display that will Albums: 2. Select a podcast. show all letters of the alphabet and select 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. 3. Select an episode to start playback. the letter to go to. 2. Touch the album to view a list of all Composers: Touch anywhere between the top and songs on the album. bottom menus or touch the Browse option 1. Touch to view the composers on 3. Touch a song from the list to begin the USB. on the infotainment display to view the playback. Browse menu and the following options are 2. Touch Composers to view a list of displayed near the bottom of the display: Songs: albums by that composer. Playlists: 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on 3. Touch an album to view a list of songs. the USB. 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on 4. Touch a song from the list to begin the USB. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from playback. the list. 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all Folder View: songs in that playlist. Genres: 1. Touch to view the directories on 3. Touch a song from the list to begin 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. the USB. playback. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. Supported Playlist extensions are m3u, pls, 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that 3. Touch a file from the list to begin and wpl. artist. playback. Artists: 4. Touch an album to view songs on the Audiobooks: 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored album. 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on on the USB. 5. Touch a song to start playback. the USB. 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all Podcasts, Composers, Audiobooks, and Folder 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of albums by the artist. View (if equipped) are shown when the chapters. 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or More option is selected from near the 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin touch an album and then select a song bottom of the display. playback. from the list. Podcasts: 1. Touch to view the podcasts on the USB. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 161 Supported Apple Devices Auxiliary Jack To view supported devices in USA, see If equipped, this vehicle may have an my.gmc.com\learned. auxiliary input jack. This may be located in Loss of Audio the center stack or center console under the armrest. Possible auxiliary audio sources If a phone currently paired over Bluetooth is include: plugged in with a USB cable, the system will automatically mute the phone audio. . Laptop computer Playback can be resumed by changing the . Audio music player When a list of songs, albums, artists, audio source from Bluetooth to USB cable. This jack is not an audio output. Do not or other types of media display, a vertical Source USB from the Media icon on the plug headphones into the auxiliary input keyboard appears on one side of the list and infotainment display to resume playback. jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the a scroll bar on the other side. When using vehicle is in P (Park). the vertical keyboard, touch the beginning Other phones such as Android phones may character of the desired name to display the have a similar reaction. Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the zoom bubble of that character. Release the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. Bluetooth Streaming Audio and Voice When a device is connected, the system can finger from the infotainment display and Recognition the zoom bubble disappears. play audio from the device over the vehicle See Bluetooth Audio 0 162 for information speakers. Touch the scroll bar to move the list up using voice recognition with Bluetooth and down. If an auxiliary device has already been streaming audio. connected, but a different source is currently File System and Naming Make sure all devices have the latest active, press MEDIA on the center stack or The songs, artists, albums, and genres are software downloaded. touch the Media icon on the infotainment taken from the file’s song information and display to scroll through audio source are only displayed if present. The radio menus, until the AUX Input source appears. displays the file name as the track name if Playing from the AUX Port the song information is not available. An auxiliary device is played through the audio system and controlled through the device itself. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

162 Infotainment System AUX Menu Music can be launched by touching All devices launch audio differently. When Press MENU on the center stack to display Bluetooth from the recent sources list on selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio the AUX Input menu and the following may the left of the display or by touching the may show as paused on the display. Press display: More option and then touching the play on the device or touch p on the Bluetooth device. display to begin playback. Tone Settings : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Fade, and EQ To play music via Bluetooth: Browse functionality will be provided where (Equalizer). See AM-FM Radio 0 155. 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect supported by the Bluetooth device. This the device. media content will not be part of the Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature MyMedia source mode. adjusts the volume based on the vehicle 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home speed. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. Page, then touch Bluetooth from the Some smartphones support sending recent sources list on the left of the Bluetooth music information to display on Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation display. the radio. When the radio receives this Technology (If Equipped) : This feature Bluetooth Sound Menu information, it will check to see if any is adjusts the volume based on the noise in available and display it. For more the vehicle and speed. See “Bose AudioPilot” See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” 0 information about supported Bluetooth in AM-FM Radio 155. under AM-FM Radio 0 155. features, see my.gmc.com/learn. Bluetooth Audio Manage Bluetooth Devices OnStar System Music may be played from a paired From the Home Page: Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Pairing and 1. Touch Audio. 4G LTE Using a Phone) 0 181 or 2. Touch More. Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180 for help pairing If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven 3. Touch Bluetooth. a device. devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. laptops, can be connected to high-speed Volume and song selection may be Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi controlled by using the infotainment When touching Bluetooth, the radio may hotspot. controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is not be able to launch the audio player on selected and no volume is present, check the the connected device to start playing. When Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to volume setting on the infotainment system. the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. device to begin playback. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 163 details, and system limitations. Service and Account Wi-Fi Hotspot connectivity may vary by make, model, The Account tab displays a snapshot of the Touch to display the Settings page, which year, carrier, availability, and conditions. account linked with the vehicle. If there is shows the configurations for the vehicle 4G LTE service is available in select markets. no such account, this tab will show all hotspot and allows them to be changed. 4G LTE performance is based on industry values as ——. The advisor call icon will be For more information, see www.onstar.com. averages and vehicle systems design. Some active even if there is no active account. services require a data plan. Advisor Call The OnStar App Navigation Selecting Advisor Call is the same as If equipped, the infotainment system has pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR Using the Navigation System OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper If equipped, launch the Nav application by on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions right corner of the screen does not end the that can be performed with the buttons can touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or call, but returns to the previous screen. on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the be done using the app. To open the app, infotainment display. touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. Turn-by-Turn Directions App updates require a corresponding service With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor When the Nav application is launched for plan. Features vary by region and model. can download a destination to the vehicle or the first time, a product walkthrough is Features are subject to change. For more its embedded navigation system, available. Use of the feature requires the information, see my.gmc.com/learn or if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions Terms and Conditions and the Privacy press Q. from the Services tab of the OnStar app to statement to be confirmed. If available and signed into a profile, it is also suggested to Services call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite destination. Touch the navigation icons to enable and confirm Predictive Navigation. The Services tab displays the default view select home, address or place. A destination Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) for the app. Use this page to launch the transfer from OnStar will show the detail available OnStar services. Touch a service to view of the destination when it is If Predictive Navigation is available and open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the transferred from OnStar to the Navigation confirmed, this feature learns preferences by connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and application. See www.onstar.com for a remembering where the vehicle has been. Advisor Call are the other tiled options. coverage map. Services vary by model. Map It uses the locations and navigation history coverage is available in the United States, to personalize routes and results. Puerto Rico, and Canada. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

164 Infotainment System Predictive Navigation may learn elements the top of the navigation map view. customized profile, the current location such as: Manually close the search bar by touching symbol will show a customized icon. See . Personalized routes based on preferred z. When the vehicle is moving, the } Navigation Symbols 0 166. streets. (Search) icon will replace the search bar to Map and Navigation Settings . Search results that provide best matches maximize the full map view. at the top of the list. Touch A while in the map view to display Destination Card Preferences options. The following may display: . Predictive traffic. From the Nav application, set up Home and . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North . Local map content updating. Work addresses to enable one-touch . Show on Map Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or navigation. To set up Home and Work . Traffic Events (available with OnStar disabled at a later time by touching A addresses, touch A and select Settings, Connected Navigation) (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, then Map and Navigation Settings, and then . Settings then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Destination Card Preferences. Show My Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 186. Places on Map should be on by default. . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) Select and enter Home and/or Work address . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) Navigation Map View and save. Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation Settings. The following may display: . Destination Card Preferences . Map Preferences . Route Preferences . Navigation Voice Control . Traffic Preferences . Alert Preferences . Fuel Grade Preferences After opening the Nav application for the If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Manage History first time, the application will always open customized profile, the current location icon . Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive in full map view displaying the vehicle’s uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a current location. When the vehicle is Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in stopped, the search bar will appear along this section. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 165 . About Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Tunnels Off. When turned on, the system will To exit a list, touch z in the top right ‐ Country Borders automatically adjust the zoom level when corner to return to the main map view. the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the Navigation Voice Control Make sure to set up preferences before turn is completed, the system automatically Touch to access the voice control setting setting a destination and starting active brings the zoom back to the originally set display. guidance. level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn . Navigation Volume – To adjust the Map Preferences with the next turn occurring shortly after, volume level, touch the up and down the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is Touch to choose between basic map feature turns are completed. being heard, volume can also be adjusted configurations: Route Preferences using the knob on the center stack or the Map Colors volume switch on the steering wheel. Touch to access the Route Preferences. The . Auto – Touch to automatically change choices are: . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a modes based on lighting conditions. Call. Options available are: . Preferred Route – Choose from two . Day (Light) different route options: Fastest or ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default) . Night (Dark) Eco-Friendly. ‐ Tone Only 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Fastest would be the route with the ‐ None Off. When turned on, the system will shortest drive time. Traffic Events (If Equipped) display all 3D Landmarks on the map ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most depending on the zoom level. fuel-efficient route. This feature provides a list of events that A 3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of are on the route or nearby. Touch and Off. When turned on, the system will the road features to avoid while on route: then select Traffic Events. An OnStar connected Navigation service plan is display all of the possible 3D building shapes ‐ Highways on the map depending on the zoom level. required. ‐ Unpaved Roads Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned ‐ Ferries on, the system will display terrain ‐ Carpool Lanes information on the map in 3D view. ‐ Toll Roads GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

166 Infotainment System Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) Manage History . The SD card has initialized for the first time: “Once initialized, this SD card can Touch Manage History to access the History While in Map View, touch A, then Settings only be used for navigation in this options: and then Map and Navigation Settings to vehicle.” access Traffic Preferences. When Show . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to . The SD card is not working properly: “SD Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature clear the recent destinations. card is not functioning properly. provides an overview of the traffic flow (Error Code).” using different coded colors. The following . Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear options are available for rerouting: the search history. . The SD card is not paired with the existing system: “This SD card is not valid . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The About in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s system will automatically reroute if the Touch to display software information, Manual for more detail or visit your system detects there is a traffic issue such as: dealer. (Error Code).” ahead. . Telenav Terms and Conditions . The SD card has been removed from the . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the . Telenav Privacy Statement slot: “SD card has been removed. system detects there is a traffic issue (Error Code).” ahead, it will display a pop-up with . Navigation Version details about the issue. Choose to reroute Maps Touch Continue to resume after the or cancel the alert. initialization error message. For the other . Never Search for Better Route – The The Nav application requires a map database messages, touch OK to return to the system will not check for a better route to run. It is stored on an SD card that is Home Page. until one of the above options is selected. connected to the infotainment system. If the map database is not available, a missing SD Navigation Symbols Alert Preferences card error message will be displayed. Following are the most common symbols Set alerts on or off during both inactive and SD Card Error Messages that may appear in the Nav application. active guidance views. The following alerts may be available: The SD card only works for one unique vehicle. The SD card must pass . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display authentication verification to be used for upcoming School Zones. that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios . Traffic Camera Alerts and messages include: GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 167 The destination pin marks the location of Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and the final destination. Touch the pin to view view the entire route. Touch it again to the destination address or to add it or return to the previous view. remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the View the drive time by touching the information by touching the pin one more estimated time of arrival (ETA). time. It will automatically time out if no action is taken. Current Location This indicates the vehicle’s current location and direction on the map. When the vehicle is parked and not in a Navigation session, the user icon is centered on the map view, highlighting the current location. Destination If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) Receiving Destination Directions from are places of interest for parking and gas Different Sources This is the vehicle’s current location icon stations. during inactive guidance mode. Once a user Destinations can be received or transferred profile is created, the current location icon from different sources to the Nav application can be customized. for route guidance. If equipped, some of these sources may include: This icon indicates the vehicle’s current . Navigation from search results. location and direction on the map. . OnStar Advisor destination download. . An address from the Contacts list. The progress bar provides an overview of . An application on the smartphone that the route progress and may show traffic and can send destinations to the vehicle. incidents along the way. As the route . An application downloaded to the vehicle proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar. such as OnStar Services that can send destinations to the navigation system. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

168 Infotainment System Waypoints so the current waypoint can be skipped and Map Information guidance can resume to the next waypoint Add up to five waypoints, which are Road network attributes are contained in the or destination. additional destinations, along the route. To map database for map information. add an additional stop or waypoint: Editing a Waypoint Attributes include information such as street 1. From active guidance, touch }. When waypoints are added during active names, street addresses, and turn guidance, the system allows a stop to be restrictions. A detailed area includes all 2. Search for the destination using One-Box, deleted or the order to be changed. To edit major highways, service roads, and Voice search, or the Quick Category a waypoint: residential roads. The detailed areas include icons. Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, 3. Choose search results Along Route, 1. Touch A. airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas Nearby, or Near Destination. 2. Touch Edit Destinations. stations, tourist attractions, and historical 4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch . Modify destination order by touching monuments. Add to Trip or replace the current and holding the arrow until it is If the vehicle does not have an applicable destination by touching New Destination. highlighted. Drag to move the service plan, the map database may not waypoint up or down the list. Route options are not available for include data for newly constructed areas or waypoints. . Delete a waypoint by touching Y. map database corrections that are A pop-up will appear to confirm completed after production. The navigation Arriving at a Waypoint waypoint removal. Once the request system provides full route guidance in the When approaching a waypoint, the system is confirmed, the system will remove detailed map areas. will display a Destination Arrival view. To the address from the destinations list. Zoom Control continue on to the next destination touch Touch z on the top right corner so the Drive to message on the infotainment the system can recalculate the route. The zoom control display is shown on the display. map view. A few ways to zoom in or If there is only one address in the out are: If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets destinations list, the system will . Touch + or – to zoom in or out on out of the current route, the system will disable the move and delete the map. automatically reroute back to this waypoint. functions. The system will not allow At the same time, it will show a Drive to the final destination to be deleted. . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or icon along with the next waypoint address single tap with two fingers to zoom out on the map. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 169 . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom Map Orientation 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon out by pinching and then zoom in by will appear in the middle of the display. spreading those two fingers on the map. Touch A on the map to access map Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D bar again to return to the previous view, Map Gestures and Map Scale Heading Up by default. either 2D or 3D. Use the following gestures on the Available settings are: Lane Guidance infotainment display to adjust the map scale . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with and display options. the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the The map will display the lane information . Pinch to zoom in or out. current location icon will always head up for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. . Pan the map. and the map will rotate around it. Junction View . Use two fingers to tilt down and change . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle When a vehicle is on the highway and from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back pointing up. In this mode, the current approaching the exit, an image displays the to 2D. location icon will always head up and the lane that the vehicle must stay in to . Rotate the map. map will rotate around it. complete the next maneuver. 0 . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing Quick-Turn View See Using the System 152. up. In this mode, the current location icon Mute will shift as the vehicle turns left and right. When in active guidance, the audio prompts while using navigation can be muted. Touch Touch the icon to change the map type. The the speaker icon on the right side of the icon and label will also update accordingly. upper bar. A slash will appear on the Depending on the zoom level of the 2D speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted. Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the Active Guidance View system may automatically switch to the 2D North Up map. When a destination is chosen and a When in AGV, the entire route can be navigation session is active, the navigation viewed in 2D North Up by touching the system enters into an Active Guidance traffic bar. The map will zoom out and View (AGV). readjust to display the full route. When in GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

170 Infotainment System When the vehicle is approaching a turn with removed from the route by touching Y next exit from the current vehicle position, and the next turn following in quick succession, to the segment. A pop-up appears to convenience stops that may be available, a quick-turn list appears below the primary confirm segment removal. such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. turn indicator. An audio prompt will Next Maneuver Menu announce the quick turn. When the route segment has been removed, all segments are replaced by an activity When in Active Guidance, the Next Auto-Zoom indicator while the new route is Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and When approaching a maneuver, the map recalculated. When the recalculation is Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next will automatically zoom in to show both the complete, the activity indicator is replaced Maneuver at the top of the display vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to with the new route segments. overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to give a better view of the maneuver. Once Highway Exits List Destination, and Traffic Indicator are the maneuver is complete, the system will displayed in a panel pinned on the right of zoom back to the previous zoom level. the display. Touch A on the map to access Settings, Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert then touch Map Preferences to access Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or If the Navigation application is not open disabled. when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to Directions the main navigation view or touch z to Touch the menu option next to the next dismiss the alert. turn street name to display Directions. Repeat Voice Guidance Directions displays the turns and directions Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon from the current location to the final displays next to the current street name destination. near the bottom of the display. The icon only appears when on a highway with Editing Directions defined exits. Directions can be edited by choosing y, While traveling on roads with designated which expands the list to fill the display and exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, list displays the exit number, distance to the an unwanted route segment can be GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 171 This symbol indicates the next guidance If the system has determined that the 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last destination has been reached, either because access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon spoken guidance instruction. the arrival view displayed or the destination to rename the favorite. Incident Alert (If Equipped) has been passed, the Resume Trip option 4. Touch Save to store the renamed will not appear. favorite. During active guidance, if the system determines that there is an incident ahead Favorites Recents but there is not a better route, the system The navigation favorites can have contacts, Touch H to access a list of recent will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. addresses, or POIs that have been saved destinations. This will only show once per incident. through the favorite icon on the Incident Reports (If Equipped) details view. Recenter Position Icon Incident report icons, along with traffic flow Accessing Favorites Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the middle of the map view to reset the map to data, display on the map during both active In the Nav application, view the Favorites the current location. and inactive guidance. list by touching H in the search bar along End Route the top of the Nav map view. If the search Last Parked Location Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end bar is closed, touch } and select H. The Last Parked Location is the last location the vehicle engine was turned off. That active guidance and return to inactive Saving Favorites guidance. If active guidance is canceled location is displayed in the first row of the before the destination has been reached, a Favorites can be added from a number of Recents list. Touching the last Parked pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear. the system’s applications. Touch the Location shows the Address Details view to favorites icon to save content as a favorite. either save the address or drive to it. The Resume Trip Renaming Navigation Favorites Last Parked Location can be deleted by The trip can be resumed if it was canceled entering the Edit display. Once the Last 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option. Parked Location is deleted, it no longer Page and touch the System tab. appears in the Recents list, unless the 2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage vehicle is started at that location again. Favorites option. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

172 Infotainment System Show POI Icons Smart Parking Icons Auto Complete To see the POI categories, touch Options, When reaching a densely populated Enter a partial location in the field entry box then touch Show on Map. Up to eight destination and the system determines that on the search display. Auto complete will categories of icons can be selected. parking may be limited, the system will attempt to complete the destination based attempt to display nearby parking on what is being entered. Touch the Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped) destinations with pricing information, suggested item to search. if available. Search While in Motion with No Front Seat Report an Issue Using POI Details (If Passenger Present Equipped) The search display will not allow changes or In the POI details page, a POI issue can be text input with the keyboard when the reported if the data is not accurate or the vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue showing three rows of the most commonly near the bottom of the display to access the used categories appears. Touching the search issue selection page. Touch one of the box will activate speech recognition. The smart POI icons such as fuel stations predefined issues on the selection page, Search While in Motion with Front Seat and parking may appear based on time, then touch Send. The system will send the Passenger Present information for analysis. location, driver search behavior, driving If the system detects that the front seat conditions, and vehicle conditions. Search passenger is present with both driver and Touch a smart POI icon to open the Touch Search on the infotainment display to passenger seat belts buckled, touching the corresponding details: open the search display. It has a search field search icon will display an alert message . Left side: Name and address of the POI. entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, that allows the passenger to search for a recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. destination as if the vehicle were stopped. . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time Enroute.) Smart Fuel Station Icons Fuel station prices are shown if available for nearby stations when the vehicle is low on fuel. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 173 Connected Navigation Turn-by-Turn Navigation When available, the system will show the best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver. Connected Navigation is a subscription service that enables certain capabilities Cancel a Route within the navigation system, such as If a route is in progress using either the Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive vehicle navigation system or the Navigation capabilities. The system will Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is show an alert when the subscription is requested, the current route in progress will expiring and will ask to renew the plan. be canceled. OnStar System Global Positioning System (GPS) With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor If equipped, after touching the Turn-by-Turn If equipped, the position of the vehicle is can download a destination to the vehicle or Directions icon, select destinations from determined by using satellite signals, various into the built-in navigation system. Recents or Favorites. Recents or Favorites vehicle signals, and map data. will be empty if this is the first use. To find new locations, touch OnStar Advisor, Home At times, other interference such as the Directions, Place Voice Search, or Address satellite condition, road configuration, Voice Search. condition of the vehicle, and/or other circumstances can affect the navigation Lane Guidance system's ability to determine the accurate position of the vehicle. The GPS shows the current position of the vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. When the vehicle is not receiving signals Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to from the satellites, a symbol appears in the access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn status bar. Directions icon while on the Services tab of the OnStar menu. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

174 Infotainment System This system might not be available or . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. . The route might not be changed when interference can occur if any of the . The vehicle changes directions more than using automatic rerouting. following are true: once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . There is no route guidance when turning . Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, table in a parking lot. at an intersection. trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a . Plural names of places might be . Satellites are being repaired or improved. parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. announced occasionally. For more information if the GPS is not . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate functioning properly, see Problems with . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. automatic rerouting during high-speed Route Guidance 0 174 and . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. driving. 0 If the System Needs Service 175. . The tires are replaced or worn. . Automatic rerouting might display a route returning to the set waypoint if heading . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect. Vehicle Positioning for a destination without passing through . This is the first navigation use after the a set waypoint. At times, the position of the vehicle on the map data is updated. map could be inaccurate due to one or more . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected of the following reasons: due to a regulation by time or season or for several days. . The road system has changed. any other regulation which may be given. . The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic . Some routes might not be searched. . The vehicle is driving on slippery road where driving is at low speeds, and the . The route to the destination might not be surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly. . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads shown if there are new roads, if roads or long, straight roads. Problems with Route Guidance have recently changed, or if certain roads are not listed in the map data. See Maps . The vehicle is approaching a tall building Inappropriate route guidance can occur 0 166. or a large vehicle. under one or more of the following . The surface streets run parallel to a conditions: To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the freeway. map, park with the vehicle running for two . The turn was not made on the road to five minutes, until the vehicle position . The vehicle has been transferred by a indicated. updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in vehicle carrier or a ferry. . Route guidance might not be available . The current position calibration is set when using automatic rerouting for the incorrectly. next right or left turn. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 175 a location that is safe and has a clear view When a map update is available, a prompt Voice Recognition of the sky and away from large will appear on the infotainment display. obstructions. Once the update is accepted, it will If equipped, voice recognition allows for download and run in the background hands-free operation within the navigation, If the System Needs Service without interruption any infotainment audio, phone, and weather applications. This If the navigation system needs service, see functions. The download will carry over feature can be started by pressing g on the your dealer. ignition cycles, stopping and starting where steering wheel or touching g on the it left off. The updates can be set to infotainment display. Map Data Updates download automatically. However, not all features within these areas The map data in the vehicle is the most See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on are supported by voice commands. up-to-date information available when the ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or Generally, only complex tasks that require vehicle was produced. The map data is replacement SD card. Features are subject to multiple manual interactions to complete updated periodically, provided that the map change. For more information on this are supported by voice commands. information has changed and the vehicle has feature, see my.gmc.com/learn. For example, tasks that take more than one a relevant service plan. Database Coverage Explanations or two touches, such as a song or artist to Over-the-Air-Vehicle Map Updates play from a media device, would be Coverage areas vary with respect to the supported by voice commands. Other tasks, If equipped, the infotainment system can level of map detail available for any given like adjusting the volume or seeking up or receive map updates over the air. Map area. Some areas feature greater levels of down, are audio features that are easily updates occur within a 161 km (100 mi) detail than others. If this happens, it does performed by touching one or two options, radius around the home address on file. This not mean there is a problem with the and are not supported by voice commands. boundary will adjust over time based on system. As the map data is updated, more driving patterns. The vehicle uses a detail can become available for areas that In general there are flexible ways to speak Cloud-connected service to receive the date previously had limited detail. See Map Data commands for completing the tasks. 0 and downloads it to the system’s onboard Updates 175. If your language supports it, try stating a SD card, if equipped. A data plan or one-shot command, such as “Directions to compatible mobile device hotspot is address .” Do not include the ZIP code navigation system function. while stating the address during the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

176 Infotainment System command. Another example of a one-shot Once voice recognition is started, both the select. Manual interaction in the voice Destination Entry command is, “Directions to infotainment display and instrument cluster recognition session is permitted. Interaction Place of Interest at .” If these show the selections and visual dialog during a voice session may be completed commands do not work, try saying, “Take content. These displays can be turned on or entirely using voice commands while some me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings manual commands may expedite a task. If a and the system will walk you through by 0 186. selection is made using a manual control, asking additional questions. There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in supported: the same way as if the selection were made Hybrid Speech Recognition using a voice command. Once the system . Informative verbal prompts: This type of If equipped, this feature helps distinguish completes the task, or the session is prompt will provide more information words by using Internet-based information terminated, the voice recognition dialog regarding the supported actions. along with the system’s voice recognition stops. . Short prompts: This type of prompt will database. This allows you to speak more An example of this type of manual naturally when using voice recognition. provide simple instructions about what can be stated. intervention is touching an entry of a Using Voice Recognition displayed number list instead of speaking . Auto informative prompts: This type of the number associated with the entry Voice recognition becomes available once prompt plays during the first few speech desired. the system has been initialized. This begins sessions, then automatically switches to when the ignition is turned on. Initialization the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition may take a few moments. has been gained through using the . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to system. 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls terminate the voice recognition session to activate voice recognition. If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice recognition system says a help prompt. recognition was initiated. 2. The audio system mutes and the system plays a prompt. Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press i on the steering wheel controls to terminate the voice recognition session 3. Clearly speak one of the commands While a voice recognition session is active, and show the display where voice described in this section. there may be corresponding options recognition was initiated. A voice recognition system prompt can showing on the displays. A selection can be be interrupted while it is playing by made by manually touching the option, pressing g again. or by speaking the number for the option to GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 177 Natural Language Commands The system responds by requesting more If a cell phone number has been saved with Most languages do not support natural details. For other POIs, say the name of a a name and a place, the direct command language commands in sentence form. For category like “Restaurants,”“Shopping should include both, for example “Call those languages, use direct commands like Malls,” or “Hospitals.” at work.” the examples shown on the display. . Navigating to a destination outside of the Using Voice Recognition for List Options current country takes more than one Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands command. The first command is to tell When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will Voice recognition can understand commands the system where the navigation will take ask to confirm or select an option from that are naturally stated in sentence form or place, such as an Address, Intersection, that list. direct commands that state the application POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection When a display contains a list, there may be and the task. is selected, the second command is to options that are available but not displayed. say, “Change Country.” Once the system For best results: The list on a voice recognition screen responds, say the country before saying functions the same as a list on other . Listen for the prompt before saying a the rest of the address and/or displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to command or reply. intersection. help display other entries from the list. . Speak the command naturally, not too If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” Manually scrolling or paging the list on a fast, not too slow. then “Change Country.” display during a voice recognition session . Use direct commands without a lot of Direct commands might be more clearly suspends the current voice recognition event extra words. For example, “Call understood by the system. An example of a and plays the prompt “Please select at work,”“Play” followed by the artist or direct command would be “Call .” manually or touch the Back icon on the song name, or “Tune” followed by the Examples of these direct commands are infotainment display to try again.” radio station number. displayed on most of the screens while a If manual selection takes more than . Navigation destinations can be made in a voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone 15 seconds, the session terminates and single command using keywords. A few Commands,” is spoken, the system prompts that it has timed out. The display examples are: “I want directions to an understands that a phone call is requested returns to the display where voice address,”“I need to find a place of and will respond with questions until recognition was initiated. interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” enough details are gathered to make a call. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

178 Infotainment System The Back Command “Tune to FM” : Tune to the “Play Artist ” : Begin playback Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the radio station whose frequency is identified of a specific artist. infotainment display to go to the in the command (like “one oh one “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a previous menu. point one”). specific album name. If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken “Tune to AM HD” : Tune “Play Album ” : Begin all the way back to the starting display, and to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose playback of a specific album. frequency is identified in the command. then “Back” is spoken one more time, the “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a voice recognition session will cancel. “Tune to FM HD” : Tune to specific song name. Help the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song ” : Begin playback Say “Help” on any voice recognition display of a specific song, if available. “Tune to FM HD ” : Tune to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency and specific genre. Voice Recognition for the Radio HD channel are identified in the command. “Play Genre ” : Begin If browsing the audio sources when voice is “Tune to SXM ” : playback of a specific genre. touched, the voice recognition commands Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are channel number is identified in the specific playlist name. available. command. “Play Playlist ” : Begin “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and “Tune to SXM ” : Tune playback of a specific playlist. tune to the last AM radio station. to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel name is identified in the command. “Play ” : Play music from a “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and specific device identified by name. The tune to the last FM radio station. Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia device name is the name displayed on the “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source. “Tune to AM” : Tune to “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a the radio station whose frequency is specific artist name. specific name. identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 179 “Play Chapter ” : Begin Changes to voice commands due to media Once the number of files has exceeded playback of a specific chapter. content limits are: approximately 24,000, there is no support “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter . Files including other individual files of all for accessing the songs directly through a specific audiobook. media types such as songs, audiobook voice commands. There will still be access to chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. the media content by using commands for “Play Audiobook ” : playlists, artists, and genres. Begin playback of a specific audiobook. . Album type folders including types such as albums and audiobooks. The access commands for playlists, artists, “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a and genres are prohibited after the number specific name. There are no restrictions if the number of files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When of this type of media exceeds 12,000. “Play Episode ” : Begin the number of files connected to the system The system will provide feedback the first playback of a specific episode. is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content time voice recognition is initiated if it has “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a cannot be accessed directly with one become apparent that any of these limits specific podcast. command like “Play .” are reached during a device initializing process. “Play Podcast ” : Begin The restriction is that the command “Play playback of a specific podcast. Song” must be spoken first; the system will Voice recognition performance will degrade then ask for the song name. The reply to some extent based on many factors when “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the command would be to say the name of the adding large amounts of data to recognize. desired media content. song to play. If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs Handling Large Amounts of Media Content Similar limits exist for album content. through playlists or artist name would work better. It is expected that large amounts of media If there are more than 12,000 albums, but content will be brought into the vehicle. fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be Voice Recognition for Navigation (If It may be necessary to handle large accessed directly with one command like, Equipped) amounts of media content in a different “Play .” The command “Play way than smaller amounts of media. The Album” must first be spoken; the system “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter system may limit the options of voice will then ask for the album name. The reply specific destination information. recognition by not allowing selection of files would be to say the name of the album “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to by voice at the highest level if the number to play. enter specific destination information. of files exceeds the maximum limit. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

180 Infotainment System “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Call At Home,”“At Work,”“On Phone Assistant Voice Recognition specific destination address, which includes Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a the entire address consisting of the house stored contact and location at home, at Press and hold g on the steering wheel number, street name, city, state/province, work, on mobile device, or on another controls to pass through and launch Google and country. Do not include the ZIP code. phone. phone assistant or Siri. “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter “Call ” : Initiate a call For the low radio, whether connected by a destination Place of Interest category or to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 Bluetooth or phone projection, the only major brand name. digits, or three digit emergency numbers. available voice recognition is either Siri (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). The name must be precisely spoken. “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing Nicknames or short names for the process. Follow the instructions on the businesses will not likely be found. Lesser infotainment display. Phone known businesses might have to be located “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Bluetooth (Overview) by category, such as fast food, hotels, number. or banks. The Bluetooth-capable system can interact “Switch Phone” : Select a different with many mobile devices, allowing: “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to connected cell phone for outgoing calls. enter a specific destination contact name. . Placement and receipt of calls in a “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter hands-free mode. “Cancel Route” : End route guidance. special numbers like international numbers. . Sharing of the device’s address book or “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a The numbers can be entered in groups of contact list with the vehicle. stored home location. digits with each group of digits being repeated back by the system. If the group To minimize driver distraction, before Voice Recognition for the Phone of digits is not correct, the command driving, and with the vehicle parked: “Call ” : Initiate a call to a “Delete” will remove the last group of digits . Become familiar with the features of the stored contact. The command may include and allow them to be re-entered. Once the mobile device. Organize the phone book location if the contact has location numbers entire number has been entered, the and contact lists clearly and delete stored. command “Call” will start dialing the duplicate or rarely used entries. number. If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 181 . Review the controls and operation of the i : Press to end a call, decline a call, used. See the mobile device manufacturer's infotainment system. or cancel an operation. Press to mute or user guide for Bluetooth functions before . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The unmute the infotainment system when not pairing the device. system may not work with all mobile on a call. Pairing Information devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. Infotainment System Controls . If no mobile device has been connected, Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a For information about how to navigate the the Phone main page on the infotainment Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a menu system using the infotainment display will show the Connect Phone Hands-Free Profile to make and receive controls, see Using the System 0 152. option. Touch this option to connect. phone calls. The infotainment system and Another way to connect is to touch the voice recognition are used to control the Audio System Phones tab at the top right of the display system. The system can be used while the and then touch Add Phone. ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The When using the Bluetooth mobile device system, sound comes through the vehicle's . A Bluetooth smartphone with music range of the Bluetooth system can be up to capability can be paired to the vehicle as 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system. The volume level while on a smartphone and a music player at the all functions and not all mobile devices work same time. with the Bluetooth system. See my.gmc.com a mobile device call can be adjusted by . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the for more information about compatible pressing the steering wheel controls or the Bluetooth system. mobile devices. volume control on the center stack. The adjusted volume level remains in memory . The pairing process is disabled when the Controls for later calls. The volume cannot be vehicle is moving. lowered beyond a certain level. Use the controls on the center stack and the . Pairing only needs to be completed once, steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a unless the pairing information on the cell system. phone changes or the cell phone is Phone) deleted from the system. Steering Wheel Controls Pairing . If multiple paired cell phones are within g : Press to answer incoming calls and start range of the system, the system connects voice recognition on your connected A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be to the paired cell phone that is set to Bluetooth mobile device. paired to the Bluetooth system and then First to Connect. If there is no cell phone connected to the vehicle before it can be set to First to Connect, it will link to the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

182 Infotainment System cell phone which was used last. To link to for information on this process. Once the 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. a different paired cell phone, see “Linking cell phone is paired, it will show under 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all to a Different Phone” later in this section. Connected. connected cell phones and mobile Pairing a Phone 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on devices. 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled your cell phone, there are a few ways to 4. Touch the information icon to the right on the cell phone before the pairing start the pairing process over: of the cell phone to open the cell process is started. . Turn the cell phone off and then phone’s settings menu. back on. 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to or the phone icon on the shortcut tray . Go back to the beginning of the enable the setting for that device. near the bottom of the display. Phone menus on the infotainment display and restart the pairing Cell phones and mobile devices can be 3. Touch Phones at the top of the process. added, removed, connected, and infotainment display. There is also a disconnected. A sub-menu will display Connect Phones option in the middle of . Reset the cell phone, but this step whenever a request is made to add or the Phone display which will shortcut to should be done as a last effort. manage cell phones and mobile devices. 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept the Phone List menu. Secondary Phone 4. Touch Add Phone. connection or allow phone book download, touch Always Accept and A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the Allow. The phone book may not be Phone by touching the information icon to infotainment display from your cell available if not accepted. the right of the paired cell phone name to phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell open the phone settings menu. If a cell 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone phones. phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it to confirm the six-digit code showing on can connect simultaneously alongside the infotainment display and touch Pair. First to Connect Paired Phones another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing The code on the cell phone and If multiple paired cell phones are within so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as infotainment display will need to be range of the system, the system connects to Incoming Calls. This means the mobile acknowledged for a successful pair. the paired cell phone that is set as First to device can only receive calls. The Address 7. Start the pairing process on the cell Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as Book of a Secondary Phone will not be phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the First to Connect phone: available and hands-free outgoing calls cannot be placed using this cell phone. the cell phone manufacturer's user guide 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 183 If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while 3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset, in the Phones list to swap it into the connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode. it possible to place outgoing calls from the display. Contacts and Recents list. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent 4. Touch Forget Device. Calls Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Linking to a Different Phone Calls can be made through the Bluetooth 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To link to a different cell phone, the new system using personal cell phone contact or the phone icon on the shortcut tray cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support near the bottom of the display. to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar 2. Touch Phones. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation. Disconnecting a Connected Phone or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. near the bottom of the display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book 2. Touch Phones. 2. Touch Phones. stored in the cell phone. 3. Touch the information icon next to the 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from The Recents menu accesses the recents call connected cell phone or mobile device to the not connected phone list. See “First list from your cell phone. show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s to Connect Paired Phones” and To make a call using the Contacts menu: information display. “Secondary Phone” previously in this section. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 4. Touch Disconnect. 2. Touch Contacts. Deleting a Paired Phone Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode 3. The Contacts list can be searched by 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page using the first character. Touch A-Z on or the phone icon on the shortcut tray To switch between handset or the infotainment display to scroll near the bottom of the display. handsfree mode: through the list of names. 2. Touch Phones. . While the active call is hands-free, touch Touch the name to call. the Handset option to switch to the 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. handset mode. The mute icon will not be available or functional while Handset mode is active. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

184 Infotainment System To make a call using the Recents menu: Accepting a Call Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. There are two ways to accept a call: Calls Only) 2. Touch Recents. . Press g on the steering wheel controls. To switch between calls, touch Phone on the 3. Touch the name or number to call. Home Page to display Call View. While in . Touch Answer on the infotainment Call View, touch the call information of the Making a Call Using the Keypad display. call on hold to change calls. Declining a Call To make a call by dialing the numbers: Three-Way Calling There are two ways to decline a call: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Three-way calling must be supported on the 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone . Press i on the steering wheel controls. Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the number. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. wireless service carrier to work. 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to Call Waiting To start a three-way call while in a start dialing the number. current call: Call waiting must be supported on the Searching Contacts Using the Keypad Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add wireless service carrier to work. another call. To search for contacts using the keypad: 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from Accepting a Call 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone Press g to answer, then touch Switch on 3. When the second call is active, touch the numbers or contact names using the the infotainment display. merge icon to conference the three-way digits on the keypad to search. Declining a Call call together. Results will show on the right side of the Ending a Call display. Touch one to place a call. Press i to decline, then touch Ignore on the infotainment display . Press i on the steering wheel controls. Accepting or Declining a Call . Touch # on the infotainment display, When an incoming call is received, the next to a call, to end only that call. infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 185 Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones 3. When the phone is first connected to USB data port. For best performance, activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, it is highly recommended to use the The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send accept the terms and conditions on both device’s factory-provided USB cable, numbers during a call. This is used when the infotainment system and the phone. which should be replaced after calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the significant wear to maintain Keypad to enter the number. 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. connection quality. Aftermarket or The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons third-party cables may not work. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto on the Home Page will illuminate depending . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Apple CarPlay may automatically launch CarPlay capability may be available through Phone) 0 181 or upon USB connection. If not, touch the a compatible smartphone. If available, the Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180. Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the change from gray to color on the Home Home Page to launch. 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the phone for wireless projection to work. Page of the infotainment display. Press { on the center stack to return to the 4. When the phone is first connected to To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: Home Page. activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, For Wired Phone Projection For Wireless Phone Projection agree to the terms and conditions on 1. Download the Android Auto app to your Verify your phone is wireless compatible by both the infotainment system and the smartphone from the Google Play store. visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple phone. There is no app required for Apple CarPlay support page. 5. Follow the instructions on the phone. CarPlay. 1. Download the Android Auto app to your The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple smartphone from the Google Play store. on the Home Page will illuminate depending iPhone by using the factory-provided There is no app required for Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or phone USB cable and plugging into a CarPlay. Apple CarPlay may automatically launch USB data port. For best performance, it is 2. For first time connection, there are two upon wireless connection. If not, touch the highly recommended to use the device’s ways to set up wireless projection: Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the factory-provided USB cable, which should Home Page to launch. be replaced after significant wear to . Connect your Android phone or Apple maintain connection quality. Aftermarket iPhone by using the factory-provided or third-party cables may not work. phone USB cable and plugging into a GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

186 Infotainment System To disconnect the phones wireless Google Play, and other marks are Refer to the User Terms and Privacy projection: trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a Statement for important details. To view, 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. trademark of Apple Inc. touch the Settings icon on the Home Page of the infotainment display. 2. Select Phones Press { on the center stack to exit Android 4 Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into The settings menu may be organized into 3. Touch next to the phone to be four categories. Select the desired category disconnected. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold { on the center stack. by touching System, Apps, Vehicle, 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. or Personal. { Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be Press on the center stack to return to the disabled from the infotainment system. To To access the personalization menus: Home Page. do this, touch Home, Settings, and then 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the Features are subject to change. For further touch the Apps tab along the top of the infotainment display. information on how to set up Android Auto display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off 2. Touch the desired category to display a and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. list of available options. my.gmc.com. 3. Touch to select the desired feature Android Auto is provided by Google and is Settings setting. subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. Certain settings can be managed in the 4. Touch the options on the infotainment Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is Owner Center sites when an account is display to disable or enable a feature. subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. established, and may be modified if other z Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto 5. Touch to go to the top level of the users have accessed the vehicle or created Settings menu. support and to see if your phone is accounts. This may result in changes to the compatible, see https://support.google.com/ security or functionality of the infotainment androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and system. Some settings may also be to see if your phone is compatible, see transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or instructions, in the U.S. see my.gmc.com or Google may change or suspend availability in Canada see mygmc.ca or mongmc.ca. at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 187 System Language . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle Wi-Fi name. The menu may contain the following: This will set the display language used on the infotainment display. It may also use . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the Time / Date the selected language for voice recognition vehicle Wi-Fi password. Use the following features to set the clock: and audio feedback. Touch Language and . Connected Devices: Touch to show . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or touch the appropriate language. connected devices. On to enable or disable automatic update Phones . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow of the time and date. When this feature devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its is on, the time and date cannot be Touch to connect to a different cell phone or data, or touch Off to allow devices to manually set. mobile device source, disconnect a cell only use the vehicle hotspot but not phone or media device, or delete a cell . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time its data. phone or media device. using the controls on the infotainment Privacy display. Wi-Fi Networks Touch and the following may display: . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date This will show connected and available Wi-Fi . Location Services: This setting enables or using the controls on the infotainment networks. display. disables sharing of vehicle location If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the outside the vehicle. Emergency services . Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch vehicle, the infotainment system can be will not be affected when Off is selected. Off or On to disable or enable automatic connected to an external protected Wi-Fi update of the time zone based on vehicle . Data Services: If equipped, this setting network, such as a mobile device or home determines if data sharing can be used by location. When this feature is on, the hotspot, to utilize connected services. time zone cannot be manually set. features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and Wi-Fi Hotspot applications. Touch Off to disable data . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set services. Emergency services and phone the time zone. Touch a time zone from Touch and the following may display: calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or the list. . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use others, will not be affected when Off is . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the the vehicle hotspot. selected. clock format shown. Touch the controls on the infotainment . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting Touch Off or On to disable or enable. display to disable or enable. determines if voice commands can be shared with a cloud-based voice GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

188 Infotainment System recognition system. Touch Off to prevent . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting the sharing and possible recording of your the infotainment display and follow the determines if a sound plays when voice commands with this system. This prompts. touching the infotainment display or may limit the system’s ability to . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the radio controls. This feature can be turned understand your voice commands and display off. Touch anywhere on the off or on. may disable some features. infotainment display or press any Voice . Types: This setting lists all infotainment control on the center stack Android-defined as dangerous permissions again to turn the display on. Touch and the following may display: . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies currently used by the infotainment Sounds system, the number of applications that how often the voice recognition system have requested this permission, and the Touch and the following may display: confirms commands. Touch Confirm More number of applications that are allowed . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature to have the system check with you more to use this permission. adjusts the maximum volume of the often before acting on your commands. . Used By Applications: This setting lists all infotainment system when you start your . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the applications that are requested or are vehicle. To set the maximum startup amount of detail the voice recognition using Android-defined as dangerous volume, touch the controls on the system provides when giving you permissions. Only requested and active infotainment display to increase or feedback. Touch Auto to have the system permissions are shown. decrease. automatically adjust to your speech habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto. Display . Audio Cues: This feature determines if sounds play when the infotainment . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, Touch and the following may display: system starts up and shuts down. This Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the feature can be turned off or on. the voice recognition system speaks. navigation map view and any . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the downloaded apps optimized for day or controls the volume of Audio Cues played formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for night time conditions. Set to Auto for the on startup and shut down. Touch the shorter prompts. Touch On to hear display to automatically adjust based on controls on the infotainment display to prompts with more personality. Touch bright/dark conditions. increase or decrease. Auto to have the prompt match your Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the command style. display. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 189 . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to Updates active. If required, data plans are provided provide tutorial feedback on the display. If equipped, the vehicle can download and by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting install select software updates over a hotspot such as a compatible mobile device controls whether voice commands can be wireless connection. The system will prompt hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn for certain updates to be downloaded and can be used. Applicable data rates may this on to speak commands without installed. There is also an option to check apply. hearing the full prompt. Speaking while for updates manually. To connect the infotainment system to a the prompt is still playing will To manually check for updates, touch secured mobile device hotspot, home immediately stop playing the current hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on prompt and recognize your command. Settings on the Home Page and select the System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software the Home Page, select the System tab, Background noise may cause accidental followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the interruptions. Touch Off or On. section and touch Updates. Follow the on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the Favorites download, and install updates may vary by on-screen prompts. Download speeds may vary. Touch and the following may display: vehicle. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list The vehicle can be used normally during the On most compatible mobile devices, of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. software download. Once the download is activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the complete, there may be a prompt to accept Settings menu under Mobile Network Favorites can be moved, renamed, Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, or deleted. the installation of the update upon the next ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is or similar. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the Availability of Over-the-Air software updates then drag up or down to rearrange the vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven varies by vehicle and country. Features are position. during the installation. The system will subject to change. For more information on . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to deliver messages indicating success or error this feature, see my.gmc.com/learn. select how many favorites pages can be during and after the download and Preferences viewed from the audio application. The installation processes. Auto setting will automatically adjust this Touch the controls on the infotainment number based on the number of favorites Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software display to disable or enable the download of you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, updates requires Internet connectivity, which new updates in the background. 25, 30, 35, or 40. can be accessed through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

190 Infotainment System About Apps Audio Touch to view the infotainment system The menu may contain the following: Depending on the current audio source, software information. different options will be available. Android Auto Running Applications Touch and the following may display: This feature allows you to interact directly Touch to see a complete list of applications with your mobile device on the infotainment . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, that are currently running on the display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See infotainment system. 0 185. “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in AM-FM Radio 0 155. Return to Factory Settings Touch the controls on the infotainment . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the display to disable or enable. Touch and the following may display: volume based on the vehicle speed. . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle Apple CarPlay Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, settings for the current user. This feature allows you to interact directly Medium-High, or High. Touch Reset or Cancel. with your mobile device on the infotainment . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Technology (If Equipped): This feature app data settings, user profiles, and 0 185. adjusts the volume based on the noise in personal data including navigation and Touch the controls on the infotainment the vehicle and the speed. mobile device data. display to disable or enable. Touch Off or On. Touch Erase or Cancel. Apps . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list . Clear Default Applications: Resets of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation preferred applications that have been set Touch and the following may display: favorites. to open when selecting a function. No . Update Apps Automatically: This allows Favorites can be moved, renamed, application data will be lost. downloaded applications to be updated or deleted. automatically. Touch Clear or Cancel. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and Touch the controls on the infotainment then drag up or down to rearrange the display to disable or enable. position. . About Apps: Touch to view the versions of the shop software. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 191 . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to Climate Touch the controls on the infotainment select how many favorites pages can be Touch and the following may display: display to disable or enable. viewed from the audio application. The . Auto Rear Defog: This setting . Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the Auto setting will automatically adjust this automatically turns the rear window number based on the number of favorites amount of airflow when the climate control fan setting is Auto Fan. defogger on when the vehicle engine is you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, started. 25, 30, 35, or 40. Touch Low, Medium, or High. Touch the controls on the infotainment . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System . Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches display to disable or enable. (RDS) to be turned on or off. the system into Recirculation Mode based Navigation Touch the controls on the infotainment on the quality of the outside air. display to disable or enable. Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Touch and the following may display: . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception Sensitivity. . Set Up My Places to be turned on or off. . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting . Map Preferences Touch the controls on the infotainment automatically turns on and regulates the . Route Preferences ventilated seats when the cabin display to disable or enable. . Navigation Voice Control temperature is warm. . Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows . Traffic Preferences Touch the controls on the infotainment access to explicit content SiriusXM . Alert Preferences channels. display to disable or enable. . Manage History Touch Off or On. . Auto Heated Seats: This setting automatically turns on and regulates the . Predictive Navigation . Manage Phones: Select to connect to a heated seats when the cabin temperature . About different phone source, disconnect a is cool. The auto heated seats can be phone, or delete a phone. See Using the Navigation System 0 163. turned off by using the heated seat . Reset Music Index: This allows the music controls on the center stack. Phone index to be reset if you are having Touch and the following may display: difficulty accessing all of the media Touch the controls on the infotainment content on your device. display to disable or enable. . My Number: Displays the cell phone . Auto Defog: This setting automatically number of the Bluetooth connected Touch Yes or No. turns the front defogger on when the device. vehicle engine is started. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

192 Infotainment System . Active Call View: Shows active call display Personal Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2. when answering a call. If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of If the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Touch the controls on the infotainment different user profile settings. See “Users” in transmitter is lost or stolen, see your dealer. display to disable or enable. 0 Using the System 152 for information on Security . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the setting up user profiles. instrument cluster. Touch to have your profile secured with The menu may contain the following: Touch Off or On. a PIN. Name . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or Touch No or Yes. last name. Touch to edit your user name that will be Vehicle Name displayed in the vehicle. . Re-sync Device Contacts: Touch to edit your vehicle name. This allows the device contacts to re-sync Vehicle Account Information Vehicle Account if you are having difficulty accessing all of Touch to view the vehicle account the contacts on your cell phone. information and to change the account Touch to view the vehicle account . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to password. information and to change the account delete all vehicle stored contacts. password. An “unverified user account” pop-up will . OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables display until the account information Delete Profile OnStar cell phone TTY mode. verification process has been completed on Touch to remove the profile from the Touch Disable or Enable. the Internet. Check your registered e-mail vehicle. account for an activation e-mail to complete Vehicle the verification process. Touch Remove or Cancel. This menu allows adjustment of different Profile Picture Teen Driver vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Touch to choose or change your profile If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be picture. registered for beginner drivers to encourage Profile Identifiers safe driving habits. When the vehicle is started with a Teen Driver key, it will Touch to have the vehicle recognize the automatically activate certain safety identifier you choose. systems, allow setting of some features, and GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 193 limit the use of others. The Report Card will For a pushbutton start system: . If the transmitter key has already record vehicle data about driving behavior 1. Start the engine. been registered, the option to that can be viewed later. When the vehicle remove the key displays. If Remove is is started with a registered key, the Driver 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle touched, the transmitter key is no Information Center (DIC) displays a message must be in P (Park). For manual longer registered. A confirmation that Teen Driver is active. transmissions, the vehicle must be message displays, and Teen Driver stopped with the parking brake set. restrictions will not be applied if this To access: 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle transmitter key is used to operate 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then and then Teen Driver. the vehicle. touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. 4. Enter the PIN. In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, 2. Create a Personal Identification Number 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. transmitter key you wish to register in are both present at start up, the vehicle will Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change the transmitter pocket. The key does not recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start the PIN, touch Change PIN. need to be the one that started the the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not The PIN is required to: vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) be active. 0 . Register or unregister keys. System Operation (Key Access) 10 or For a keyed ignition system: . Change Teen Driver settings. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13 for 1. Start the engine. . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. transmitter pocket location. 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle . Access or delete Report Card data. 6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch must be in P (Park). For manual Register keys to activate Teen Driver and Setup Keys. transmissions, the vehicle must be stopped with the parking brake set. assign restrictions to the key: . If the transmitter key has not Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a previously been registered, the option 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle maximum of eight keys. Label the key to to add the key displays. Touch Setup and then Teen Driver. tell it apart from the other keys. and a confirmation message displays. 4. Enter the PIN. Teen Driver restrictions will be 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays applied whenever this key is used to instructions for registering or operate the vehicle. unregistering a key. A confirmation message displays. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

194 Infotainment System Manage Settings Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a If this happens, remove the object from warning in the DIC when exceeding a the seat. See Passenger Sensing System Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio 0 volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch selectable speed. Choose the desired speed 66. Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the warning level. The speed warning does not . Some safety systems, such as Forward maximum allowable audio volume level. limit the speed of the vehicle. Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be turned off. Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if maximum radio volume to be set. Use the equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit . The gap setting for the Forward Collision arrows to choose the maximum allowable Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, level for the audio volume. When ON, the teen driver will not be able if equipped, cannot be changed. to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain . When trying to change a safety feature Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the explicit content, and the Explicit Content that is not configurable in Teen Driver, maximum speed of the vehicle. When the Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be the DIC displays a message indicating speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is unavailable for change. that Teen Driver is active and the action started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC is not available. displays a message that the top speed is When Teen Driver is Active: limited. . If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. out of P (Park) will be prevented if the . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. low fuel light on the instrument cluster acceleration will be limited. The DIC will . The radio will mute when the driver seat flashes and the DIC low fuel warning display a message that the acceleration is cannot be dismissed. limited. belt, and in some vehicles the front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The . Do not tow a trailer. Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the audio from any device paired to the Report Card speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch vehicle will also be muted. Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the . An object placed on the front passenger The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s warning speed. seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, consent to record certain vehicle data when grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen device, could cause the passenger sensing Driver key. There is one Report Card per system to falsely sense an unbuckled front passenger and mute the radio. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 195 vehicle. Data is only recorded when a . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – To delete Report Card data, do one of the registered Teen Driver key is used to the number of times the vehicle detected following: operate the vehicle. that a rearward collision was imminent . From the Report Card display, touch and applied the brakes. The Report Card data is collected from the Reset. time Teen Driver is activated or the last . Traction Control – the number of times . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from time the Report Card was reset. The the Traction Control System activated to the Teen Driver menu. This will also following items may be recorded: reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. unregister any Teen Driver keys and . Distance Driven – the total distance . Stability Control – the number of events delete the PIN. which required the use of electronic driven. Forgotten PIN stability control. . Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle See your dealer to reset the PIN. speed detected. . Antilock Braking System Active – The number of Antilock Brake System . Overspeed Warnings – the number of activations. times the speed warning setting was Trademarks and License exceeded. . Tailgating Alerts – the number of times Agreements the driver was alerted for following a . Wide Open Throttle – the number of vehicle ahead too closely. FCC Information times the accelerator pedal was pressed nearly all the way down. Report Card Data See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until times the driver was notified when the Report Card is reset or until the approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly maximum count is exceeded. If the and at potential risk for a crash. maximum count is exceeded for a Report . Forward Automatic Braking, also called Card line item, that item will no longer be Automatic Emergency Braking (if updated in the Report Card until it is reset. equipped) – the number of times the Each item will report a maximum of vehicle detected that a forward collision 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," was imminent and applied the brakes. a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi). mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

196 Infotainment System performance standards. Apple is not Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. rights including patent rights, copyrights, responsible for the operation of this device SiriusXM service is only available in the and trade secrets of Digital Voice or its compliance with safety and regulatory 48 contiguous United States and Canada. Systems, Inc. standards. Please note that the use of this In Canada: Some deterioration of service General Requirements: accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect may occur in extreme northern latitudes. wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is This is beyond the control of SiriusXM required for any product that classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod Satellite Radio. touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or registered in the U.S. and other countries. Explicit Language Notice: Channels with for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to frequent explicit language are indicated with be manufactured, distributed, an “XL” preceding the channel name. or marketed in the SiriusXM Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM Service Area. Satellite Radio receivers by notifying 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, SiriusXM: and/or sold in Canada, a separate . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com agreement is required with Canadian or call 1-888-601–6296. Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM If you decide to continue service after your . Canada Customers — See Canada). trial, your selected subscription plan will www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. automatically renew thereafter. You will be It is prohibited to copy, decompile, charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer manipulate, or otherwise make available any Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete technology or software incorporated in terms and how to cancel, which includes receivers compatible with the SiriusXM calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees Satellite Radio System or that support the and programming are subject to change. SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any TouchSense Technology and TouchSense Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice System 1000 Series Licensed from time activation fee, and other fees may compression software included in this Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All product is protected by intellectual property 1000 protected under one or more of the fees and programming subject to change. Subscriptions subject to Customer GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 197 U.S. Patents at the following address Java Gracenote" logo are either registered www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html Java is a registered trademark of Oracle trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in and other patents pending. and/or its affiliates. the United States and/or other countries. Bose Gracenote Terms of Use Schedule I: Gracenote EULA Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint This application or device contains software surround are registered trademarks of Bose from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote HD Radio Technology (the "Gracenote Software") enables this application to do disc or file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online Music recognition technology and related servers or embedded databases (collectively, data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other is the industry standard in music recognition functions. You may use Gracenote Data only technology and related content delivery. For by means of the intended End-User more information see www.gracenote.com. HD Radio Technology manufactured under functions of this application or device. license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., This application or device may contain and Foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD, copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. present Gracenote. One or more patents with respect to Gracenote Data shall also owned by Gracenote may apply to this Bluetooth apply to such content and such content product and service. See the Gracenote The Bluetooth word mark and logos are providers shall be entitled to all of the website for a non-exhaustive list of owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any benefits and protections set forth herein applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, use of such marks by General Motors is that are available to Gracenote. CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote under license. Other trademarks and trade logo and logotype, and the "Powered by You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, names are those of their respective owners. the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non-commercial use only. You agree not to GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

198 Infotainment System assign, copy, transfer or transmit the more information, see the web page for the NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE service. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE The Gracenote Software and each item of LOST REVENUES. GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED Gracenote makes no representations or MPEG4–AVC (H.264) HEREIN. warranties, express or implied, regarding the You agree that your non-exclusive license to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE Software, and Gracenote Servers will Gracenote Servers or to change data PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A terminate if you violate these restrictions. categories for any cause that Gracenote CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN If your license terminates, you agree to deems sufficient. No warranty is made that COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote are error-free or that functioning of VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS and the Gracenote Servers, including all obligated to provide you with new enhanced OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER ownership rights. Under no circumstances or additional data types or categories that LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO will Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote may provide in the future and is LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED payment to you for any information that free to discontinue its services at any time. FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED you provide. You agree that Gracenote may GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES enforce its rights under this Agreement FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. against you directly in its own name. LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF The Gracenote service uses a unique MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A VC-1 identifier to track queries for statistical PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 purposes. The purpose of a randomly NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE assigned numeric identifier is to allow the WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A Gracenote service to count queries without OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN knowing anything about who you are. For SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 199 (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 Map End User License Agreement TERMS AND CONDITIONS VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A END USER TERMS Personal Use Only: You agree to use this CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND Data for the solely personal, noncommercial The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS purposes for which you were licensed, and for your personal, internal use only and not OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER not for service bureau, timesharing or other for resale. It is protected by copyright, and LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO similar purposes. Except as otherwise set is subject to the following terms (this “End LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED forth herein, you agree not to otherwise User License Agreement”) and conditions FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, which are agreed to by you, on the one INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED disassemble or reverse engineer any portion hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”) FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE of this Data, and may not transfer or and its licensors (including their licensors HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. distribute it in any form, for any purpose, and suppliers) on the other hand. MPEG4–Visual except to the extent permitted by The Data for areas of Canada includes USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data information taken with permission from THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL and all accompanying materials on a Canadian authorities, including: © Her STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE permanent basis if you retain no copies and Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL the recipient agrees to the terms of this End Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may Corporation, GeoBase®. only be transferred or sold as a complete MP3 HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the set as provided to you and not as a subset MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology United States Postal Service® to publish and thereof. licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions WMV/WMA © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices Except where you have been specifically This product includes technology owned by are not established, controlled, or approved licensed to do so by HERE and without Microsoft Corporation and under a license by the United States Postal Service. The limiting the preceding paragraph, you may from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or following trademarks and registrations are not (a) use this Data with any products, distribution of such technology outside of owned by the USPS: United States Postal systems, or applications installed or this product is prohibited without a license Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. otherwise connected to or in communication from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, Licensing, GP as applicable. positioning, dispatch, real time route GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

200 Infotainment System guidance, fleet management or similar Disclaimer of Warranty POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY applications; or (b) with, or in THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR communication with, including without AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL handheld computers, pagers, and personal SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR digital assistants or PDAs. WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN Warning INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN This Data may contain inaccurate or ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED incomplete information due to the passage NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS of time, changing circumstances, sources LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE used, and the nature of collecting AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some comprehensive geographic data, any of States, Territories, and Countries do not which may lead to incorrect results. INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, allow certain liability exclusions or damages No Warranty EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you. This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH Export Control its licensors (and their licensors and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER You agree not to export from anywhere any suppliers) make no guarantees, OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION part of the Data provided to you or any representations, or warranties of any kind, OF THIS AGREEMENT. direct product thereof except in compliance express or implied, arising by law or Disclaimer of Liability with, and with all licenses and approvals otherwise, including but not limited to, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR required under, applicable export laws, rules content, quality, accuracy, completeness, and regulations. Entire Agreement: These effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, terms and conditions constitute the entire particular purpose, usefulness, use or results agreement between HERE (and its licensors, to be obtained from this Data, or that the DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, including their licensors and suppliers) and Data or server will be uninterrupted or you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, error free. DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, and supersedes in their entirety any and all WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 201 written or oral agreements previously the Contracting Officer, federal government existing between us with respect to such agency, or any federal official must notify subject matter. HERE prior to seeking additional or Governing Law alternative rights in the Data. The above terms and conditions shall be Unicode governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All without giving effect to (i) its conflict of rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ Convention for Contracts for the copyright.html. NOTICE OF USE International Sale of Goods, which is Free Type Project explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) Portions of this software are copyright © the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for NAME: any and all disputes, claims, and actions 2010 The FreeType Project (http:// arising from or in connection with the Data HERE North America, LLC www.freetype.org). All rights reserved. provided to you hereunder. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) Open Source SW Government End Users ADDRESS: Further information concerning the OSS If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL licenses is shown in the infotainment of the United States government or any 60606. display. other entity seeking or applying rights QNX similar to those customarily claimed by the This Data is a commercial item as defined in United States government, this Data is a FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User Portions of this software are copyright © “commercial item” as that term is defined at License Agreement under which this Data 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in was provided. reserved. accordance with this End User License © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights Part C – EULA Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered reserved. or otherwise furnished shall be marked and Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH If the Contracting Officer, federal embedded as appropriate with the following & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. government agency, or any federal official “Notice of Use,” and be treated in refuses to use the legend provided herein, accordance with such Notice: GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

202 Infotainment System The product you have purchased ("Product") contained on the original; and (2) not to CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, contains Software (Runtime Configuration export the Product or the Software in INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed contravention of applicable export INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer control laws. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF "Manufacturer") under license from Software EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING Software in the Product and in compliance ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS with the license terms below. AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR WMA you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE This product is protected by certain Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE or distribution of such technology outside of rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS this product is prohibited without a license retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, from Microsoft. all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR For more information on the Software, required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. including any open source software license terms (and available source code) as well as reproduce, distribute or transfer, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise copyright attributions applicable to the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN Runtime Configuration indicated above, attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY modify or create derivative works of, the please contact the Manufacturer or contact NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, ([email protected]). or marks in or on the Software, and to WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ensure that all copies bear any notice GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Infotainment System 203 Linotype Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. Usage in text form of each of the Licensed Trademarks is: The trademark attribution requirements for the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ trademarks.html. END USER NOTICE The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

204 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 204 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 206 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 209 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 209 Service ...... 210

1. Fan Control 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to 2. MAX Defrost increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn the 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls knob all the way counterclockwise to turn the fan off. 4. A/C (Air Conditioning) TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) to increase or decrease the temperature 6. Recirculation inside the vehicle. 7. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or Heated Mirrors (If Equipped) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Climate Controls 205 Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press z, Y, For best results, clear all snow and ice from Rear Window Defogger [ the windshield before defrosting. or to change the direction of the 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the airflow. Any combination of the three @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An rear window defogger on or off. An indicator controls can be selected. An indicator light indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated light on the button comes on to show that comes on in the selected mode button. to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. the rear window defogger is on. It can also be used to help reduce outside To change the current mode, select one or The rear window defogger only works when air and odors that enter the vehicle. more of the following. An indicator light will the engine is running. The defogger turns illuminate: Avoid using recirculation for long periods of off if the ignition is turned off or to z : Air is directed to the windshield, time in cold or damp conditions. Using ACC/ACCESSORY. recirculation in cold or damp conditions can outboard a/c outlets, and side window If equipped with heated outside mirrors, result in window fogging. outlets. press f to turn them on or off. See Heated Y A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on Mirrors 0 37. : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to show [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, that the air conditioning is enabled. If the Caution fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not with some air directed to the windshield, Using a razor blade or sharp object to outboard a/c outlets, and side window run. The A/C light will stay on even if the outside temperatures are below freezing. clear the inside rear window can damage outlets. the rear window defogger. Repairs would 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield not be covered by the vehicle warranty. and the fan runs at a higher speed if not Do not clear the inside rear window with already above a medium fan speed. This sharp objects. mode overrides the previous mode selected and clears fog or frost from the windshield more quickly. When the control is pressed again, the system returns to the previous mode setting and fan speed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 8/11/21

206 Climate Controls Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Display The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system.

1. Driver and Passenger Temperature Settings Uplevel Shown 2. Fan Control 3. Driver and Passenger Temperature 1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 6. Recirculation Controls Controls 7. Power Button 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature) 2. MAX Defrost 8. Fan Control 5. Recirculation 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 9. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or 6. Air Delivery Mode Controls 4. A/C (Air Conditioning) Heated Mirrors (If Equipped) 7. Auto (Automatic Operation) 5. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature) 10. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 8. A/C (Air Conditioning) 9. On/Off (Power) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 8/11/21

Climate Controls 207 The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, Automatic Operation selected, a small amount of air may still driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync The system automatically controls the fan come out of the outlets depending on settings can be controlled by touching speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and vehicle speed. If any buttons are pressed or CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or recirculation in order to heat or cool the knobs are turned, the climate control system the climate button in the climate control vehicle to the desired temperature. will turn on and operate at the current display application tray. A selection can then setting. When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate be made on the front climate control page Press AUTO to return to automatic displayed. automatically. Each function can also be manually set and the selected setting is operation. Climate Control Status Display displayed. Functions not manually set will Driver and Passenger Temperature Control : continue to be automatically controlled, The temperature can be adjusted separately even if the AUTO indicator is not lit. for the driver and passenger. For automatic operation: Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise 1. Press AUTO. to increase or decrease the driver or passenger temperature setting. On some 2. Set the temperature. Allow the system models, the driver side or passenger side time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature temperature display shows the temperature as needed for best comfort. setting increasing or decreasing. To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the SYNC : Press to link the passenger vehicle faster, recirculation may be temperature setting to the driver setting. automatically selected in warm weather. The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When The recirculation light will not come on the passenger setting is adjusted, the SYNC The climate control status display appears when automatically controlled. See @ indicator light will turn off. briefly when the center stack climate under “Manual Operation” for more details. Air Delivery Mode Control : Press z, Y, controls are adjusted. Manual Operation or [ to change the direction of the airflow. Any combination of the three 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to controls can be selected. An indicator light increase or decrease the fan speed. Press the comes on in the selected mode button. knob to turn the fan off. When off is GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

208 Climate Controls

Changing the mode cancels the automatic @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An Caution operation and the system goes into manual indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. Using a razor blade or sharp object to operation. It can also be used to help reduce outside clear the inside rear window can damage To change the current mode, select one or air and odors that enter the vehicle. the rear window defogger. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. more of the following: Avoid using recirculation for long periods of Do not clear the inside rear window with time in cold or damp conditions. Using z : Air is directed to the windshield, sharp objects. outboard a/c outlets, and side window recirculation in cold or damp conditions can result in window fogging. outlets. Remote Start Climate Control Operation : A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on If equipped with remote start, the climate Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to show control system may run when the vehicle is [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, that the air conditioning is enabled. If the started remotely. If equipped with heated or with some air directed to the windshield, fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel, outboard a/c outlets, and side window run. The A/C light will stay on even if the these features may come on during a outlets. outside temperatures are below freezing. remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 20, Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52, and 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield Rear Window Defogger Heated Steering Wheel 0 100. and the fan runs at a higher speed if not 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the Sensors already above a medium fan speed. This rear window defogger on or off. An indicator mode overrides the previous mode selected light on the button comes on to show that and clears fog or frost from the windshield the rear window defogger is on. more quickly. When the control is pressed again, the system returns to the previous The rear window defogger only works when mode setting and fan speed. the engine is running. The defogger turns off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/ For best results, clear all snow and ice from ACCESSORY. the windshield before defrosting. If equipped with heated outside mirrors, press f to turn them on or off. See Heated Mirrors 0 37. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Climate Controls 209 The solar sensor, on top of the instrument Operation Tips Maintenance panel near the windshield, monitors the . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from solar heat. air inlets at the base of the windshield Passenger Compartment Air Filter The climate control system uses the sensor that could block the flow of air into the vehicle. The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other information to adjust the temperature, fan airborne irritants from outside air that is speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode . Clear snow off the hood to improve pulled into the vehicle. for best comfort. visibility and help decrease moisture The filter should be replaced as part of Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the drawn into the vehicle. . Keep the path under the front seats clear routine scheduled maintenance. See automatic climate control system may not Maintenance Schedule 0 409. To find out work properly. of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. what type of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 419. Air Vents . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of Use the sliding knobs on the center and side the system. Check with your dealer air vents to change the direction of the before adding equipment to the outside airflow. of the vehicle. Air vents blow warm air on the side . Do not attach any devices to the air vent windows in cold weather. If Floor, Defog, slats. This will restrict airflow and may or Defrost modes are selected, a small cause damage to the air vents. amount of air will come from the vents close to the window. To close the front a/c vents, move the sliding knobs to the full down position. To close the rear a/c vents, move the sliding 1. Open the lower glove box door knobs to the full inboard position. completely. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

210 Climate Controls 3. Press the sides of the glove box door Service inward and rotate the door downward to remove. All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting 2. Push the dampener arm to the left until refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is it releases the glovebox. harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on 4. Pull lever on left side of the filter door inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other and slide left, then remove the door. health-based concerns. Remove the old filter. The air conditioning system requires periodic 5. Install the new air filter. maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 6. Reinstall the filter door. 409. 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 211 Parking over Things That Burn ...... 237 Cruise Control Driving and Operating Active Fuel Management ...... 237 Cruise Control ...... 254 Extended Parking ...... 238 Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) ...... 256 Driving Information Driving for Better Fuel Economy ...... 212 Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems Distracted Driving ...... 212 Engine Exhaust ...... 238 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 265 Defensive Driving ...... 213 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 238 Assistance Systems for Parking or Impaired Driving ...... 213 Backing ...... 266 Control of a Vehicle ...... 213 Automatic Transmission Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 274 Braking ...... 213 Automatic Transmission ...... 239 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Steering ...... 214 Manual Mode ...... 241 System ...... 275 Off-Road Recovery ...... 214 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 242 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . 277 Loss of Control ...... 215 Drive Systems Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Off-Road Driving ...... 215 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 242 System ...... 278 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 219 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 280 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 219 Brakes Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 280 Winter Driving ...... 220 Electric Brake Boost ...... 246 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 281 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 221 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 246 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 222 Electric Parking Brake ...... 247 Fuel Truck-Camper Loading Information . . . . 226 Brake Assist ...... 248 Top Tier Fuel ...... 283 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 248 Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L Starting and Operating V8 Engine) ...... 283 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 228 Ride Control Systems Recommended Fuel (6.2L Ignition Positions (Key Access) ...... 229 Traction Control/Electronic Stability V8 Engine) ...... 284 Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) . . . . . 230 Control ...... 248 Prohibited Fuels ...... 284 Starting the Engine ...... 232 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 250 Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 284 Stop/Start System ...... 233 Driver Mode Control ...... 251 Fuel Additives ...... 284 Engine Heater ...... 234 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 254 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 284 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 236 Locking Rear Axle ...... 254 Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) ...... 285 Shifting Into Park ...... 236 Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab Shifting out of Park ...... 237 Model) ...... 287 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

212 Driving and Operating Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 288 Driving Information Distracted Driving Trailer Towing Distraction comes in many forms and can General Towing Information ...... 288 Driving for Better Fuel Economy take your focus from the task of driving. Driving Characteristics and Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other Towing Tips ...... 288 are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from Trailer Towing ...... 293 economy possible: the road. Many local governments have Towing Equipment ...... 296 . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 306 temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in Trailering App ...... 307 or turn them off when not required. your area. Conversions and Add-Ons . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 318 . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on Adding a Snow Plow or Similar . Avoid idling the engine for long periods driving. Equipment ...... 318 of time. Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab . . . . . 320 . Do not use a phone in demanding driving . When road and weather conditions are situations. Use a hands-free method to appropriate, use cruise control. place or receive necessary phone calls. . Always follow posted speed limits or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, drive more slowly when conditions or look up information on phones or require. other electronic devices. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Designate a front seat passenger to . Combine several trips into a single trip. handle potential distractions. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting . Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program maintenance. all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 213 . Wait until the vehicle is parked to . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle retrieve items that have fallen to the (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) floor. are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a children. and be ready. vehicle while driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or . Allow enough following distance between Braking restraint. you and the driver in front of you. Braking action involves perception time and . Avoid stressful conversations while . Focus on the task of driving. reaction time. Deciding to push the brake driving, whether with a passenger or on a pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is cell phone. Impaired Driving reaction time. Death and injury associated with impaired { Warning driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a Taking your eyes off the road too long or { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels too often could cause a crash resulting in 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of injury or death. Focus your attention on Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency. driving. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: Refer to the infotainment section for more can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and information on using that system and the of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you. navigation system, if equipped, including serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking. pairing and using a cell phone. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic. Defensive Driving Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops or a brake fault occurs, the brakes may lose power assist. Defensive driving means “always expect the alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver who has been drinking or is impaired by More effort will be required to stop the unexpected.” The first step in driving vehicle. It may take longer to stop. defensively is to wear the seat belt. See drugs. Find alternate transportation Seat Belts 0 54. home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

214 Driving and Operating Steering If power steering assist is lost due to a . Holding both sides of the steering wheel system malfunction, the vehicle can be allows you to turn 180 degrees without Caution steered, but may require increased effort. removing a hand. To avoid damage to the steering system, If the steering assist is used for an extended . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, period of time while the vehicle is not steering while braking. or similar objects at speeds greater than moving, power assist may be reduced. Off-Road Recovery 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving If the steering wheel is turned until it over other objects such as lane dividers reaches the end of its travel and is held and speed bumps. Damage caused by against that position for an extended period misuse of the vehicle is not covered by of time, power steering assist may be the vehicle warranty. reduced. Normal use of the power steering assist should return when the system cools down. See your dealer if there is a problem. Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the through the curve. edge of a road onto the shoulder while . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve driving. Follow these tips: before accelerating gently into the 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, straightaway. if there is nothing in the way, steer the Electric Power Steering Steering in Emergencies vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement. The vehicle has electric power steering. . There are some situations when steering It does not have power steering fluid. around a problem may be more effective Regular maintenance is not required. than braking. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 215 2. Turn the steering wheel about . Slow down and adjust your driving one-eighth of a turn, until the right front according to weather conditions. Stopping { Warning tire contacts the pavement edge. distance can be longer and vehicle control When driving off-road, bouncing and 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight can be affected when traction is reduced quick changes in direction can easily down the roadway. by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other throw you out of position. This could material on the road. Learn to recognize cause you to lose control and crash. You Loss of Control warning clues — such as enough water, and your passengers should always wear ice, or packed snow on the road to make seat belts. Skidding a mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. There are three types of skids that Before Driving Off-Road correspond to the vehicle's three control . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle . Have all necessary maintenance and systems: service work completed. . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much slide. inflation pressure in all tires, including the speed or steering in a curve causes tires spare, if equipped. to slip and lose cornering force. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid. . Read all the information about . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual. causes the driving wheels to spin. Off-Road Driving . Remove any underbody air deflector, Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking if equipped. Re-attach the air deflector reasonable care suited to existing conditions, Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for after off-road driving. off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel and by not overdriving those conditions. But . Know the local laws that apply to off-road skids are always possible. drive and vehicles not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must driving. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these not be driven off-road except on a level, To gain more ground clearance if needed, it suggestions: solid surface. For contact information about may be necessary to remove the front fascia . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal the original equipment tires, see the lower air dam, if equipped. However, driving and steer the way you want the vehicle warranty manual. without the air dam reduces fuel economy. to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be One of the best ways for successful off-road ready for a second skid if it occurs. driving is to control the speed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

216 Driving and Operating

Caution For more information about loading the Before driving on a hill, assess the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 and steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the Operating the vehicle for extended Tires 0 360. terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the periods without the front fascia lower air vehicle and walk the hill before driving dam installed can cause improper airflow Environmental Concerns further. . Always use established trails, roads, and to the engine. Reattach the front fascia When driving on hills: air dam after off-road driving. areas that have been set aside for public off-road recreational driving and obey all . Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving posted regulations. the steering wheel. . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, . Maintain a slow speed. { Warning or grasses or disturb wildlife. . When possible, drive straight up or down the hill. . Unsecured cargo on the load floor can . Do not park over things that burn. See be tossed about when driving over Parking over Things That Burn 0 237. . Slow down when approaching the top of the hill. rough terrain. You or your passengers Driving on Hills can be struck by flying objects. Secure . Use headlamps even during the day to the cargo properly. Driving safely on hills requires good make the vehicle more visible. judgment and an understanding of what the . Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible. The vehicle can and cannot do. { Warning heaviest things should be on the floor, { Driving to the top of a hill at high speed forward of the rear axle. Warning can cause a crash. There could be a . Heavy loads on the roof raise the Many hills are simply too steep for any drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even vehicle's center of gravity, making it vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the another vehicle. You could be seriously more likely to roll over. You can be vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can injured or killed. As you near the top of a seriously or fatally injured if the cause loss of control. Driving across hills hill, slow down and stay alert. vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads can cause a rollover. You could be injured inside the cargo area, not on the roof. or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. . Never go downhill forward or backward with either the transmission or transfer case in N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose control. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 217 . Never try to turn the vehicle around. { Warning Warning (Continued) If the hill is steep enough to stall the If the vehicle has the two-speed Apply the brakes lightly when descending vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it automatic transfer case, shifting the a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle to roll over. transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause speed under control. . If you cannot make it up the hill, your vehicle to roll even if the back straight down the hill. transmission is in P (Park). This is because If a brake fade condition is detected, a DIC . Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) the N (Neutral) position on the transfer warning message is displayed. Adjust brake using only the brake. The vehicle can case overrides the transmission. You or pedal use and shift to a lower transmission roll backward quickly and you could someone else could be injured. If leaving gear to reduce braking. lose control. the vehicle, set the parking brake and If the brakes continue to fade to a severe . If driving downhill when the vehicle shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift condition, additional DIC messages are stalls, shift to a lower gear, release the transfer case to any position but displayed. The brake system warning light the parking brake, and drive straight N (Neutral). will illuminate, and the vehicle speed may down the hill. be limited. See Brake System Warning Light 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after . When driving down a hill, keep the 0 117. stalling, set the parking brake, shift into vehicle headed straight down. Use a low If the vehicle stalls on a hill: P (Park), and turn the vehicle off. gear because the engine will work with 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. the brakes to slow the vehicle and help 1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and keep the vehicle under control. then apply the parking brake. 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle 2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the would take if it rolled downhill. { Warning engine. . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. A hill that can be Heavy braking when going down a hill . If driving uphill when the vehicle stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the driven straight up or down might be too can cause your brakes to overheat and steep to drive across. Driving across an fade. This could cause loss of control and parking brake, and back straight down. incline puts more weight on the downhill you or others could be injured or killed. wheels, which could cause a downhill (Continued) slide or a rollover. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

218 Driving and Operating . Surface conditions can be a problem. Traction changes when driving on sand. On Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet loose sand, such as on beaches or sand Warning (Continued) grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. ground from under your tires. Traction downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it This affects steering, accelerating, and could be lost, and the vehicle could roll can hit something that will trip it — a braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid over. Do not drive through rushing water. rock, a rut, etc. — and roll over. sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness Traction is reduced on hard packed snow of the incline more severe. If a rock is and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce Caution driven across with the uphill wheels, or if vehicle speed when driving on hard packed Do not drive through standing water if it the downhill wheels drop into a rut or snow and ice. is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, depression, the vehicle can tilt even more. axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can . If an incline must be driven across, and { Warning damage the axle and other vehicle parts. the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. This should help straighten out the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary If the standing water is not too deep, drive vehicle and prevent the side slipping. through it slowly. At faster speeds, water greatly and the vehicle could fall through can get into the engine and cause it to stall. { Warning the ice; you and your passengers could Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is drown. Drive your vehicle on safe under water. Do not turn off the ignition Getting out of the vehicle on the surfaces only. downhill side when stopped across an when driving through water. If the exhaust incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls pipe is under water, the engine will not Driving in Water start. When going through water, the brakes over, you could be crushed or killed. get wet and it may take longer to stop. See Always get out on the uphill side of the { Warning “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section. vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path. Driving through rushing water can be After Off-Road Driving dangerous. Deep water can sweep your Remove any brush or debris that has Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown. If it is only collected on the underbody or chassis, Use a low gear when driving in mud — the shallow water, it can still wash away the or under the hood. These accumulations can deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep (Continued) be a fire hazard. Re-install underbody air the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. deflector and air dam if removed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 219 After operation in mud or sand, have the Other Rainy Weather Tips brake linings cleaned and checked. These Warning (Continued) Besides slowing down, other wet weather substances can cause glazing and uneven After driving through a large puddle of driving tips include: braking. Check the body structure, driveline, water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply . Allow extra following distance. steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and the brake pedal until the brakes work exhaust system for damage and check the normally. . Pass with caution. fuel lines and cooling system for any . Keep windshield wiping equipment in leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates strong good shape. forces. Driving through flowing water More frequent maintenance service is . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir could cause the vehicle to be carried required. See the Maintenance Schedule filled. away. If this happens, you and other 0 409. . Have good tires with proper tread depth. vehicle occupants could drown. Do not See Tires 0 360. Driving on Wet Roads ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through . Turn off cruise control. Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle flowing water. traction and affect your ability to stop and Hill and Mountain Roads accelerate. Always drive slower in these Hydroplaning Driving on steep hills or through mountains types of driving conditions and avoid driving is different than driving on flat or rolling through large puddles and deep-standing or Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build terrain. Tips include: flowing water. up under the vehicle's tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape. { Warning road is wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, Wet brakes can cause crashes. They has little or no contact with the road. cooling system, and transmission. might not work as well in a quick stop There is no hard and fast rule about . Shift to a lower gear when going down and could cause pulling to one side. You steep or long hills. could lose control of the vehicle. hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow (Continued) down when the road is wet. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

220 Driving and Operating . Turn off cruise control. { Warning Winter Driving Blizzard Conditions Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a Driving on Snow or Ice long downhill slope can cause brake Snow or ice between the tires and the road Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal overheating, can reduce brake creates less traction or grip, so drive for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there performance, and could result in a loss of carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program braking. Shift the transmission to a lower (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. 0 gear to let the engine assist the brakes Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain 431. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe: on a steep downhill slope. until roads can be treated. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. For Slippery Road Driving: . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. { Warning . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the { Warning Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with surface under the tires slick. the ignition off is dangerous. This can . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Snow can trap engine exhaust under the cause overheating of the brakes and loss Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains of steering assist. Always have the engine . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves running and the vehicle in gear. vehicle stability during hard stops, but carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be the brakes should be applied sooner than seen or smelled. It can cause . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in when on dry pavement. See Antilock unconsciousness and even death. its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross Brake System (ABS) 0 246. the center line. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: . Allow greater following distance and . Clear snow from the base of the . Be alert on top of hills; something could watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). vehicle, especially any blocking the occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded exhaust pipe. . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., areas. The surface of a curve or an falling rocks area, winding roads, long overpass can remain icy when the . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on grades, passing or no-passing zones) and surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden the vehicle side that is away from the take appropriate action. steering maneuvers and braking while wind, to bring in fresh air. on ice. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 221 The Traction Control/Electronic Stability Turn the steering wheel left and right to Warning (Continued) Control can often help to free a stuck clear the area around the front wheels. Then . Fully open the air outlets on or under vehicle. See Traction Control/Electronic make sure the wheels are pointed straight the instrument panel. Stability Control 0 248. If TC/ESC cannot free ahead. For four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift . Adjust the climate control system to the vehicle, see “Rocking the Vehicle to Get into Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn the TCS circulate the air inside the vehicle and it Out” following. off. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) set the fan speed to the highest and a forward gear, spinning the wheels as setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” { Warning little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, For more information about CO, see before shifting gears. Slowly spinning the Engine Exhaust 0 238. they can explode, and you or others wheels in the forward and reverse directions could be injured. The vehicle can causes a rocking motion that could free the To save fuel, run the engine for short overheat, causing an engine compartment vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out periods to warm the vehicle and then shut fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as after a few tries, it might need to be towed the engine off and partially close the little as possible and avoid going above out. See Towing the Vehicle 0 394. Recovery window. Moving about to keep warm also 56 km/h (35 mph). hooks can be used, if the vehicle has them. helps. For information about using tire chains on Recovery Hooks If it takes time for help to arrive, when the vehicle, see Tire Chains 0 379. running the engine, push the accelerator { Warning pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out the idle speed. This keeps the battery Never pull on recovery hooks from the charged to restart the vehicle and to signal Caution side. The hooks could break and you and for help with the headlamps. Do this as Do not hold the steering wheel at full others could be injured. When using little as possible, to save fuel. rotation for more than 15 seconds and/or recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle If the Vehicle Is Stuck at an elevated RPM. Damage may occur from the front. to the power steering system and there Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to may be loss of power steering assist. free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out” later in this section. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

222 Driving and Operating Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information Label It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label. Caution { Warning Label Example Never use recovery hooks to tow the vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged, Do not load the vehicle any heavier A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading and the repairs would not be covered by than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Information label is attached to the the vehicle warranty. (GVWR), or either the maximum center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and front or rear Gross Axle Weight Loading Information label shows the If equipped, there are recovery hooks at the Rating (GAWR). This can cause number of occupant seating front of the vehicle. Use them if the vehicle systems to break and change the positions (1), and the maximum vehicle is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled way the vehicle handles. This could some place to continue driving. capacity weight (2) in kilograms and cause loss of control and a crash. pounds. Overloading can also reduce stopping performance, damage the tires, and The Tire and Loading Information label shorten the life of the vehicle. also shows the size of the original equipment tires (3) and the recommended cold tire inflation GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 223 pressures (4). For more information on if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. tires and inflation see Tires 0 360 and and there will be five 150 lb Tire Pressure 0 367. passengers in your vehicle, the There is also important loading amount of available cargo and information on the vehicle Certification/ luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. Tire label. It may show the Gross (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the 5. Determine the combined weight of Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for luggage and cargo being loaded on the front and rear axles. See the vehicle. That weight may not “Certification/Tire Label” later in this safely exceed the available cargo and section. luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Example 1 “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit– 1. Locate the statement "The combined 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 weight of occupants and cargo = (453 kg) (1,000 lb) should never exceed XXX kg or transferred to your vehicle. Consult 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. this manual to determine how this (150 lb) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lb) reduces the available cargo and 2. Determine the combined weight of 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight luggage load capacity of your = 317 kg (700 lb) the driver and passengers that will vehicle.” be riding in your vehicle. See Trailer Towing 0 293 for important 3. Subtract the combined weight of the information on towing a trailer, towing driver and passengers from XXX kg safety rules, and trailering tips. or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

224 Driving and Operating Certification/Tire Label

Example 2 Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label = 453 kg (1,000 lb) = 453 kg (1,000 lb) is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg The label may show the size of the (150 lb) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lb) (200 lb) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) vehicle's original tires and the inflation 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lb) pressures needed to obtain the gross (250 lb) Refer to the Tire and Loading weight capacity of the vehicle. This is Information label for specific called Gross Vehicle Weight information about the vehicle's capacity Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight and seating positions. The weight of the vehicle, all occupants, combined weight of the driver, fuel, and cargo. passengers, and cargo should never The Certification/Tire label also may exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To determine GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 225 the actual loads on the front and rear Using heavier suspension components There is also important loading axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh to get added durability might not information for off-road driving in this station. Your dealer can help with this. change the weight ratings. Ask your manual. See “Loading the Vehicle for Be sure to spread the load equally on dealer to help load the vehicle the Off-Road Driving“ under Off-Road both sides of the centerline. right way. Driving 0 215. The Certification/Tire label also contains { Two-Tiered Loading important information about the Front Warning Depending on the model of the pickup, Axle Reserve Capacity. See Adding a Things you put inside the vehicle can an upper load platform can be created Snow Plow or Similar Equipment 0 318. strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. by positioning three or four 5 cm (2 in) { Warning by 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks across . Put things in the cargo area of the the width of the pickup box. The planks In the case of a sudden stop or vehicle. Try to spread the weight must be inserted in the pickup box collision, things carried in the bed of evenly. depressions. your truck could shift forward and . Never stack heavier things, like When using this upper load platform, come into the passenger area, suitcases, inside the vehicle so injuring you and others. If you put be sure the load is securely tied down that some of them are above the to prevent it from shifting. The load's things in the bed of your truck, you tops of the seats. should make sure they are properly center of gravity should be positioned secured. . Do not leave an unsecured child in a zone over the rear axle. The zone is restraint in the vehicle. located in the area between the front . When you carry something inside of each wheel well and the rear of each Caution the vehicle, secure it whenever wheel well. The center of gravity height Overloading the vehicle may cause you can. must not extend above the top of the damage. Repairs would not be covered by pickup box flareboard. the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the . Do not leave a seat folded down vehicle. unless you need to. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

226 Driving and Operating

Any load that extends beyond the * Equipment Maximum Weight 1. Primary Load Points vehicle's taillamp area must be properly 2. Secondary Load Areas marked according to local laws and Ladder Rack and 340 kg (750 lb) 3. GM Approved Accessory Mounting regulations. Cargo Points Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle Cross Toolbox and 181 kg (400 lb) Structural members (1) and (2) are included Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or Cargo in the pickup box design. Additional accessories should use these load points. rear axle. Side Boxes and 113 kg per side Depending on the accessory design, use a Add-On Equipment Cargo (250 lb per side) spacer under the accessory at the load points to remove gap. The holes for GM When carrying removable items, a limit * The combined weight for all approved accessories (3) are not intended for on how many people carried inside the rail-mounted equipment should not aftermarket equipment. See vehicle may be necessary. Be sure to exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb). www.gmupfitter.com for additional pickup weigh the vehicle before buying and box load bearing structural information. Loading Points installing the new equipment. Truck-Camper Loading Information Caution A vehicle-specific Truck-Camper Loading Overloading the vehicle may cause Information label is attached to the damage. Repairs would not be covered by inside of the vehicle's glove box. This the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the label indicates if a slide-in camper can vehicle. be carried, how much of a load the vehicle can carry, and how to correctly Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle spread out the load. It will help to Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or match the right slide-in camper to the rear axle. vehicle. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 227 Your dealer can help make a good Refer to the Truck-Camper Loading Here is an example of proper truck and vehicle-camper match and help Information label in the glove box for camper match: determine the Cargo Weight dimensions A and B as shown in the Rating (CWR). following illustration. When installing and loading a slide-in camper, check the manufacturer's instructions. When carrying a slide-in camper, the total cargo load of the vehicle is the weight of the camper plus: . Everything added to the camper after it left the factory. . Everything in the camper. Use the rear edge of the load floor for measurement purposes. The . All the people inside. 1. Camper Center of Gravity recommended location for the cargo 2. Recommended Center of Gravity The CWR is the maximum weight of the center of gravity is in zone C for the Location Zone load the vehicle can carry. It does not CWR. It is the point where the mass of include the weight of the people inside. a body is concentrated and, When the truck is used to carry a But, use about 68 kg (150 lb) for if suspended at that point, would slide-in camper, the total cargo load of each seat. balance the front and rear. the truck consists of the manufacturer's The total cargo load must not be more camper weight figure, the weight of than the vehicle's CWR. installed additional camper equipment not included in the manufacturer's camper weight figure, the weight of camper cargo, and the weight of passengers in the camper. The total GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

228 Driving and Operating

cargo load should not exceed the truck's given on the Certification/Tire label Caution (Continued) cargo weight rating, and the camper's attached to the B-pillar. See . Do not drive at any one constant center of gravity (1) should fall within “Certification/Tire Label” under Vehicle 0 speed, fast or slow, for the first the truck's recommended center of Load Limits 222. If weight ratings are 805 km (500 mi). Do not make gravity zone (2) when installed. exceeded, move or remove items to full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting Any accessories or other equipment bring all weights below the ratings. to brake or slow the vehicle. that are added to the vehicle must be See your dealer for more information . Avoid making hard stops for the first weighed. Then, subtract this extra on curb weights, cargo weights, Cargo 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this weight from the CWR. This extra weight Weight Rating, and the correct center of time the new brake linings are not yet may shorten the center of gravity zone gravity zone. broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier of the vehicle. replacement. Follow this breaking-in If the slide-in camper and its load Starting and Operating guideline every time you get new brake linings. weighs less than the CWR, the center of New Vehicle Break-In gravity zone for the vehicle may be . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. larger. Caution See Trailer Towing 0 293 for the trailer towing capabilities of the Secure loose items to prevent weight The vehicle does not need an elaborate vehicle and more information. shifts that could affect the balance of break-in. But it will perform better in the the vehicle. When the truck-camper is long run if you follow these guidelines: Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased. loaded, drive to a scale and weigh on . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h the front and on the rear wheels (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km separately to determine axle loads. (500 mi). Individual axle loads should not exceed (Continued) either of the gross axle weight ratings (GAWR). The total axle loads should not exceed the vehicle's gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR). These ratings are GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 229 Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This 5. Remove the key. position turns off the vehicle. It also locks 6. Release the brake pedal. the ignition, the transmission, and the steering column, if equipped with a locking See your dealer if the key can be removed steering column. in any other position. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 236. A warning chime will sound when the driver door is opened and the key is in the ignition. If equipped with a locking steering column, the steering can bind with the front wheels turned off center, which may prevent key 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, 1. ACC/ACCESSORY move the steering wheel from right to left while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. 2. ON/RUN To turn off the vehicle: If this does not work, then the vehicle needs 3. START service. 1. Make sure that the vehicle is stopped. The ignition switch has four positions. 2. Shift to P (Park). { Warning To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be 3. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then Turning off the vehicle while moving may ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be set the parking brake. See Electric cause loss of power assist in the brake applied. Parking Brake 0 247. and steering systems and disable the 4. Push the key all the way in toward the airbags. While driving, turn off the steering column, then turn the key to vehicle only in an emergency. LOCK/OFF. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

230 Driving and Operating

In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be Caution be used for service and diagnostics, and to pulled over and must be turned off while verify the proper operation of the driving: Use the correct key, make sure it is all malfunction indicator lamp as may be 1. Push the key all the way in toward the the way in — or pushed all the way in required for emission inspection purposes. steering column, then turn the key to toward the steering column when turning The switch stays in this position when the ACC/ACCESSORY. off the vehicle — and turn it only with engine is running. The transmission is also your hand. unlocked in this position. 2. Brake using firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position allows may deplete power assist, requiring off, the battery could drain and the vehicle features such as the infotainment system to increased brake pedal force. may not start. operate while the vehicle is off. It also 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can unlocks the steering column, if equipped 3 (START) : This is the position that starts be done while the vehicle is moving. with a locking steering column. Use this the engine. When the engine starts, release Continue braking and steer the vehicle to position if the vehicle must be pushed or the key. The ignition returns to ON/RUN for a safe location. towed. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) driving. 0 4. Come to a complete stop. 236. Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 5. Shift to P (Park). From ON/RUN, push the key all the way in 6. Push the key all the way in toward the toward the steering column, then turn the steering column (1), then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. ignition to LOCK/OFF (2). If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the 7. Set the parking brake. See Electric engine off, the battery could drain and the Parking Brake 0 247. vehicle may not start. 8. Remove the key. A warning chime will sound when the driver 9. Release the brake pedal. door is opened and the key is in the ignition. 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument cluster warning and indicator lights. This position can also GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 231 Vehicles equipped with Keyless Access have If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will If the vehicle must be shut off in an pushbutton starting. turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) emergency: will remain active. See Retained Accessory 1. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter 0 must be in the vehicle for the system to Power (RAP) 236. must be shut off while driving, press and operate. If the pushbutton start is not If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition hold ENGINE START/STOP button for working, the vehicle may be near a strong will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display longer than two seconds, or press twice radio antenna signal causing interference to the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver in five seconds. the Keyless Access system. See Remote Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is 2. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This Access) 0 10 or turn off. may deplete power assist, requiring Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System increased brake pedal force. 0 The vehicle may have an electric steering Operation (Keyless Access) 13. column lock. The lock is activated when the 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be ignition is turned off and driver door is be done while the vehicle is moving. on or in Service Mode, and the brake pedal opened. A sound may be heard as the lock After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply must be applied. actuates or releases. The steering column the brakes and steer the vehicle to a lock may not release with the wheels turned safe location. { Warning off center. If this happens, the vehicle may 4. Come to a complete stop, shift to not start. Move the steering wheel from left Turning off the vehicle while moving may P (Park), and make sure engine is off. to right while attempting to start the cause loss of power assist in the brake The shift lever must be in P (Park) to vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle turn the ignition off. and steering systems and disable the needs service. airbags. While driving, only shut the 5. Set the parking brake. See Electric vehicle off in an emergency. Unless an emergency exists, do not turn the Parking Brake 0 247. engine off when the vehicle is moving. This Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator will cause a loss of power assist in the brake Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press and steering systems and disable the ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the airbags. engine off. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

232 Driving and Operating Service Mode Move the shift lever to P (Park) or { Warning This power mode is available for service and N (Neutral). To restart the engine when the Turning off the vehicle while moving may diagnostics, and to verify the proper vehicle is already moving, use cause loss of power assist in the brake operation of the malfunction indicator lamp N (Neutral) only. and steering systems and disable the as may be required for emission inspection Caution airbags. While driving, only shut the purposes. With the vehicle off, and the vehicle off in an emergency. brake pedal not applied, pressing and Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the holding the ENGINE START/STOP button for vehicle is moving. If you do, you could ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : more than five seconds will place the vehicle damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) This mode allows some electrical accessories in Service Mode. The instruments and audio only when the vehicle is stopped. to be used when the engine is off. systems will operate as they do when the With the ignition off, pressing the ENGINE ignition is on, but the vehicle will not be Starting Procedure START/STOP button one time without the able to be driven. The engine will not start 1. For Key Access vehicles, turn the ignition brake pedal applied will place the ignition in Service Mode. Press the ENGINE START/ key to Start. When the engine starts, let system in ACC/ACCESSORY. STOP button again to turn the ignition off. go of the key. For Keyless Access The ignition will switch from ACC/ Starting the Engine vehicles, the RKE transmitter must be in ACCESSORY to off after five minutes to the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP prevent battery rundown. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the with the brake pedal applied. When the Duramax diesel supplement. engine begins cranking, let go of the ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This button. mode is for driving and starting. With the Caution The driver may observe a minor, and ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, If you add electrical parts or accessories, temporary, brake pedal kickback when pressing ENGINE START/STOP button once you could change the way the engine starting the vehicle. This is normal. will turn the ignition on. Once engine operates. Any resulting damage would cranking begins, release the button. Engine The idle speed will go down as the not be covered by the vehicle warranty. engine gets warm. Do not race the cranking will continue until the engine 0 starts. See Starting the Engine 0 232. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 318. engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 6/3/21

Driving and Operating 233 When the low fuel warning light is on but then stops again, do the same thing. the brake pedal is released or the and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is This clears the extra gasoline from the accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will displayed in the Driver Information engine. Do not race the engine restart. Center (DIC), hold the ignition switch in immediately after starting it. Operate To maintain vehicle performance, other the START position to continue engine the engine and transmission gently until conditions may cause the engine to cranking. the oil warms up and lubricates all automatically restart before the brake pedal moving parts. Caution is released. Cranking the engine for long periods of Stop/Start System Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto Starts may occur because: time, by returning the ignition to the If equipped and enabled, the Stop/Start START position immediately after system will shut off the engine to help . The climate control settings require the cranking has ended, can overheat and conserve fuel. It has components designed engine to be running to cool or heat the damage the cranking motor, and drain for the increased number of starts. vehicle interior. the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds . The vehicle battery charge is low. between each try, to let the cranking { Warning . The vehicle battery has recently been motor cool down. The automatic engine Stop/Start feature disconnected. causes the engine to shut off while the . Minimum vehicle speed has not been 2. If the engine does not start after five to vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle reached since the last Auto Stop. 10 seconds, especially in very cold before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle . The accelerator pedal is pressed. weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could may restart and move unexpectedly. . The engine or transmission is not at the be flooded with too much gasoline. Try required operating temperature. pushing the accelerator pedal all the way Always shift to P (Park), and then turn to the floor and holding it there while the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. . The outside temperature is not in the holding the key in START or ENGINE required operating range. START/STOP for up to a maximum of Auto Engine Stop/Start . The vehicle is in any gear other than 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds When the brakes are applied and the vehicle D (Drive). between each try, to allow the cranking is at a complete stop, the engine may turn . Tow/Haul Mode or other driver modes motor to cool down. When the engine off. When stopped, the tachometer displays have been selected. 0 starts, let go of the key or button and AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 110. When . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

234 Driving and Operating . The driver door has been opened or the Engine Heater driver seat belt has been unbuckled. . The hood has been opened. If equipped, the engine heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy . The Auto Stop has reached the maximum during engine warm-up in cold weather allowed time. conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles Auto Stop Disable Switch with an engine heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting. An internal thermostat in the plug-end of the cord may exist, which will prevent engine heater operation at temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

{ Warning Base Model shown other models are similar Do not plug in the engine block heater To Use the Engine Heater while the vehicle is parked in a garage or 1. Turn off the engine. under a carport. Property damage or personal injury may result. Always park 2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is the vehicle in a clear open area away damaged, do not use it. See your dealer for a replacement. Inspect the cord for from buildings or structures. If equipped, the automatic engine Stop/Start damage yearly. feature can be disabled and enabled by pressing the switch with the h symbol. Auto Stop is enabled each time you start the vehicle. When h is illuminated, the system is enabled. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 235

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Improper use of the heater cord or an or extension cord, could make it extension cord can damage the cord and overheat and cause a fire, property may result in overheating and fire. damage, electric shock, and injury. . Plug the cord into a three-prong . Do not operate the vehicle with the electrical utility receptacle that is heater cord permanently attached to protected by a ground fault detection the vehicle. Possible heater cord and function. An ungrounded outlet could thermostat damage could occur. cause an electric shock. . While in use, do not let the heater . Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, cord touch vehicle parts or sharp 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. edges. Never close the hood on the 3. Remove the engine heater connector Failure to use the recommended heater cord. cover by gently prying with a flat extension cord in good operating . Before starting the vehicle, unplug the blade tool. condition, or using a damaged heater cord, reattach the cover to the plug, 4. Plug the heater cord into the connector (Continued) and securely fasten the cord. Keep the in the front fascia. cord away from any moving parts. 5. Plug the cord into a grounded 110-volt AC outlet that is protected by a ground 6. Before starting the engine, be sure to fault detection function. unplug and store the cord. The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

236 Driving and Operating Retained Accessory Power (RAP) For Keyless Access, take the Remote Warning (Continued) Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter with you. When the ignition is turned from on to off, To be sure the vehicle will not move, the following features (if equipped) will Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine even when you are on fairly level ground, continue to function for up to 10 minutes, Running use the steps that follow. With or until the driver door is opened. These four-wheel drive, if the transfer case is in features will also work when the ignition is { Warning in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park). It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle . Infotainment System Be sure the transfer case is in a drive with the engine running. The vehicle . Power Windows (during RAP this gear. If towing a trailer, see Driving could move suddenly if the shift lever is functionality will be lost when any door Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 288. not fully in P (Park) with the parking is opened) brake firmly set. . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the If you have four-wheel drive and the be lost when any door is opened) parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake transfer case is in N (Neutral), the vehicle . Auxiliary Power Outlet 0 247. will be free to roll, even if the shift lever . Audio System 2. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) is in P (Park). So be sure the transfer case . OnStar System position by pulling the shift lever toward is in a drive gear – not in N (Neutral). you and moving it up as far as it will go. Shifting Into Park 3. Be sure the transfer case (if equipped) is And, if you leave the vehicle with the in a drive gear – not in N (Neutral). engine running, it could overheat and { Warning even catch fire. You or others could be 4. Turn the ignition off. For Key Access, injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the It can be dangerous to get out of the push the ignition key in, towards the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in steering column and then turn the engine running unless you have to. P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. ignition off. If you have to leave the vehicle with the The vehicle can roll. If you have left the 5. For Key Access, remove the key and take engine running, be sure the vehicle is in engine running, the vehicle can move it with you. If you can leave the vehicle P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set suddenly. You or others could be injured. with the ignition key in your hand, the before you leave it. After moving the shift (Continued) vehicle is in P (Park). lever into P (Park), hold the regular brake GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 237 pedal down. Then, see if you can move the Shifting out of Park 2. While holding the brake pedal, push the shift lever away from P (Park) without first shift lever all the way into P (Park). This vehicle is equipped with an electronic pulling it toward you. If you can, it means 3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then shift lock release system. The system is that the shift lever was not fully locked into move it to the desired position, and designed to prevent movement of the shift P (Park). release. lever out of P (Park), unless the brake pedal Torque Lock is applied and the ignition is on or in If there is still a problem shifting, have the If you are parking on a hill and you do not Service Mode. vehicle serviced soon. shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, The shift lock release is always functional Parking over Things That Burn the weight of the vehicle may put too much except in the case of an uncharged or low force on the parking pawl in the voltage – less than 9 volt – battery. transmission. You may find it difficult to pull { Warning If the vehicle has an uncharged or low the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called Things that can burn could touch hot voltage battery, try charging or jump torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the starting the battery. See Jump Starting - exhaust parts under the vehicle and parking brake and then shift into P (Park) North America 0 391. ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, properly before you leave the driver seat. dry grass, or other things that can burn. To shift out of P (Park): When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of P (Park) before you release 1. Apply the brake pedal. Active Fuel Management the parking brake. 2. Release the parking brake if it is applied. 0 If equipped, Active Fuel Management allows If torque lock does occur, you may need to See Electric Parking Brake 247. a V8, V6, or L4 gasoline engine to operate have another vehicle push yours a little 3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then on either all of its cylinders, or a reduced uphill to take some of the pressure from the move it to the desired position, and number of cylinders, depending on the parking pawl in the transmission. You will release. driving conditions. When less power is then be able to pull the shift lever out of If the vehicle still cannot be shifted out of required, such as cruising at a constant P (Park). P (Park): vehicle speed, the system will enable reduced cylinder operation, allowing the 1. Ease the pressure on, or release the shift vehicle to achieve better fuel economy. lever. When greater power is required, such as GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

238 Driving and Operating accelerating from a stop, passing, The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is or merging onto a freeway, the system will parked on a hill, due to lack of Warning (Continued) maintain full-cylinder operation. available fuel. . There are holes or openings in the Dynamic Fuel Management The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken vehicle body from damage or out of P (Park) while it is running. aftermarket modifications that are not If equipped, Dynamic Fuel Management completely sealed. calculates the number of cylinders needed to maximize fuel economy and meet the Engine Exhaust If unusual fumes are detected or if it is driving demands. Dynamic Fuel Management suspected that exhaust is coming into the allows the engine to operate in multiple { Warning vehicle: possible configurations ranging from Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide . Drive it only with the windows zero-cylinder up to the full 8-cylinder completely down. operation. (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can cause . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Extended Parking unconsciousness and even death. Never park the vehicle with the engine It is best not to park with the vehicle Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air running. If the vehicle is left running, be . The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation. sure it will not move and there is adequate ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, ventilation. deep snow that may block underbody See Shifting Into Park 0 236 and airflow or tail pipes). Running the Vehicle While Parked Engine Exhaust 0 238. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange It is better not to park with the engine If the vehicle is left parked and running with or different. running. the RKE transmitter outside the vehicle, it . The exhaust system leaks due to If the vehicle is left with the engine running, will continue to run for up to half an hour. corrosion or damage. follow the proper steps to be sure the If the vehicle is left parked and running with . The vehicle exhaust system has been vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park 0 236 and the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it will modified, damaged, or improperly 0 continue to run for up to an hour. repaired. Engine Exhaust 238. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 239 If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see When parked on a hill, especially when the Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice { Warning 0 288. an increase in the effort to shift out of If equipped with four-wheel drive, the P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer 0 Automatic Transmission Into Park 236. case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift lever is in P (Park). You or someone else If equipped, there is an electronic shift lever { Warning could be seriously injured. Be sure the position indicator within the instrument cluster. This display comes on when the It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY, on or if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) or 4 n — or set the parking brake before service mode. with the parking brake firmly set. The placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). vehicle can roll. 0 There are several different positions for the See Four-Wheel Drive 242. shift lever. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine R: Use this gear to back up. running, the vehicle can move suddenly. Caution You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is when you are on fairly level ground, moving forward could damage the always set the parking brake and move transmission. The repairs would not be the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to See Driver Mode Control 0 251 and “Range Into Park 0 236 and R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is Selection Mode” under Manual Mode 0 241. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips stopped. 0 288. P: This position locks the rear wheels. Use To rock the vehicle back and forth to get P (Park) when starting the engine because out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the vehicle cannot move easily. the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

240 Driving and Operating

N: In this position, the engine does not Caution Downshifting the transmission in slippery connect with the wheels. To restart the road conditions could result in skidding. See engine when the vehicle is already moving, A transmission hot message may display “Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 215. if the automatic transmission fluid is too use N (Neutral) only. The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is hot. Driving under this condition can that adjusts the transmission shifting to the being towed. damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the current driving conditions in order to reduce engine to cool the automatic rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift { Warning transmission fluid. This message clears stabilization feature is designed to when the transmission fluid has cooled determine, before making an upshift, if the Shifting into a drive gear while the sufficiently. engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by engine is running at high speed is analyzing things such as vehicle speed, dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on D: This position is for normal driving. throttle position, and vehicle load. If the the brake pedal, the vehicle could move It provides the best fuel economy. If more shift stabilization feature determines that a very rapidly. You could lose control and power is needed for passing, press the current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, hit people or objects. Do not shift into a accelerator pedal down. the transmission does not upshift and drive gear while the engine is running at . When going less than about 55 km/h (35 instead holds the current gear. In some high speed. mph), push the accelerator pedal about cases, this could appear to be a delayed halfway down. shift, however the transmission is operating normally. Caution . When going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or more, push the accelerator all the The transmission uses adaptive shift Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with way down. controls. The adaptive shift control process the engine running at high speed may By doing this, the vehicle shifts down to continually compares key shift parameters damage the transmission. The repairs the next gear and has more power. to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the would not be covered by the vehicle transmission’s computer. The transmission Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode when warranty. Be sure the engine is not constantly makes adjustments to improve towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load, running at high speed when shifting the vehicle performance according to how the driving on steep hills, or driving off-road. vehicle. vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the load or when the temperature changes. transmission shifts too often. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 241 During this adaptive shift control process, Manual Mode To enter Electronic Range Select or shifting might feel different as the Manual Mode: transmission determines the best settings. Electronic Range Select (ERS) 1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), pull back on the shift lever to activate L (Low). The When temperatures are very cold, the Caution transmission's gear shifting could be delayed L in the shift pattern will illuminate in providing more stable shifts until the engine Driving with the engine at a high rpm red, and the D will switch to white. warms up. Shifts could be more noticeable without upshifting while using Manual 2. Tap the left steering wheel control to with a cold transmission. This difference in Mode, could damage the vehicle. Always reduce the highest gear available, or the shifting is normal. upshift when necessary while using right control to increase the highest gear If equipped with the 2.7L L4 engine, engine Manual Mode. available. speeds may be increased while driving at 3. To exit, pull back on the shift lever a highway speeds while the engine is still second time. The D in the shift pattern warming up. will illuminate in red, and the L will L: This position allows selection of a range switch to white. of gears appropriate for current driving When shifting to L (Low), the transmission conditions. If equipped, see “Range Selection will shift to a preset lower gear range. For Mode” under Manual Mode 0 241. this preset range, the highest gear available Electronic Range Select (ERS), or Manual will be displayed next to the L in the DIC. Caution Mode, allows for the selection of the range All gears below that number are available to Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle of gear positions. Use this mode when use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown in one place on a hill using only the driving downhill or towing a trailer to limit next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) accelerator pedal may damage the the top gear and vehicle speed. The shift gears are shifted automatically. To shift to 5 position indicator within the Driver transmission. The repair will not be (Fifth) gear, tap the right steering wheel Information Center (DIC) will display a control or shift into D (Drive). covered by the vehicle warranty. If the number next to the L indicating the highest L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. available gear. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes range if the engine speed is too high. If the to hold the vehicle in place. vehicle speed is not reduced within the time allowed, the lower gear range shift will not GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

242 Driving and Operating be completed. Slow the vehicle, then tap the For vehicles without Driver Mode Control, Read the appropriate section for transfer left steering wheel control to the desired press the Tow/Haul button on the center case operation before using. lower gear range. stack. Caution Cruise control can be used while in ERS. If equipped, the Stop/Start system will become unavailable when Tow/Haul Mode is Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in Tow/Haul Mode active. 4 m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the If equipped with Active Hydraulic Assist, the period of time. These conditions may transmission shift pattern to reduce shift vehicle will provide a stiffer steering cause premature wear on the vehicle’s cycling. This provides increased performance, response when Tow/Haul mode is engaged powertrain. vehicle control, and enhanced transmission to provide enhanced steering functionality. and engine cooling when driving down steep Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking hills or mountain grades, when towing, 4 n may: or when hauling heavy loads. See Driver Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only . Cause a vibration to be felt in the Mode Control 0 251 to activate Tow/ enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is steering system. Haul Mode. selected and the vehicle is not in the Range . Cause tires to wear faster. Selection Mode. See Manual Mode 0 241. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in { maintaining desired vehicle speeds when Warning driving on downhill grades by using the If equipped with four-wheel drive, the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer See Towing Equipment 0 296. case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift lever is in P (Park). You or someone else Drive Systems could be seriously injured. Be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, Four-Wheel Drive or 4 n — or set the parking brake before placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the 0 front axle for extra traction. See Shifting Into Park 236. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 243

Caution If equipped, the transfer case controls are based on driving conditions. This setting used to shift into and out of four-wheel provides slightly lower fuel economy Extended high-speed operation in 4 n drive. than 2 m. may damage or shorten the life of the To shift the transfer case, press the desired drivetrain. 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this button. The graphic in the instrument setting when extra traction is needed, such cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. An engagement noise and bump is normal as when driving on snowy or icy roads, The graphic displayed will change to indicate when off-roading, or when plowing snow. when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or the setting requested. N (Neutral), with the engine running. When the shift is complete the graphic will 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control stop flashing. The DIC message turns off engages the front axle and delivers extra and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control once the shift is complete. If the transfer torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic case cannot complete a shift request, it will deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and Stability Control 0 248. go back to its last chosen setting. while climbing or descending steep hills. The settings are: While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed Automatic Transfer Case below 72 km/h (45 mph). Two-Speed Transfer Case N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control Towing 0 395 or and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ Towing the Vehicle 0 394. Electronic Stability Control 0 248. 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving Shifts between 2m, 4 m, and AUTO on most streets and highways. The front Any of these shifts can be made at normal axle is not engaged. This setting provides driving speed. the best fuel economy. The actual 4x4 shift request is only made AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic when road surface conditions are variable. will remain flashing until the shift request When driving in AUTO, the front axle is has completed. A DIC message displays to engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to indicate that the 4x4 transfer case has been the front and rear wheels automatically requested to shift to the new desired state. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

244 Driving and Operating Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the With the vehicle moving less than message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic 5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in flashing, and the current setting is indicated. stops flashing and the current setting is N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. indicated. When a shift to 2 m is completed successfully Shifting Out of 4 n If vehicle speed is higher when shift request while in P (Park), the parking brake will 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce engage. To resume driving, shift the less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the vehicle speed. transmission to the desired gear and transmission in N (Neutral) and the manually release the parking brake or press If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See when shift request occurs, a DIC message be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Electric Parking Brake 0 247. displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds 2. Press 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. The actual 4x4 If equipped, use 4 n, AUTO, or 4 m to provide for the shift to occur. After this time, a graphic in the instrument cluster will shift request is only made after the additional traction when parking on a steep button is released. The 4x4 graphic will grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. remain flashing until the shift request mud, or gravel. Caution has completed. A DIC message displays Shifting Into 4 n to indicate the state of the request. Shifting the transmission into gear before Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle the requested mode indicator light has DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic must be stopped or moving less than stopped flashing could damage the stops flashing, and the current setting is 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in transfer case. indicated. N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). If the transmission is not shifted into If vehicle speed is higher when shift N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to request occurs, a DIC message displays. 2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is Reduce vehicle speed. only made after the button is released. 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing transfer case will remain in its original state. If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) until the shift request has completed. This will be indicated in the instrument when shift request occurs, DIC messages will A DIC message displays to indicate that cluster. display. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds for the 4x4 transfer case has been requested this shift to occur. After this time, a graphic to shift to the new desired state. in the instrument cluster will indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 245

Caution If the parking brake and/or brake pedal Single Speed Transfer Case is not applied within 20 seconds, the Shifting the transmission into gear before transfer case will remain in the original the requested mode indicator light has state. stopped flashing could damage the 6. If the transmission is not shifted into transfer case. N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, If the transmission is not shifted into the transfer case will remain in its N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to original state. This will be indicated in 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the the instrument cluster. transfer case will remain in its original state. This will be indicated in the instrument Shifting Out of N (Neutral) cluster. To shift out of N (Neutral): With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h 1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) If equipped, the transfer case controls are attempt the shift again. 0 230 or used to shift into and out of four-wheel 0 drive. Shifting Into N (Neutral) Ignition Positions (Key Access) 229. 2. Set the parking brake. See Electric To shift the transfer case, press the desired To shift into N (Neutral): Parking Brake 0 247. button. The graphic in the instrument 1. Start the vehicle. 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. 2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). The graphic displayed will change to indicate 4. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Transfer the setting requested. 3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be When the shift is complete the graphic will 4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake made into 2 . When the shift to 2 is m m stop flashing. The DIC message turns off pedal. complete, the graphic in the instrument once the shift is complete. If the transfer 5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer case cannot complete a shift request, it will the N (Neutral) graphic starts flashing in case cannot complete a shift, the graphic go back to its last chosen setting. the instrument cluster. When the shift is will return to the previously selected complete, the graphic stops flashing. setting. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

246 Driving and Operating The settings are: Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC Antilock Brake System (ABS) message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving flashing, and the current setting is indicated. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps on most streets and highways. The front prevent a braking skid and maintain steering axle is not engaged. This setting provides The actual 4x4 shift request is only made while braking hard. the best fuel economy. after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing until the shift request ABS performs a system check when the 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this has completed. vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor setting when extra traction is needed, such or clicking noise may be heard while this as when driving on snowy or icy roads, A DIC message displays. Once the 4x4 shift test is going on, and the brake pedal may when off-roading, or when plowing snow. has completed, the DIC message disappears, move slightly. This is normal. the 4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) current setting is indicated. Use when road surface conditions are variable. When driving in AUTO, the front Brakes axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to the front and rear wheels Electric Brake Boost automatically based on driving conditions. Vehicles equipped with electric brake boost This setting provides slightly lower fuel If there is a problem with ABS, this warning have hydraulic brake circuits that are light stays on. See Antilock Brake System economy than 2 m. electronically controlled when the brake (ABS) Warning Light 0 118. Shifts between 2 m, 4 m, and AUTO pedal is applied during normal operation. The system performs routine tests and turns ABS does not change the time needed to Any of these shifts can be made at normal off within a few minutes after the vehicle is get a foot on the brake pedal and does not driving speed. turned off. Noise may be heard during this always decrease stopping distance. If you The actual 4x4 shift request is only made time. If the brake pedal is pressed during get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic the tests or when the electric brake boost not be enough time to apply the brakes if will remain flashing until the shift request system is off, a noticeable change in pedal that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always has completed. A DIC message displays. force and travel may be felt. This is normal. leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 247 Using ABS cannot be applied or released. To prevent have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the draining the battery, avoid unnecessary vehicle if the red parking brake status light Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake repeated cycles of the EPB. is flashing. See your dealer. pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS operate is normal. The system has a red parking brake status If the amber service parking brake warning light and an amber service parking brake light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to Braking in Emergencies warning light. See Electric Parking Brake hold the switch until the red parking brake ABS allows steering and braking at the same Light 0 117 and status light remains on. If the amber service time. In many emergencies, steering can Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 118. parking brake warning light is on, see your help even more than braking. There are also parking brake-related Driver dealer. Information Center (DIC) messages. If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is Electric Parking Brake Before leaving the vehicle, check the red moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long parking brake status light to ensure that the as the switch is pressed. If the switch is parking brake is applied. pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB will remain applied. EPB Apply The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB To apply the EPB: in some situations when the vehicle is not 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop. moving. This is normal, and is done to 2. Press the EPB switch momentarily. periodically check the correct operation of the EPB system, or at the request of other The red parking brake status light will flash safety functions that utilize the EPB. and then stay on once the EPB is fully applied. If the red parking brake status light If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear flashes continuously, then the EPB is only wheels to prevent vehicle movement. partially applied or there is a problem with EPB Release The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case the EPB and try to apply it again. If the To release the EPB: of insufficient electrical power, the EPB light does not come on, or keeps flashing, 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ ACCESSORY. 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

248 Driving and Operating 3. Press the EPB switch momentarily. Brake Assist accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the The EPB is released when the red parking Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal brake status light is off. accelerator pedal is not applied within a few applications due to emergency braking minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will If the amber service parking brake warning situations and provides additional braking to apply. The brakes may also release under light is on, release the EPB by pressing and activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough the vehicle. switch until the red parking brake status to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake light is off. If either light stays on after pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement HSA is available when the vehicle is facing release is attempted, see your dealer. during this time may occur. Continue to uphill in a forward gear, or when facing apply the brake pedal as the driving downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must Caution situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA to activate. Driving with the parking brake on can when the brake pedal is released. overheat the brake system and cause Hill Start Assist (HSA) premature wear or damage to brake Ride Control Systems system parts. Make sure that the parking { Warning Traction Control/Electronic brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving. Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does Stability Control not replace the need to pay attention System Operation If you are towing a trailer and parking on a and drive safely. You may not hear or hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing feel alerts or warnings provided by this The vehicle has a Traction Control System Tips 0 288. system. Failure to use proper care when (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. These systems help Automatic EPB Release driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving limit wheel spin and assist the driver in The EPB will automatically release if the 0 213. maintaining control, especially on slippery vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an road conditions. attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill acceleration when the EPB is applied, to Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from preserve parking brake lining life. rolling in an unintended direction during the transition from brake pedal release to GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 249 TCS activates if it senses any of the drive It is recommended to leave both systems on and stays on to indicate that the system is wheels are spinning or beginning to lose for normal driving conditions, but it may be inactive and is not assisting the driver in traction. When this happens, TCS applies the necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the drive, but driving should be adjusted engine power to limit wheel spin. Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221 and “Turning the accordingly. Systems Off and On” later in this section. StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle If d comes on and stays on: senses a difference between the intended When the transfer case (if equipped) is in 1. Stop the vehicle. path and the direction the vehicle is actually Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies is automatically disabled, g comes on, and 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. braking pressure to any one of the vehicle the appropriate message will appear on the 3. Start the engine. wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping Driver Information Center (DIC). Both Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer traction control and StabiliTrak/ESC are on, the vehicle may need more time to Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically automatically disabled in this condition. when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway diagnose the problem. If the condition Control (TSC) 0 306. persists, see your dealer. If cruise control is being used and traction Turning the Systems Off and On control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow. The indicator light for both systems is in the Both systems come on automatically when instrument cluster. This light will: the vehicle is started and begins to move. . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. The systems may be heard or felt while The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on they are operating or while performing . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. the center stack. diagnostic checks. This is normal and does . Turn on and stay on when either system not mean there is a problem with the is not working. vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), and d comes on GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

250 Driving and Operating

Caution StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if A blinking HDC light indicates the system is the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph). actively applying the brakes to maintain Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate Traction control will remain off. vehicle speed. HDC can maintain vehicle heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) speeds between 1 and 22 km/h (1 and driveline could be damaged. feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature. 14 mph) on grades greater than or equal See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 306 or to 10%. To turn off only TCS, press and release g. Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 248. If HDC is to be used for more than The traction off light i displays in the Adding accessories can affect the vehicle three minutes or on grades steeper than instrument cluster. The appropriate message performance. See Accessories and 25%, the transfer case should be put into will display in the DIC. To turn TCS on again, Modifications 0 323. Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) to reduce the press and release g. The traction off light possibility of brake overheating. i displayed in the instrument cluster will Hill Descent Control (HDC) Noise from the Electronic Brake Control turn off. If equipped, Hill Descent Control (HDC) sets Module (EBCM) is normal when HDC is If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is and maintains vehicle speed while driving active. pressed, the system will not turn off until down steep grades in a forward or reverse When HDC is activated, the initial HDC the wheels stop spinning. gear. The HDC switch is on the center stack, speed is set to the current driving speed. below the climate controls. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, It can be increased or decreased by pressing +RES or SET- on the steering wheel, or by press and hold g until the traction off light Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle speed must be below 50 km/h (31 mph). applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g adjusted speed becomes the new set speed. come on and stay on in the instrument cluster, then release. The appropriate HDC will remain enabled between 30 and message will display in the DIC. 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); however, vehicle speed cannot be set or maintained in this To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, range. HDC will automatically disable if the press and release g. The traction off light vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least the instrument cluster turn off. When enabled, the HDC light displays on 30 seconds. the instrument cluster. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 251 5 must be pressed again to re-enable HDC. Mode Activation HDC may disable after an extended period of use. If this happens, HDC will require time to cool down. The length of time HDC remains active depends on road conditions, grade, set speed, vehicle loading, and outside temperature. When enabled, if the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 mph) and below 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC message will display. Driver Mode Control Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver If equipped, select Terrain Mode by to adjust the overall driving experience to pressing the g below the 4 transfer To activate Tow/Haul Mode turn the knob m better suit preference by adjusting multiple counterclockwise. To activate other drive case button. systems to fit specific driving needs. Drive modes turn the knob clockwise. mode availability and affected vehicle Modes: subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim Normal Mode : Use for normal city and level, region, and optional features. highway driving to provide a smooth ride. This setting provides balance between comfort and handling. This is the standard/ default mode. There is no persistent indicator in the instrument cluster for this mode. 8 Sport Mode : Use where road conditions or personal preference demand a more controlled response. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

252 Driving and Operating When you enter this mode, you will accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use. pattern will return once the vehicle is on a immediately feel a down shift. In this mode This mode modifies pedal mapping, low grade or when the accelerator pedal is the vehicle also monitors driving behaviors All-Wheel Drive (AWD), ride height, Antilock pressed. and automatically enables Performance Shift Brake System (ABS), StabiliTrak/Electronic While in the Electronic Range Select (ERS) Features when spirited driving is detected. Stability Control (ESC), and Traction Control Mode (see “manual mode”), grade breaking These features maintain lower transmission System (TCS) performance. is deactivated, allowing the driver to select a gears to increase available engine braking For more information on off-road driving see range and limiting the highest gear and improve acceleration response. The Off-Road Driving 0 215. available. vehicle will exit these features and return to normal operation after a short period when _ Tow/Haul Mode : Use this mode For more information on trailer weight spirited driving is no longer detected. If the when hauling heavy loads to provide specifications, see Towing Equipment 0 296. vehicle has Magnetic Ride Control, the increased performance and vehicle control. gTerrain Mode : Use for finer control suspension will change to provide better Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the transmission during low speed, off-road driving. When cornering performance. shift pattern, AWD, and ESC performance. using this mode it will mimic the 6 Snow/Ice Mode : Snow/Ice Mode If the vehicle is turned off with Tow/Haul characteristics of four-wheel-drive low (4 n) improves vehicle acceleration on snow and Mode active and then restarted within four without the torque capabilities. ice covered roads. When active, Snow/Ice hours or less, Tow/Haul will remain active. Use when: Mode will adjust acceleration to optimize Otherwise, the vehicle will start in traction on slippery surfaces. This can Normal Mode. . Traveling on very rough roads at very low compromise the acceleration on dry asphalt. speeds, such as a two-track or heavily If the vehicle has a diesel engine, exhaust rutted road. This feature is not intended for use when braking is automatically activated when . Traveling slowly in grassy fields. the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow, Tow/Haul Mode is selected. It maintains or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If vehicle speed by automatically . Pulling a boat out of the water on a the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221. implementing a shift pattern that uses the trailer. engine and the transmission to slow the . Using the vehicle for public off-road 7 Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for vehicle. The system will command recreational driving. See Off-Road Driving off-road recreational driving. Off-Road Mode downshifts and use the turbocharger on the 0 215 and should be used to improve driving at engine to reduce vehicle speed when the Hill and Mountain Roads 0 219. moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt, brake is applied. The normal tow/haul shift unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 253

When in Terrain Mode, the vehicle will shift Terrain Mode Drive automatically but may hold a lower gear Select Expected Vehicle Behavior Ideal Terrain longer to maximize engine torque. The Minor deceleration when off steering will change to provide more precise Grassy fields, throttle and mild ability to control. A unique pedal map, transmission mild two tracks, Drive (L3-Lx) modulate throttle; mimics shift pattern, and rpm control are utilized to rutted roads, performance of 4 n without torque give better control at lower speeds and over large rolling hills, rough terrain. When the vehicle comes to a multiplication. stop, Vehicle Hold is engaged. TCS will be Moderate deceleration when off Mild rock crawling, optimized for maximum torque transfer throttle and moderate ability to L2 heavy ruts, across axles, and Active Braking During Lift modulate throttle; will bring vehicle short, steeper grades, Throttle will be engaged. to a stop in most cases. Active Braking During Lift Throttle: Significant deceleration when off . Automatically applies light braking, throttle and significant ability to L1 Rock crawling downhill similar to heavy engine braking of modulate throttle; will bring vehicle four-wheel-drive low. to a stop in most cases. . Applies light braking in D (Drive) until the vehicle is at idle speeds. In Manual L1 and Manual L2, moderate braking may stop Active Braking During Lift Throttle will . When the vehicle is in forward gear on a the vehicle. reduce the back and forth between the decline, the vehicle is allowed to creep . Reduces trailer braking. accelerator and brake pedals. down the hill when the brake pedal is released without pressing the accelerator Vehicle Hold Features: pedal. The vehicle will also creep forward . When the vehicle comes to a stop on an on flat ground. incline grade in forward gear or on a . If the driver seat belt is removed and the decline grade in reverse gear, Vehicle driver door is opened while the vehicle is Hold is engaged until the accelerator being held, EPB will be engaged. pedal is pressed. . EPB will engage if the vehicle is held for an extended period. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

254 Driving and Operating Terrain Mode is only available on vehicles driven under severe conditions, the rear axle If equipped with cruise control, a speed of equipped with the single speed fluid should be changed. See Maintenance about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be transfer case. Schedule 0 409. maintained without keeping your foot on Terrain Mode can only be active when: the accelerator. Cruise control does not work Locking Rear Axle at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). . Vehicle speed is less than 80 km/h (50 mph). Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give If the cruise control is being used and the more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ . The transfer case is in 4 m. or gravel. It works like a standard axle most Electronic Stability Control (ESC) begins to Frequent use of this mode may cause brake of the time, but when traction is low, this limit wheel spin, the cruise control will wear due to the light braking. feature will allow the rear wheel with the automatically disengage. See Traction most traction to move the vehicle. Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. The vehicle will automatically exit the mode If a collision alert occurs when cruise control if the brakes get too hot. Terrain Mode can is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See be turned back on after the brakes have Cruise Control Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 275. cooled. { Warning When road conditions allow you to safely When Terrain Mode is selected: use it again, cruise control can be turned . Auto Engine Start/Stop will be disabled. Cruise control can be dangerous where back on. you cannot drive safely at a steady . The Terrain Mode indicator displays on Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC the instrument cluster. speed. Do not use cruise control on system will disengage the cruise control. winding roads or in heavy traffic. Limited-Slip Differential If the brakes are applied, cruise control Cruise control can be dangerous on disengages. If equipped, the limited-slip differential can slippery roads. On such roads, fast give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, changes in tire traction can cause or gravel. It works like a standard axle most excessive wheel slip, and you could lose of the time, but when traction is low, this control. Do not use cruise control on feature allows the drive wheel with the slippery roads. most traction to move the vehicle. For vehicles with the limited-slip differential, GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 255 Setting Cruise Control . To increase vehicle speed in small 5 increments, press +RES up briefly. For If is on when not in use, SET− or +RES each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h could get pressed and go into cruise when (1 mph) faster. not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not The speedometer reading can be displayed being used. in either English or metric units. See 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increment 2. Get up to the desired speed. value used depends on the units displayed. 3. Press and release SET−. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. Do one of the following: The cruise control indicator on the . Press and hold SET– down until the 5 : Press to turn cruise control on or off. instrument cluster turns green after cruise desired lower speed is reached, then A white indicator comes on or off in the control has been set to the desired speed. release it. 0 instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster 106. . To slow down in small increments, press Resuming a Set Speed SET– down briefly. For each press, the +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. press the control up briefly to resume to If the cruise control is set at a desired speed that speed or press and hold to accelerate. * The speedometer reading can be displayed and then the brakes are applied or is in either English or metric units. See If cruise control is already engaged, use to pressed, the cruise control is disengaged increase vehicle speed. Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increment without erasing the set speed from memory. value used depends on the units displayed. SET− : Press the control down briefly to set Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h the speed and activate cruise control. Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The Control If cruise control is already engaged, use to vehicle returns to the previously set speed. decrease vehicle speed. Use the accelerator pedal to increase the Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise control vehicle speed. When you take your foot off without erasing the set speed from memory. Do one of the following: the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the . Press and hold +RES up until the desired previously set cruise speed. While pressing speed is reached, then release it. the accelerator pedal or shortly following GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

256 Driving and Operating the release to override cruise control, briefly . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic 0 pressing SET– will result in cruise control set . To turn off cruise control, press 5. Stability Control 248. When road to the current vehicle speed. conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC Erasing Speed Memory Using Cruise Control on Hills can be turned back on. Disabling the TCS or The cruise control set speed is erased from StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage and How well the cruise control works on hills memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is prevent engagement of ACC. depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and turned off. the steepness of the hills. When going up ACC can reduce the need for you to frequently brake and accelerate, especially steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) may be necessary to maintain vehicle speed. when used on expressways, freeways, and If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) interstate highways. When used on other While going downhill, cruise braking helps allows the cruise control set speed and roads, you may need to take over the maintain driver selected speed. following gap to be selected. Read this control of braking or acceleration more Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the entire section before using this system. The often. vehicle is started and cruise control is active. following gap is the following time between It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly { Warning It assists in maintaining driver selected ahead in your path, moving in the same ACC has limited braking ability and may speed when driving on downhill grades by direction. If no vehicle is detected in your not have time to slow the vehicle down using the engine and transmission to slow path, ACC works like regular cruise control. enough to avoid a collision with another the vehicle. ACC uses a windshield mounted front vehicle you are following. This can occur camera sensor. For other forms of descent control, see Hill when vehicles suddenly slow or stop Descent Control (HDC) 0 250, Automatic If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can ahead, or enter your lane. Also see Transmission 0 239, and Tow/Haul Mode apply acceleration or limited, moderate “Alerting the Driver” later in this section. 0 242. braking to maintain the selected following Complete attention is always required Ending Cruise Control gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. while driving and you should be ready to If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when take action and apply the brakes. See There are four ways to end cruise control: the Traction Control System (TCS) or Defensive Driving 0 213. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system activates, ACC may automatically . Press *. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 257 * : Press to disengage ACC without erasing { Warning the selected set speed. ACC will not detect or brake for children, pedestrians, animals, or other objects. [ : Press to select a following gap setting for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near. Do not use ACC when: The speedometer reading can be displayed . On winding and hilly roads or when in either English or metric units. See the camera sensor is blocked by snow, Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increment ice, or dirt. The system may not value used depends on the units displayed. detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise windshield and headlamps clean. Control . When visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust; To switch between ACC and regular cruise : Press to turn the system on or off. The when other foreign objects obscure J control, press and hold *. A Driver indicator turns white on the instrument the camera’s view; or when the Information Display (DIC) message displays. cluster when ACC is turned on. vehicle in front or oncoming traffic See Vehicle Messages 0 130. causes additional environmental RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previous obstructions, such as road spray. ACC set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC performance is limited under these is already activated. To increase speed by conditions. about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) . On slippery roads where fast changes mark on the speedometer, hold RES+. in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and ACC Indicator Regular Cruise Control Indicator . With extremely heavy cargo loaded in activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if the cargo area or rear seat ACC is already activated. To decrease speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator . When towing a trailer To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h will be lit on the instrument cluster and the (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, following gap will be displayed. When the hold SET–. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

258 Driving and Operating regular cruise control is engaged, a green While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding J indicator will be lit on the instrument at a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph), traffic speeds, and weather conditions when cluster; the following gap will not display. although it can be resumed. The minimum selecting the set speed. allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph). When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise Resuming a Set Speed control mode will be set to the last mode To set ACC while moving: If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then used before the vehicle was turned off. 1. Press J. the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged 2. Get up to the desired speed. without erasing the set speed from memory. { Warning 3. Press and release SET–. To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up Always check the cruise control indicator briefly. 4. Remove foot from the accelerator. on the instrument cluster to determine . If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h which mode cruise control is in before After ACC is set, it may immediately apply (3 mph), it returns to the previous set using the feature. If ACC is not active, the the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected speed. closer than the selected following gap. vehicle will not automatically brake for . If the vehicle is stopped with the brake other vehicles, which could cause a crash ACC can also be set while the vehicle is pedal applied, press RES+ and release the if the brakes are not applied manually. stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle You and others could be seriously injured applied. until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is or killed. pressed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control A green ACC indicator and the set speed display on the instrument cluster. The If J is on when not in use, SET–/RES+ vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a could be pressed by mistake and engage vehicle ahead was present and moved. See ACC when not desired. Keep J off when “Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later in this section. cruise is not being used. The ACC indicator displays in the instrument Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), Once ACC has resumed, if there is no vehicle the vehicle speed when no vehicle is if equipped. When ACC is turned on, the ahead, if the vehicle ahead is beyond the detected in your path. indicator will be lit white. When the ACC is selected following gap, or if the vehicle has active, the indicator turns green. exited a sharp curve, then the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 259 Increasing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed . If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and . To decrease the vehicle speed in larger there is another vehicle directly ahead, increments, hold SET−. While holding If ACC is already activated, do one of the pressing RES+ will increase the set speed. SET−, the vehicle speed decreases to the following: . Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues . Use the accelerator to get to the higher vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time. speed. Press SET–. Release SET– and the pulling away and the brake is not applied accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now The set speed can also be decreased while with cause the ACC to resume. cruise at the higher speed. the vehicle is stopped. When the accelerator pedal is pressed, When it is determined that there is no . If stopped with the brake applied, press ACC will not brake because it is vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond or hold SET− until the desired set speed is overridden. The ACC indicator will turn the selected following gap, then the vehicle displayed. blue on the instrument cluster and HUD, speed will increase to the set speed. Selecting the Follow Distance Gap if equipped. Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed When a slower moving vehicle is detected . Press and hold RES+ until the desired set If ACC is already activated, do one of the ahead within the selected following gap, speed is displayed, then release it. following: ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and . To increase vehicle speed in smaller . Use the brake to get to the desired lower attempt to maintain the follow distance gap increments, press RES+ briefly. For each speed. Release the brake and press SET–. selected. press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h The vehicle will now cruise at the lower (1 mph) faster. Press [ on the steering wheel to adjust speed. the following gap. Each press cycles the gap . To increase vehicle speed in larger . Press and hold SET– until the desired button through three settings: Far, Medium, increments, hold RES+. While holding RES lower speed is reached, then release it. or Near. +, the vehicle speed increases to the next . To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to When pressed, the current gap setting increments, press SET− briefly. For each increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time. displays briefly on the instrument cluster press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h and HUD, if equipped. The gap setting will The set speed can also be increased while (1 mph) slower. be maintained until it is changed. the vehicle is stopped. . If stopped with the brake pedal applied, Since each gap setting corresponds to a press RES+ until the desired set speed is following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the displayed. following distance will vary based on vehicle GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

260 Driving and Operating speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the If ACC is engaged, driver action may be following gap. The vehicle speed increases or further back your vehicle will follow a required when ACC cannot apply sufficient decreases to follow a detected vehicle in vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and braking because of approaching a vehicle front of your vehicle when that vehicle is weather conditions when selecting the too rapidly. traveling slower than your vehicle set speed. following gap. The range of selectable gaps When this condition occurs, the collision It may apply limited braking, if necessary. may not be appropriate for all drivers and alert symbol will flash on the windshield. When braking is active, the brake lamps will driving conditions. Either eight beeps will sound from the front, come on. The automatic braking may feel or Changing the gap setting automatically or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat, sound different than if the brakes were changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, if equipped, will pulse five times. See applied manually. This is normal. Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Personalization 0 131. 0 If the set speed is high enough, and the left Alert (FCA) System 275. See Defensive Driving 0 213. turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead Alerting the Driver Approaching and Following a Vehicle in the selected following gap, ACC may assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle prior to the lane change.

{ Warning When using ACC to pass a vehicle or perform a lane change, the following With Head-Up Display distance to the vehicle being passed may The vehicle ahead indicator is in the be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient instrument cluster. It only displays when a acceleration or braking when passing a vehicle is detected in your vehicle’s path vehicle or performing a lane change. moving in the same direction. If this symbol Always be ready to manually accelerate is not displaying, ACC will not respond to or or brake to complete the pass or lane brake for vehicles ahead. change. ACC automatically slows the vehicle down Without Head-Up Display and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a detected vehicle ahead at the selected GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 261 Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects . Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as . A DIC message displays to indicate that vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car ACC is temporarily unavailable. { Warning fitted, or horse carriages The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC ACC may not detect and react to stopped . Vehicles that are low to the road surface is no longer active. . Objects that are close to the front of your or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For In some cases, when ACC is temporarily vehicle example, the system may not brake for a unavailable, regular cruise control may be vehicle it has never detected moving. This . Vehicles on which extremely heavy cargo used. See “Switching Between ACC and can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a is loaded in the cargo area or rear seat Regular Cruise Control” previously in this vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle section. Always consider driving conditions ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may before using either cruise control system. not stop and could cause a crash. Use Notification to Resume ACC caution when using ACC. Your complete attention is always required while driving ACC will maintain a follow gap behind a detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a and you should be ready to take action stop behind that vehicle. and apply the brakes. If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven Irregular Objects Affecting ACC away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to ACC may have difficulty detecting the ACC Automatically Disengages check traffic ahead before proceeding. In following objects: ACC may automatically disengage and the addition, the left and right sides of the . Vehicles in front of your vehicle that have driver will need to manually apply the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times, a rear aspect that is low, small, brakes to slow the vehicle if: or three beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type” or irregular . The front camera is blocked or visibility is and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in . An empty truck or trailer that has no reduced. “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle cargo in the cargo bed . The Traction Control System (TCS) or Personalization 0 131. . Vehicles with cargo extending from the StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or When the vehicle ahead drives away, press back end been disabled. RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume . There is a fault in the system. ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes or if the driver door is opened and the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

262 Driving and Operating driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC ACC Override { Warning automatically applies the Electric Parking If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle status light will turn on. See Electric Parking in another lane, or may not have time to 0 instrument cluster and in the HUD, Brake 247. if equipped, to indicate that automatic react to a vehicle in your lane. You could A DIC warning message may display braking will not occur. ACC will resume crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting operation when the accelerator pedal is not control of your vehicle. Give extra the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 0 130. being pressed. attention in curves and be ready to use the brakes if necessary. Select an { Warning { Warning appropriate speed while driving in curves. If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC The ACC will not automatically apply the ACC may operate differently in a sharp is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the brakes if your foot is resting on the curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the vehicle will no longer be held at a stop. accelerator pedal. You could crash into a curve is too sharp. ACC automatically slows The vehicle can move. When ACC is vehicle ahead of you. the vehicle down while navigating the curve holding the vehicle at a stop, always be and may increase speed out of the curve, prepared to manually apply the brakes. Curves in the Road but will not exceed the set speed. { Warning { Warning On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle Leaving the vehicle without placing it in ahead in your lane. You could be startled P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave if the vehicle accelerates up to the set the vehicle while it is being held at a speed, especially when following a vehicle stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in exiting or entering exit ramps. You could P (Park) and turn off the ignition before lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do leaving the vehicle. not use ACC while driving on an entrance or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the brakes if necessary. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 263 When following a vehicle and entering a Other Vehicle Lane Changes Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead Trailer and accelerate to the set speed. When this happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not appear.

ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it is completely in the lane. The brakes may Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills need to be manually applied. or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your hills. If the brakes are applied, ACC lane and apply the brakes. The detection of objects in front of the disengages. vehicle may not be possible if: ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ Disengaging ACC . The vehicle or object ahead is not within or braking that is considered unnecessary. There are three ways to disengage ACC: It could respond to vehicles in different your lane. lanes or stationary objects when entering or . The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, . Step lightly on the brake pedal. exiting a curve. This is normal operation. or is shifted to one side of the lane. . Press *. The vehicle does not need service. Driving in Narrow Lanes . Press J. Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside Erasing Speed Memory objects may be incorrectly detected when The ACC set speed is erased from memory if located along the roadway. J is pressed or if the ignition is turned off. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

264 Driving and Operating Weather Conditions Affecting ACC Lighting Conditions Affecting ACC Do not install objects on top of the vehicle If the interior temperature is extremely The ACC front camera can be affected by that overhang and obstruct the front high, the instrument cluster may indicate poor lighting conditions, and ACC may have camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other that ACC is temporarily unavailable. This can limited performance when: items that can be transported on the vehicle roof. be caused by extreme hot weather . There are changes in brightness, such as conditions with direct sunlight on the front entering and exiting tunnels, bridges, and Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog camera. ACC will return to normal operation overpasses. lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability once the cabin temperature is lower. to detect an object. . Low sun angles cause the camera to not Conditions that are associated with low detect objects, or it is more difficult to Cleaning the Sensing System visibility, such as fog, rain, snow, or road detect objects in the same traffic lane. The camera sensor on the windshield behind spray, may limit ACC performance. Water . Lighting is poor in the evening or early the rearview mirror can become blocked by droplets from rain or snow that remain on morning snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This area the windshield may also limit ACC’s ability . There are multiple changes in brightness needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate to detect objects. or shadows along the vehicle roadway. properly. { Warning . In a tunnel without the headlamps on, The vehicle headlamps may need to be or in a tunnel when there is a vehicle in cleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice. Objects Camera visibility may be limited and the front that does not have its taillamps on. that are not illuminated correctly may be ACC system may not work properly if the . Subjected to strong light from opposing difficult to detect. windshield is not clear. Do not use ACC if lane traffic in the front of the vehicle, moisture is present on the inside of the If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control such as high-beam headlamps from may be available. See “Switching Between windshield or the windshield washer is oncoming traffic. ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously used in cold weather. Turn on the front Accessory Installations and Vehicle in this section. Always consider driving defroster and make sure the windshield is Modifications conditions before using either cruise control clear before using ACC. Before driving, system. check that the windshield wipers are in Do not install or place any object around good condition and replace them if worn. the front camera windshield area that would For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the obstruct the front camera view. Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 398. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 265 Driver Assistance Systems If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the Warning (Continued) driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating This vehicle may have features that work . Work under poor visibility or bad pulse alert instead of beeping. To change together to help avoid crashes or reduce weather conditions. this, see “Collision/Detection Systems” under crash damage while driving, backing, and 0 . Work if the detection sensor is not Vehicle Personalization 131. parking. Read this entire section before cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, Cleaning using these systems. mud, or dirt. Depending on vehicle options, keep these { Warning . Work if the detection sensor is areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best covered up, such as with a sticker, driver assistance feature performance. Driver Do not rely on the Driver Assistance magnet, or metal plate. Information Center (DIC) messages may Systems. These systems do not replace . Work if the area surrounding the display when the systems are unavailable or the need for paying attention and driving detection sensor is damaged or not blocked. safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or properly repaired. warnings provided by these systems. Failure to use proper care when driving Complete attention is always required may result in injury, death, or vehicle while driving, and you should be ready to damage. See Defensive Driving 0 213. take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. Under many conditions, these systems will not: Audible or Safety Alert Seat . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, Some driver assistance features alert the or animals. driver of obstacles by beeping. To change . Detect vehicles or objects outside the the volume of the warning chime, see area monitored by the system. “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle 0 . Work at all driving speeds. Personalization 131. . Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a crash. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

266 Driving and Operating Radio Frequency while in D (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of This vehicle may be equipped with driver approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). The rear assistance systems that operate using radio vision camera is in the tailgate handle. frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), Surround Vision, Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front Park Assist (FPA), and Rear Cross . Front and rear bumpers and the area Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park below the bumpers or avoid objects. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing. . Front grille and headlamps . Front camera lens in the front grille or The RVC, RPA, and Surround Vision will not near the front emblem work properly if the tailgate is down. If the 1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision tailgate is down, do not use these systems. Camera . Front side and rear side panels . Outside of the windshield in front of the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) rearview mirror When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), . Side camera lens on the bottom of the the RVC displays an image of the area outside mirrors behind the vehicle in the infotainment . Rear side corner bumpers display. The previous screen displays when . Rear Vision Camera in the tailgate handle the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the previous . Rear Camera Mirror and Cargo View Camera in the Center High-Mounted screen sooner, press any button on the Stoplamp infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or, GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 267 1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision 1. Views Displayed by the Surround Camera Warning (Continued) Vision Cameras 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper mirrors that are out of position may not 2. Area Not Shown Displayed images may be farther or closer display surround view correctly. Always than they appear. The area displayed is check around the vehicle when parking or { Warning limited and objects that are close to either backing. The camera(s) do not display children, corner of the bumper or under the bumper pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, do not display. animals, or any other object outside of A warning triangle may display to show the cameras’ field of view, below the that Rear Park Assist (RPA) has detected an bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown object. This triangle changes from amber to distances may be different from actual red and increases in size the closer the distances. Do not drive or park the object. vehicle using only these camera(s). If equipped with Hitch View, see “Surround Always check behind and around the Vision” following. vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, Surround Vision 1. Views Displayed by the Surround or vehicle damage. If equipped the Surround Vision system can Vision Cameras display various views surrounding the 2. Area Not Shown vehicle in the infotainment display. See below for camera view descriptions and more information.

{ Warning The Surround Vision cameras have blind spots and will not display all objects near the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

268 Driving and Operating Camera Views view will toggle between Front and when a camera view is active. Touch Rear Standard View based on gear the button to toggle between front position. and rear camera views. Park Assist and If equipped, the front view camera RCTA overlays are not available when also displays when the Park Assist Front/Rear Side View is active. system detects an object within The Turn Signal Activated View works 30 cm (12 in). with Rear Side View to provide a 2. Front/Rear Overhead View rearward view of the left or right side Displays a front or rear overhead view of the vehicle and trailer. Views are of the vehicle. To select, touch Front/ provided based on turn signal Rear Top-Down View on the activation with the right-side view infotainment display when a camera being shown when the right turn view is active. Touch the button to signal is active and the left side view toggle between front and rear camera being shown when the left turn signal Touch the camera view buttons along the views. is active. The feature is available when bottom of the infotainment display to 3. Rear Bowl View a trailer is connected. The feature can access each view (if equipped): be enabled or disabled. See Vehicle Displays a perspective view of the Personalization 0 131. Touch X to exit. 1. Front/Rear Standard View vehicle from the front looking 5. Surround View rearward. To select, touch Rear Bowl Displays an image of the area in front Displays an image of the area or behind the vehicle. To select, touch View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Park surrounding the vehicle. Surround Front/Rear Standard View on the View is available as part of the Front/ infotainment display when a camera Assist and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) overlays are not available when Rear Standard Views, the Front/Rear view is active. Touch the button to Top-Down Views and the Front/Rear toggle between front and rear camera bowl view is active. 4. Front/Rear side View Side Views. In these views Surround views. View can be enabled by touching When the hitch guidance is selected, Displays a view that shows objects Surround View on the infotainment Rear Standard View will remain visible next to the front or rear sides of the display when the camera view is across gear changes, otherwise the vehicle. To select, touch Front/Rear active. Side View on the infotainment display GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 269 6. Guidance Lines/Hitch Guidance the Interior Trailer View icon. The view { Warning Guidance Lines displays available will close after 8 seconds and can be guidelines, including Standard and Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the closed early by touching X. Hitch Guidance. A grayed-out icon vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when 8. Hitch View indicates that guidelines are not traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to Assists with connecting to a trailer by available. To enable, touch Guidance briefly check the status of your trailer. Do providing a zoomed-in view of the Lines on the infotainment display not use for any other purpose, such as hitch to help align the vehicle’s hitch when a camera view is active. making lane change decisions. Before ball with the trailer coupler, or to Touching the button multiple times making a lane change, always check the monitor the trailer connection. To will toggle through Standard mirrors and glance over your shoulder. select, touch Hitch View on the Guidelines, Hitch Guidance and no Improper use could result in serious infotainment display when a camera guidelines. Standard guidelines are injury to you or others. view is active. To access this view available in Front/Rear Standard when in a forward gear above Views, Front/Rear Top-Down Views 7. Interior Trailer View 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on and Surround View. the infotainment display and touch Provides a view of the interior of the Hitch Guidance displays a single the Cargo Bed View icon. The view trailer. The feature is available when a will close after 8 seconds and can be centered guideline on the trailer is connected. The feature infotainment display to assist with closed early by touching X. Shifting requires user installation of an into P (Park) while in this view will aligning the vehicle’s hitch ball with a accessory trailer camera on the trailer coupler. Touch the Hitch automatically engage the Electric interior of the trailer per the accessory Parking Brake (EPB). Guidance icon, then align the trailer trailer camera installation instructions 9. Bed View guidance line over the trailer coupler. (see your dealer for accessory trailer Continuously steer the vehicle to keep camera(s) and information). To select, Provides a view of the truck bed and the guideline centered on the coupler touch Interior Trailer View on the the area behind the vehicle to assist when backing. Park Assist overlays will infotainment display when a camera in cargo or hitch monitoring or not display when the trailer guidance view is active. To access this view hitching to a fifth wheel or gooseneck line is active. Hitch Guidance is when in a forward gear above trailer. To select, touch Bed View on available in Rear Standard View. 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on the infotainment display when a the infotainment display and touch camera view is active. To access this view when in a forward gear above GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

270 Driving and Operating 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on Trailer View, Left Transparent Trailer infotainment display when a the infotainment display and touch View or Right Transparent Trailer camera view is active. Each touch the Bed View icon. The view will close View. The Transparent Trailer View is will toggle through the Rear Trailer after 8 seconds and can be closed shown when the position of the trailer View, Trailer Tow Mirror View and early by touching X. is relatively straight behind the Combo View. To access this view 10. Transparent Trailer View vehicle. The Left or Right Transparent when in a forward gear above Provides a view that allows the driver Trailer View is shown when the 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA to virtually “see through” the trailer. position of the trailer is too far to the on the infotainment display and The feature is available when a left or right. When the system is not touch the Interior Rear Trailer compatible trailer is connected and a calibrated or trailer position is not View/Rear Side View with Available profile is configured and selected via known the Transparent Trailer Articulation Functionality/ the Trailering App. See Trailering App Picture-in-Picture View will be shown. Picture-in-Picture Side View icon. 0 307. The feature requires user 11. Rear Trailer View/Rear Side View with Touch X to exit. installation of an accessory trailer Available Articulation Functionality/ . Rear Side View with Available camera on the rear exterior surface of Picture-in-Picture Side View Articulation Functionality provides the trailer per the accessory trailer . Rear Trailer View provides a view a rearward split view of the left camera installation instructions (see of the area behind the trailer. the and right sides of the vehicle and your dealer for accessory trailer feature is available when a trailer trailer. When in a forward gear the camera(s) and information). To select, is connected. The feature requires view well automatically pan to touch Transparent Trailer View on the user installation of an accessory show more of the left or right side infotainment display when a camera trailer camera on the rear exterior based on the position of the view is active. To access this view surface of the trailer per the trailer. The feature is available when in a forward gear above accessory trailer camera when a trailer is connected. To 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on installation instructions (see your select, touch Rear trailer View/Rear the infotainment display and touch dealer for accessory trailer Side View with Available the Transparent Trailer View icon. camera(s) and information). To Articulation Functionality/ Touch X to exit. select, touch Rear Trailer View/Rear Picture-in-Picture Side View on the When the system is calibrated and the Side View with Available infotainment display when a trailer position is known, one of three Articulation Functionality/ camera view is active. Each touch views will be shown; Transparent Picture-in-Pictue Side View on the will toggle through the Rear Trailer GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 271 View, trailer tow Mirror view and the Rear Trailer View, Trailer Tow R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen Combo View. To access this view mirror View and Combo View. To when not in reverse, touch the Home or when in a forward gear above access this view when in a forward Back buttons on the infotainment display. 12 km/h (8 mph), Touch CAMERA gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch Certain trailer views require a compatible on the infotainment display and CAMERA on the infotainment trailer profile be configured and selected. touch the Rear Trailer View/Rear display and touch the Rear Trailer A compatible trailer is a box type trailer Side View with Available View/Rear Side View with Available (cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional Articulation Functionality/ Articulation Functionality/ hitch. Picture-in-Picture Side icon. Touch X Picture-in-Picture Side View icon. to exit. Touch X to exit. Available camera views: . Provides a rearward split view of HD Surround Vision with Trailer Camera . Front/Rear Standard View the left and right sides of the Provisions . Front/Rear Top-Down View vehicle and trailer with an overlay . Rear Bowl View view of the area behind the trailer. If equipped, this feature provides additional . Front/Rear Side View The feature is available when a views to aid in trailering/towing. The trailer is connected. the feature system shows multiple views in the . Hitch View requires user installation of an infotainment display using five cameras . Bed View accessory trailer camera on the mounted around the vehicle and up to two . Rear trailer View additional accessory cameras that can be rear exterior surface of the trailer . Rear Side view with a available mounted on or in a trailer. The front camera per the accessory trailer camera articulation functionality is in the grille under the front emblem, the installation instructions (see your . Picture-in-Picture Side View dealer for accessory trailer side cameras are on the bottom of the camera(s) and information). To outside mirrors, the rear camera is in the . Interior Trailer View select, touch Rear Trailer View/Rear tailgate handle and the bed camera is . Transparent trailer View Side View with Available mounted on the rear of the cab. . Surround View Additionally, up to two accessory cameras Articulation Functionality/ . Guidance Lines can be mounted to the rear and/or interior Picture-in-Picture Side view on the . Hitch Guidance infotainment display when a of the trailer. See your dealer for accessory camera view is active. Each press trailer cameras. To access, touch CAMERA on of the button will toggle through the infotainment display or shift to GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

272 Driving and Operating Surround Vision (360 Degrees) Surround Vision Troubleshooting If equipped, the Surround Vision system can If equipped, this feature provides, additional The Transparent Trailer calibration may take display various views surrounding the views to aid in trailering/towing. The Front longer than expected or not calibrate if: vehicle in the infotainment display using Vision Camera and Surround Vision cameras . The vehicle is driven too fast during four cameras mounted around the vehicle. are not supported. The system can show calibration. Speed should be maintained The front camera is in the grille under the various views in the infotainment display below 50 km/h (31 mph). front emblem, the side cameras are on the using cameras mounted in and around the . The vehicle is not driven straight during bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear vehicle and trailer. The rear camera is in the calibration. Steering should be maintained camera is in the tailgate handle. tailgate handle and the cargo bed camera is as straight as possible, excessive steering The Surround Vision system can be accessed mounted on the rear of the cab. Up to two during calibration may extend by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment accessory cameras can be mounted to the calibration time. display or when the vehicle is shifted into rear and/or interior of the trailer. See your dealer for these accessory cameras. . The calibration is attempted in low light. R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen Calibration should be attempted when sooner, when not in R (Reverse), press the The system can be accessed by selecting there is enough light. Home or Back button on the infotainment CAMERA in the infotainment display or . The calibration is attempted during system, shift into P (Park), or, while in D when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). adverse weather conditions. Calibration (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of To return to the previous screen sooner, during conditions such as snow or heavy approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). when not in R (Reverse), press the Home or rain should be avoided. Available camera views: Back button on the infotainment system or shift into P (Park). . The road surface is not ideal for . Front/Rear Standard View calibration. Calibration should be . Front/Rear Top-Down View Available camera views: attempted on an alternate road surface. . Rear Bowl View . Rear Standard View . The accessory trailer cameras are . Front/Rear Side View . Hitch View swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure that the camera mounted to the rear of . Hitch View . Bed View . Rear Trailer View the trailer is connected to the rear trailer . Surround View camera input. . Guidance Lines . Interior Trailer View . Hitch Guidance . Guidance Lines . Hitch Guidance GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 273 . The accessory trailer camera is mounted, . The accessory trailer cameras are be shorter during warmer or humid weather. angled or rotated outside of the defined swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure Blocked sensors will not detect objects and mounting location (see camera that the accessory camera(s) are can also cause false detections. Keep the installation instructions). connected to the correct input. sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and Distortion may be observed in the calibrated . The accessory trailer camera(s) are slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in Transparent Trailer View if: connected to the correct camera input. freezing temperatures. . The accessory trailer camera is mounted, . The accessory trailer camera(s) are not { angled or rotated outside of the defined installed according to the installation Warning mounting location (see camera instructions. The Park Assist system does not detect installation instructions). A feature may be unavailable or not children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, The Transparent Trailer icon may appear activating as expected if: or objects located below the bumper or grayed out if: . The customization is disabled. Check the that are too close or too far from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds . A compatible trailer profile is not customization settings where applicable. configured or a non-compatible trailer . The accessory trailer cameras are greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent profile is selected. swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure injury, death, or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, always check the area . The vehicle is in R (Reverse). that the accessory camera(s) are connected to the correct camera input. around the vehicle and check all mirrors . The trailer is not connected. before moving forward or backing. . The accessory rear trailer camera is not A view may switch automatically if: connected or connected to the incorrect . The vehicle is shifted to another gear. input. Park Assist The preview may not be provided or the wrong preview may be provided if: With Front and Rear Park Assist, as the vehicle moves at speeds of less than 8 km/h . The accessory cameras are not recognized. (5 mph) the sensors on the bumpers may Ensure that the accessory camera(s) are detect objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front and connected and power cycle the vehicle. 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below bumper level. These detection distances may GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

274 Driving and Operating The instrument cluster may have a Park right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur Front and Rear Park Assist can be turned Assist display with bars that show “distance on the left or right side, depending on the Off, On, or On with Towbar. See “Park to object” and object location information direction of the detected vehicle. Assist” under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. for the Front and Rear Park Assist system. Use caution while backing up when towing If Park Assist is turned off through vehicle As the object gets closer, more bars light up a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that personalization, the Park Assist button will and the bars change color from yellow to extend out from the back of the vehicle do be disabled. To turn Park Assist on again, amber to red. not move further back when a trailer is select On in vehicle personalization. The On When an object is first detected in the rear, towed. with Towbar setting allows Park Assist to one beep will be heard from the rear, work properly with a trailer hitch. Some RCTA is disabled when the trailer connection larger trailer hitches may not be compatible. or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will status is displayed. pulse two times. When an object is very Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer. RCTA can be turned off. See “Collision/ close — <0.4 m (1.5 ft) in the vehicle rear or To turn the RPA symbols on or off, see <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front — a Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. “Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols” under continuous beep will sound from the rear or Vehicle Personalization 0 131. front depending on object location, or both Turning the Features On or Off sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five Assistance Systems for Driving times. Beeps for FPA are higher pitched than for RPA. If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Keep If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), R (Reverse), RCTA shows a red warning Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic triangle with a left or right pointing arrow Emergency Braking (AEB), and/or the Front on the infotainment display to warn of Press X on the center stack to turn on or Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help to traffic coming from the left or right. This off the Front and Rear Park Assist. The avoid a crash or reduce crash damage. system detects objects coming from up to indicator light next to the button comes on 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of when the features are on and turns off the vehicle. When an object is detected, when the features have been disabled. either three beeps sound from the left or GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 275

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning (Continued) { Warning System objects. Be ready to take action and FCA does not provide a warning to help If equipped, the FCA system may help to apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. avoid or reduce the harm caused by 0 213. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if front-end crashes. When approaching a the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a FCA can be disabled through vehicle or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. red flashing alert on the windshield and personalization. See “Collision/Detection It may also not detect a vehicle on rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA Systems” under Vehicle Personalization winding or hilly roads, or in conditions also lights an amber visual alert if following 0 131. that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, another vehicle much too closely. Detecting the Vehicle Ahead or snow, or if the headlamps or FCA detects vehicles within a distance of windshield are not cleaned or in proper approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at condition. Keep the windshield, speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair. { Warning FCA is a warning system and does not Collision Alert apply the brakes. When approaching a slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA too rapidly, or when following a vehicle system detects a vehicle ahead. When a too closely, FCA may not provide a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead warning with enough time to help avoid indicator will display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit a crash. It also may not provide any ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a warning at all. FCA does not warn of vehicle ahead is partially blocked by With Head-Up Display pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not bridges, construction barrels, or other detect another vehicle ahead until it is (Continued) completely in the driving lane. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

276 Driving and Operating The vehicle ahead indicator will display Following Distance Indicator amber when you are following a vehicle The following distance to a moving vehicle ahead much too closely. ahead in your path is indicated in following Selecting the Alert Timing time in seconds on the Driver Information Center (DIC). The minimum following time is The Collision Alert control is on the steering 0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicle Without Head-Up Display wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press of sensor range, dashes will be displayed. When your vehicle approaches another shows the current setting on the DIC. detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA Additional button presses will change this Unnecessary Alerts display will flash on the windshield. Also, setting. The chosen setting will remain until FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound it is changed and will affect the timing of turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, from the front, or both sides of the Safety both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Alert features. The timing of both alerts will These alerts are normal operation and the Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle does not need service. prepare for driver braking to occur more vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will rapidly which can cause a brief, mild occur. Consider traffic and weather Cleaning the System deceleration. Continue to apply the brake conditions when selecting the alert timing. pedal as needed. Cruise control may be If the FCA system does not seem to operate The range of selectable alert timings may properly, this may correct the issue: disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs. not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. . Clean the outside of the windshield in Tailgating Alert front of the rearview mirror. If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the . Clean the headlamps. following gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near). GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 277

Automatic Emergency Warning (Continued) { Warning Braking (AEB) vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its AEB may automatically brake the vehicle If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert operating speed range and only responds suddenly in situations where it is (FCA), it also has AEB, which includes to detected vehicles. unexpected and undesired. It could Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the AEB may not: respond to a turning vehicle ahead, system detects a vehicle ahead in your path guardrails, signs, and other non-moving that is traveling in the same direction that . Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or objects. To override AEB, firmly press the you may be about to crash into, it can hilly roads. accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. provide a boost to braking or automatically . Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or with a trailer, tractors, muddy Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) lessen the severity of crashes when driving vehicles, etc. in a forward gear. Depending on the IBA may activate when the brake pedal is situation, the vehicle may automatically . Detect a vehicle when weather limits applied quickly by providing a boost to brake moderately or hard. This automatic visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow. braking based on the speed of approach and emergency braking can only occur if a . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially distance to a vehicle ahead. vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA blocked by pedestrians or other Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See objects. movement during this time is normal and Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 275. Complete attention is always required the brake pedal should continue to be The system works when driving in a forward while driving, and you should be ready to applied as needed. IBA will automatically gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h take action and apply the brakes and/or disengage only when the brake pedal is (50 mph). It can detect vehicles up to steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. released. approximately 60 m (197 ft). AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete { Warning { Warning stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this IBA may increase vehicle braking in AEB is an emergency crash preparation happens, AEB may engage the Electric situations when it may not be necessary. feature and is not designed to avoid Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a You could block the flow of traffic. If this crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal (Continued) accelerator pedal. and then apply the brakes as needed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

278 Driving and Operating AEB and IBA can be disabled. See “Collision/ approaching a detected pedestrian too Detection Systems” under Vehicle quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on Warning (Continued) Personalization 0 131. the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses . Due to poor visibility, including the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to nighttime conditions, fog, rain, { Warning braking or automatically brake the vehicle. or snow. This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer . If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking snow, or ice. could cause you to lose control of the (AEB) system may also respond to vehicle and crash. Turn the system to pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency . If the headlamps or windshield are not Alert or Off when towing a trailer. Braking (AEB) 0 277. cleaned or in proper condition. A system unavailable message may The FPB system can detect and alert to Be ready to take action and apply the display if: pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds brakes. For more information, see Defensive Driving 0 213. Keep the . The front of the vehicle or windshield is between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor not clean. (50 mph). During daytime driving, the system detects pedestrians up to a distance clean and in good repair. . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During object detection. nighttime driving, system performance is FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and . There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ very limited. Brake through vehicle personalization. See Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle 0 The AEB system does not need service. { Warning Personalization 131. FPB does not provide an alert or Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) automatically brake the vehicle, unless it System detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid pedestrians, including children: or reduce the harm caused by front-end . When the pedestrian is not directly crashes with nearby pedestrians when ahead, fully visible, or standing driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an upright, or when part of a group. amber indicator, ~, when a nearby (Continued) pedestrian is detected ahead. When GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 279 FPB alerts and automatic braking will not Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare occur unless the FPB system detects a for driver braking to occur more rapidly { Warning pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. FPB may alert or automatically brake the detected in front of the vehicle, the Continue to apply the brake pedal as vehicle suddenly in situations where it is pedestrian ahead indicator will display needed. Cruise control may be disengaged unexpected and undesired. It could falsely amber. when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs. alert or brake for objects similar in shape Front Pedestrian Alert Automatic Braking or size to pedestrians, including shadows. This is normal operation and the vehicle If FPB detects it is about to crash into a does not need service. To override pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes Automatic Braking, firmly press the have not been applied, FPB may accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. automatically brake moderately or brake hard. This can help to avoid some very low Automatic Braking can be disabled through speed pedestrian crashes or reduce vehicle personalization. See “Front Pedestrian With Head-Up Display pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems” brake to detected pedestrians between under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic braking levels may be reduced under certain conditions, such as higher { Warning speeds. Using the Front Pedestrian Braking If this happens, Automatic Braking may system while towing a trailer could cause engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to you to lose control of the vehicle and Without Head-Up Display hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off A firm press of the accelerator pedal will when towing a trailer. When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian also release Automatic Braking and the EPB. ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

280 Driving and Operating Cleaning the System LCA warning display will light up in the The LCA sensor covers a zone of corresponding outside side mirror and will approximately one lane over from both If FPB does not seem to operate properly, flash if the turn signal is on. sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The cleaning the outside of the windshield in height of the zone is approximately between front of the rearview mirror may correct the 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. issue. { Warning The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) area starts at approximately the middle of outside of the system detection zones, the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers If equipped, the SBZA system is a pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may are also warned of vehicles rapidly lane-changing aid that assists drivers with not provide alerts when changing lanes approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind avoiding crashes that occur with moving under all driving conditions. Failure to use the vehicle. vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot proper care when changing lanes may areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. How the System Works the left or right side mirror display will light Before making a lane change, always The LCA symbol lights up in the side mirrors up if a moving vehicle is detected in that check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, when the system detects a moving vehicle blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and and use the turn signals. in the next lane over that is in the side a vehicle is also detected on the same side, blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone the display will flash as an extra warning LCA Detection Zones from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it not to change lanes. Since this system is may be unsafe to change lanes. Before part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, making a lane change, check the LCA read the entire LCA section before using this display, check mirrors, glance over your feature. shoulder, and use the turn signals. Lane Change Alert (LCA) If equipped, the LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly 1. SBZA Detection Zone Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror approaching these areas from behind. The 2. LCA Detection Zone Display Display GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 281 When the vehicle is started, both outside side of the vehicle do not move further back If the LCA displays do not light up when mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to when a trailer is towed. Use caution while moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or indicate the system is operating. When the changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA are rapidly approaching this zone and the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, system is clean, the system may need side mirror display will light up if a moving such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. vehicle is detected in the next lane over in out to either side of the vehicle. Attached that blind zone or rapidly approaching that objects may also interfere with the Radio Frequency Information zone. If the turn signal is activated in the detection of vehicles. This is normal system See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. same direction as a detected vehicle, this operation; the vehicle does not need service. display will flash as an extra warning not to LCA may not always alert the driver to Lane Keep Assist (LKA) change lanes. vehicles in the next lane over, especially in If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due LCA can be disabled through vehicle wet conditions or when driving on sharp to unintentional lane departures. This personalization. When you disable LCA, SBZA curves. The system does not need to be system uses a camera to detect lane is also disabled. See Vehicle Personalization serviced. The system may light up due to markings between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 0 131. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other 180 km/h (112 mph). It may assist by gently LCA mirror displays will not light up. non-moving objects. This is normal system turning the steering wheel if the vehicle operation; the vehicle does not need service. approaches a detected lane marking. It may When the System Does Not Seem to also provide a Lane Departure Warning Work Properly LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors in the left or right corners of the rear (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected The LCA system requires some driving for bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, lane marking. LKA can be overridden by the system to calibrate to maximum ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For turning the steering wheel. This system is performance. This calibration may occur cleaning instructions, see "Washing the not intended to keep the vehicle centered in more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 398. If the the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the straight highway road with traffic and DIC still displays the system unavailable turn signal is active in the direction of lane roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers). message after cleaning both sides of the departure, or if it detects that you are accelerating, braking or actively steering. LCA displays may not come on when vehicle toward the rear corners of the passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped vehicle, see your dealer. vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA detection zones that extend back from the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

282 Driving and Operating A { Warning (Continued) To turn LKA on and off, press on the Warning center stack. If equipped, the indicator light The LKA system does not continuously Always keep your attention on the road on the button comes on when LKA is on and steer the vehicle. It may not keep the and maintain proper vehicle position turns off when LKA is disabled. vehicle in the lane or give a Lane within the lane, or vehicle damage, When on, A is white, if equipped, Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a injury, or death could occur. Always keep indicating that the system is not ready to lane marking is detected. the windshield, headlamps, and camera assist. A is green if LKA is ready to sensors clean and in good repair. Do not The LKA and LDW systems may not: assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the use LKA in bad weather conditions or on . Provide an alert or enough steering steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a roads with unclear lane markings, such as A assist to avoid a lane departure or construction zones. detected lane marking. is amber when crash. assisting. It may also provide a Lane . Detect lane markings under poor Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing weather or visibility conditions. This { Warning A amber if the vehicle crosses a can occur if the windshield or detected lane marking. Additionally, there Using LKA while towing a trailer or on headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, may be three beeps, or the driver seat may slippery roads could cause loss of control or ice; if they are not in proper pulse three times, on the right or left, condition; or if the sun shines directly of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the depending on the lane departure direction. system off. into the camera. Take Steering . Detect road edges. How the System Works The LKA system does not continuously steer . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active If LKA only detects lane markings on one windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to driver steering, an alert and chime may be provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA side of the road, it will only assist or detect lane markings. It may provide brief may become temporarily unavailable after provide an LDW alert when approaching steering assist if it detects an unintended repeated take steering alerts. the lane on the side where it has lane departure. It may further provide an detected a lane marking. Even with LKA audible alert or the driver seat may pulse and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. indicating that a lane marking has been (Continued) crossed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 283 When the System Does Not Seem to is normal system operation; the vehicle does Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L Work Properly not need service. Turn LKA off if these conditions continue. V8 Engine) The system performance may be For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for affected by: Fuel Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel . Close vehicles ahead. supplement. . Sudden lighting changes, such as when Top Tier Fuel driving through tunnels. GM recommends the use of TOP TIER . Banked roads. Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, . Roads with poor lane markings, such as reduce engine deposits, and maintain two-lane roads. optimal vehicle performance. Look for the If the LKA system is not functioning TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com properly when lane markings are clearly for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap or a visible, cleaning the windshield may help. marketers and applicable countries. yellow sticker on the fuel door, E85 or A camera blocked message may display if FlexFuel can be used. If the vehicle does not the camera is blocked. Some driver have a yellow fuel cap or yellow sticker, do assistance systems may have reduced not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater performance or not work at all. An LKA or than 15% by volume. See E85 or FlexFuel 0 LDW unavailable message may display if the 284. systems are temporarily unavailable. This Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting message could be due to a blocked camera. ASTM specification D4814 with a posted The LKA system does not need service. Clean octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. the outside of the windshield behind the Do not use gasoline with a posted octane rearview mirror. rating of less than 87, as this may cause LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur engine knock and will lower fuel economy. due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the road, temporary or construction lane markings, or other road imperfections. This GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

284 Driving and Operating Recommended Fuel (6.2L Prohibited Fuels Fuels in Foreign Countries V8 Engine) Caution The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For Do not use fuels with any of the fuel not to use in a foreign country, see following conditions; doing so may Prohibited Fuels 0 284. damage the vehicle and void its warranty: Fuel Additives . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly labeled greater than 15% ethanol by recommended for use with your vehicle. Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM volume, such as mid-level ethanol If your country does not have TOP TIER specification D4814 with a posted octane blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel rating of 93 — (R+M)/2 — is highly or FlexFuel. System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the recommended for best performance and fuel vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil economy. Unleaded gasoline with an octane . Fuel with any amount of methanol, change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever rated as low as 87 can be used. Using methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and unleaded gasoline rated below 93 octane, fuels can corrode metal fuel system ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus however, will lead to reduced acceleration parts or damage plastic and rubber −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s and fuel economy. If knocking occurs, use a parts. engine fuel deposit free and performing gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon as . Fuel containing metals such as optimally. possible, otherwise, the engine could be methylcyclopentadienyl manganese damaged. If heavy knocking is heard when tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage E85 or FlexFuel using gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the the emissions control system and engine needs service. spark plugs. Vehicles with a yellow fuel sticker on the fuel door can use either unleaded gasoline Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. . Fuel with a posted octane rating of or fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels less than the recommended fuel. Using All other vehicles should use only the greater than 15% by volume. this fuel will lower fuel economy and unleaded gasoline as described in performance, and may decrease the Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L V8 Engine) life of the emissions catalyst. 0 283 or Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Engine) 0 284. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 285 The use of E85 or FlexFuel is encouraged The only GM approved aftermarket additive Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) when the vehicle is designed to use it. E85 is ACDelco Fuel System Treatment or FlexFuel is made from renewable sources. Plus-FlexFuel. Follow the instructions on the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. To help locate fuel stations that carry E85 or bottle for proper use. This product is FlexFuel, the U.S. Department of Energy has available at your GM dealer. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which an alternative fuel website. See side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Caution 0 www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/stations. Fuel Gauge 110. Some additives are not compatible with E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM E85 or FlexFuel and can harm the { Warning Specification D 5798 or CAN/CGSB–3.512 in vehicle's fuel system. Use only additives Canada. Do not use the fuel if the ethanol Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently approved by GM for E85 or FlexFuel content is greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures and can cause injury or death. that do not meet ASTM or CGSB vehicles. Damage caused by unapproved additives would not be covered by the Follow these guidelines to help avoid specifications can affect driveability and injuries to you and others: could cause the malfunction indicator lamp vehicle warranty. to come on. . Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island. The starting characteristics of E85 or FlexFuel Caution . Turn off the engine when refueling. make it unsuitable for use when Do not use fuel containing methanol. temperatures fall below −18 °C (0 °F). Use It can corrode metal parts in the fuel . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking gasoline or add gasoline to the E85 or materials away from fuel. FlexFuel. system and also damage plastic and rubber parts. That damage would not be . Do not leave the fuel pump Because E85 or FlexFuel has less energy per covered under the vehicle warranty. unattended. liter (gallon) than gasoline, the vehicle will . Avoid using electronic devices while need to be refilled more often. See Filling To help keep the engine running efficiently, refueling. the Tank (Pickup Model) 0 285 or fill the tank with gasoline, up to E15, after . Do not re-enter the vehicle while Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab Model) 0 287. filling the tank with E85 one or two times. pumping fuel. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

286 Driving and Operating The capless refueling system does not have Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Warning (Continued) a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill Container . Keep children away from the fuel nozzle, begin fueling. If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be pump and never let children filled from a portable fuel container: pump fuel. { Warning . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a Overfilling the fuel tank by more than metallic object to discharge static three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may electricity from your body. cause: . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is . Vehicle performance issues, including inserted too quickly. This spray can engine stalling and damage to the fuel happen if the tank is nearly full, and is system. more likely in hot weather. Insert the 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter. fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss . Fuel spills. 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the noise to stop before beginning to . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. capless fuel system. flow fuel. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds { Warning after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel painted surfaces as soon as possible. See container without using the funnel Exterior Care 0 398. Push the fuel door adapter may cause fuel spillage and closed. damage the capless fuel system. This could cause a fire. You or others could be { Warning badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or and return it to the storage location. by notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 287 Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab Use the fuel cap key to unlock the fuel cap Warning (Continued) then turn the fuel cap counterclockwise to Model) . Keep children away from the fuel remove. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which pump and never let children begin fueling. side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See pump fuel. 0 Fuel Gauge 110. . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a { Warning metallic object to discharge static Overfilling the fuel tank by more than { Warning electricity from your body. three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently . Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is cause: and can cause injury or death. opened too quickly. This spray can . Vehicle performance issues, including Follow these guidelines to help avoid happen if the tank is nearly full, and is engine stalling and damage to the fuel more likely in hot weather. Open the injuries to you and others: system. fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss . Read and follow all the instructions on noise to stop, then unscrew the cap all . Fuel spills. the fuel pump island. the way. . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. . Turn off the engine when refueling. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking after you have finished pumping before materials away from fuel. removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from . Do not leave the fuel pump painted surfaces as soon as possible. See unattended. Exterior Care 0 398. Reinstall the cap by . Avoid using electronic devices while turning it clockwise until it clicks. refueling. . Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

288 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Filling a Portable Fuel Container Trailer Towing If a fire starts while you are refueling, do { Warning General Towing Information not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or Never fill a portable fuel container while Only use towing equipment that has been designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer by notifying the station attendant. Leave it is in the vehicle. Static electricity or trailering dealer for assistance with the area immediately. discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. You or others could be preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read badly burned and the vehicle could be the entire section before towing a trailer. Caution damaged. To help avoid injury to you To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the 0 If a new fuel cap is needed, get the right and others: Vehicle 394. To tow the vehicle behind type of cap from your dealer. The wrong . Dispense fuel only into approved another vehicle such as a motor home, see 0 type of fuel cap may not fit properly, containers. Recreational Vehicle Towing 395. may turn on the malfunction indicator . Do not fill a container while it is Driving Characteristics and lamp, and could damage the fuel system inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in and emissions system. See Malfunction a pickup bed, or on any surface other Towing Tips Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 115. than the ground. { Warning . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before You can lose control when towing a operating the nozzle. Maintain contact trailer if the correct equipment is not until filling is complete. used or the vehicle is not driven properly. . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking For example, if the trailer is too heavy or materials away from fuel. the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load, the vehicle may not stop as . Avoid using electronic devices while expected. You and others could be pumping fuel. seriously injured. The vehicle may also be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 289 . State laws may require the use of . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) Warning (Continued) extended side view mirrors. Even if not . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) required, you should install extended side trailer only if all the steps in this section If equipped, the following driver assistance have been followed. Ask your dealer for view mirrors if your visibility is limited or restricted while towing. features should be turned to alert or off advice and information about towing a when towing a trailer: trailer with the vehicle. . Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Driving with a Trailer damage to the engine, axle, or other . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) parts. . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in . It is recommended to perform the first oil If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), handling, acceleration, braking, durability, change before heavy towing. the LCA detection zones that extend back and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering . During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer from the side of the vehicle do not move takes correct equipment, and it has to be towing, do not drive over 80 km/h further back when a trailer is towed. Use used properly. (50 mph) and do not make starts at full caution while changing lanes when towing a throttle. trailer. The following information has many . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul time-tested, important trailering tips and If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert Mode is recommended for heavier trailers. safety rules. Many of these are important (RCTA), use caution while backing up when See Tow/Haul Mode 0 242. If the for your safety and that of your passengers. towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones transmission downshifts too often, a Read this section carefully before pulling a that extend out from the back of the vehicle lower gear may be selected using Manual trailer. do not move further back when a trailer is Mode. See Manual Mode 0 241. towed. When towing a trailer: If equipped, the following driver assistance . Become familiar with and follow all state features should be turned off when towing and local laws that apply to trailer a trailer: towing. These requirements vary from . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) state to state. . Super Cruise Control . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . Park Assist GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

290 Driving and Operating and attachments, safety chains, electrical beyond the passed vehicle before returning { Warning connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid To prevent serious injury or death from Towing Equipment 0 296. If the trailer has passing on hills if possible. electric brakes, start the combination carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a Backing Up trailer: moving and then manually apply the trailer brake controller to check that the trailer Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ brakes work. During the trip, occasionally one hand. To move the trailer to the left, hatch, or rear-most window open. check that the cargo and trailer are secure move that hand to the left. To move the . Fully open the air outlets on or under and that the lamps and any trailer brakes trailer to the right, move that hand to the the instrument panel. are working. right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you. . Adjust the climate control system to a Towing with a Stability Control System setting that brings in only outside air. Making Turns See “Climate Control Systems” in the When towing, the stability control system Index. might be heard. The system reacts to vehicle movement caused by the trailer, Caution For more information about carbon which mainly occurs during cornering. This is Turn more slowly and make wider arcs monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 238. normal when towing heavier trailers. when towing a trailer to prevent damage to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns Towing a trailer requires experience. The Following Distance could cause the trailer to contact the combination of the vehicle and trailer is Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle vehicle. longer and not as responsive as the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a itself. Get used to the handling and braking trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking Make wider turns than normal when towing, of the combination by driving on a level and sudden turns. so the trailer will not go over soft shoulders, road surface before driving on public roads. over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, The trailer structure, the tires, and the Passing or other objects. Always signal turns well in brakes must all be rated to carry the More passing distance is needed when advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. intended cargo. Inadequate trailer towing a trailer. The combination of the equipment can cause the combination to vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. quickly and is much longer than the vehicle Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts alone. It is necessary to go much farther GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 291 Driving on Grades Parking on Hills 2. Let up on the brake pedal. Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of before starting down a long or steep { Warning the chocks. downhill grade. If the transmission is not To prevent serious injury or death, 4. Stop and have someone pick up and shifted down, the brakes may overheat and always park your vehicle and trailer on a store the chocks. result in reduced braking efficiency. level surface when possible. Launching and Retrieving a Boat The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the When parking your vehicle and your trailer Backing the Trailer into the Water transmission shifts too often under heavy on a hill: loads and/or hilly conditions. 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift { Warning When towing at higher altitudes, engine into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into . Have all passengers get out of the coolant will boil at a lower temperature the curb if facing downhill or into traffic vehicle before backing onto the sloped than at lower altitudes. If the engine is if facing uphill. part of the ramp. Lower the driver and turned off immediately after towing at high 2. Have someone place chocks under the passenger side windows before altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle trailer wheels. backing onto the ramp. This will provide a means of escape in the could show signs similar to engine 3. Gradually release the brake pedal to unlikely event the vehicle slides into overheating. To avoid this, let the engine allow the chocks to absorb the load of the water. run, preferably on level ground, with the the trailer. transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the . If the boat launch surface is slippery, before turning the engine off. If the parking brake and shift into P (Park). have the driver remain in the vehicle overheat warning comes on, see Engine with the brake pedal applied while the Overheating 0 338. 5. Release the brake pedal. boat is being launched. The boat Leaving After Parking on a Hill launch can be especially slippery at Viewing Systems low tide when part of the ramp was If equipped, the viewing systems on the 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. previously submerged at high tide. Do vehicle can improve visibility while hitching, . Start the engine. not back onto the ramp to launch the backing, and driving with a trailer. See . Shift into a gear. boat if you are not sure the vehicle Driver Assistance Systems 0 265. . Release the parking brake. can maintain traction. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

292 Driving and Operating

5. Gradually release the brake pedal to Caution Warning (Continued) allow the chocks to absorb the load of . Do not move the vehicle if someone is the trailer. If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the in the path of the trailer. Some parts 6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the vehicle begins to slide toward the water, of the trailer might be underwater and parking brake and shift into P (Park). remove your foot from the accelerator not visible to people who are assisting pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek 7. Release the brake pedal. in launching the boat. help to have the vehicle towed up Pulling the Trailer from the Water the ramp. Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before To pull the trailer out of the water: backing the trailer into the water to prevent Maintenance when Trailer Towing damage to the electrical circuits on the 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer 2. Start the engine and shift into gear. The vehicle needs service more often when after removing the trailer from the water. used to tow trailers. See Maintenance 3. Release the parking brake. 0 If the trailer has electric brakes that can Schedule 409. It is especially important to function when the trailer is submerged, it 4. Let up on the brake pedal. check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, might help to leave the electrical trailer 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of cooling system, and brake system before connector attached to maintain trailer brake the chocks. and during each trip. functionality while on the boat ramp. 6. Stop and have someone pick up and Check periodically to see that all nuts and To back the trailer into the water: store the chocks. bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing four-wheel-drive high. 8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been The cooling system may temporarily driven from the sloped part of the boat 2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until overheat during severe operating conditions. ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from the boat is floating, but no further than See Engine Overheating 0 338. necessary. four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive mode that is appropriate for the road 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do conditions. not shift into P (Park) yet. 4. Have someone place chocks under the front wheels of the vehicle. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 293 Trailer Towing Trailer Weight See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Equipment 0 296 to determine if brakes are If equipped with a diesel engine, see the { Warning required based on your trailer's weight. Duramax diesel supplement. Never exceed the towing capacity for The only way to be sure the weight is not Caution your vehicle. exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, Towing a trailer improperly can damage fully loaded for the trip, getting individual the vehicle and result in costly repairs Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside weights for each of these items. not covered by the vehicle warranty. To temperature, and how frequently the vehicle tow a trailer correctly, follow the A trailering information label on the B-pillar is used to tow a trailer. directions in this section and see your shows tow rating information for the dealer for important information about Trailer Weight Ratings vehicle. towing a trailer with the vehicle. When towing a trailer, the combined weight { Warning of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and Trailering is different than just driving the trailer contents must be below all of the You and others could be seriously injured vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the handling, acceleration, braking, durability, including: trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating The vehicle may be damaged, and the takes correct equipment, and it has to be repairs would not be covered by the . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating used properly. vehicle warranty. The following information has many . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this time-tested, important trailering tips and . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear section have been followed. Ask your safety rules. Many of these are important . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating for your safety and that of your passengers. dealer for advice and information about See “Weight-Distributing Hitch and towing a trailer. Read this section carefully before pulling a Adjustment” under Towing Equipment 0 296 trailer. to determine if equalizer bars are required to obtain the maximum trailer weight rating. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

294 Driving and Operating Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) The gross combined weight can also be Maximum Trailer Weight confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer GCWR is the total allowable weight of the The maximum trailer weight rating is on a public scale. The truck and trailer completely loaded vehicle and trailer calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a should be loaded for the trip with including any fuel, passengers, cargo, driver, a front seat passenger, and all passengers and cargo. equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed required trailering equipment. This value the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle the vehicle is on the Trailering Information can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce Label. the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR, To check that the weight of the vehicle and GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, or GAWR-RR for the vehicle. follow these steps: Use the Tow Rating Guide (my.gmc.com/ 1. Start with the "curb weight" from the learn) to determine how much the trailer Trailering Information Label. can weigh, based on the vehicle model and options. 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with cargo and ready for the trip. Weights listed apply for conventional trailers 3. Add the weight of all passengers. and gooseneck/fifth-wheel trailers unless otherwise noted. 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) vehicle. A step bumper trailer hitch can only support For information about the vehicle's a total trailer weight up to 2 271 kg 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, Limits 0 222. When calculating the GVWR the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating or sway bars. with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue to be sure it is higher than the total trailer 6. Add the weight of any accessories or weight must be included as part of the weight. aftermarket equipment added to the weight the vehicle is carrying. vehicle. The resulting weight cannot exceed the GCWR value on the Trailering Information Label. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 295 Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue weight of 567 kg (1,250 lb) for a conventional The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating trailer hitch. is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the vehicle can support using a conventional The trailer tongue weight contributes to the trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the overall trailer weight to stay within the the curb weight of your vehicle, any maximum trailer tongue weight rating while passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer still maintaining the correct trailer load tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, balance. A fifth-wheel or gooseneck hitch cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum may support a higher tongue weight. allowable tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight. Trailer Load Balance The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– 15% and fifth-wheel or gooseneck tongue The correct trailer load balance must be weight should be 15–25% of the total loaded maintained to ensure trailer stability. trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types, Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of such as boat trailers, fall outside of this trailer sway. range. Always refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the recommended trailer tongue weight for each trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for the vehicle, hitch, and trailer. The trailer load balance percentage is The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating calculated as: weight (1) divided by for a conventional trailer hitch or a fifth weight (2) times 100. wheel/gooseneck hitch is shown on the Trailering Information Label. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

296 Driving and Operating After loading the trailer, separately weigh Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating Towing Equipment the trailer and then the trailer tongue and (GAWR-RR) calculate the trailer load balance percentage Hitches to see if the weights and distribution are The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do { Warning weight is too high, it may be possible to not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, In order to avoid serious injury or transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded If the trailer tongue weight is too high or for the trip including the weight of the property damage, always follow the hitch too low, it may be possible to rearrange trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing manufacturer's instructions when securing some of the cargo inside of the trailer. hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before your draw bar/coupling device to the applying the weight distribution spring bars. vehicle's hitch receiver. Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the Ensure that the draw bar/coupling device shortest hitch extension available to position is secured with a locking retainer pin or the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will other means such that rotation of the pin help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue or locking mechanism will not cause the weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. pin to back out or loosen during use. If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch Failure to correctly secure the draw bar/ receiver, choose a carrier that positions the coupling device to the receiver can result load as close to the vehicle as possible. in separation of the hitch/receiver while Make sure the total weight, including the towing. carrier, is no more than half of the maximum allowable tongue weight for the Conventional Hitch vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. A conventional hitch is bolted to the frame The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on the or cross member of the tow vehicle, and is Trailering Information Label. generally rated Class 2, 3, or 4. Ask your dealer for trailering information or assistance. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 297 Gooseneck Hitch tongue weight between your vehicle and A gooseneck hitch is designed to be coupled trailer axles. Fifth-wheel and gooseneck to a special hitch leveraging a hitch ball, and hitches may also be used. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer Towing is mounted over the rear axle in the 0 truck bed. 293 for weight limits with various hitch types. Fifth-Wheel Hitch Avoid sharp turns when using a step-bumper A fifth-wheel hitch is mounted over the rear hitch to prevent damage. Make wider turns axle in the truck bed, and leverages a to prevent contact between your trailer and hinged plate — the same type of hitch your bumper. leveraged by semi trucks. Generally, fifth-wheel hitches accommodate large Consider using mechanical sway controls trailers with as many as one, two, or three with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional axles. about sway controls or refer to the trailer manufacturer's recommendations and Always use the correct hitch equipment for instructions. your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads can affect the trailer Weight-Distributing Hitch and and the hitch. Adjustment Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle A weight-distributing hitch may be useful helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer with some trailers. Use the following combination. Many trailers can be towed guidelines to determine if a using a weight-carrying hitch which has a weight-distributing hitch should be used. coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers may require a weight-distributing hitch that uses spring bars to distribute the trailer GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

298 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Weight-Distributing Hitch Usage Hitch Distribution 1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Not Required 50% 1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%

Towing with Model 1500 Series Trucks 5. Install and adjust the tension in the 1. Position the truck so that the trailer is weight-distributing bars per the ready to connect (keep the trailer manufacturers’ recommendations so that detached). the height of the front fender is approximately H2−[(H2−H1)/2] (halfway 2. Measure the height of the top of the between the two measured ride heights). front wheel opening at the fender to the ground (H1). 6. Visually inspect the trailer and weight-distributing hitch to ensure that 3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not the manufacturers’ recommendations attach weight distribution bars at have been met. this time. 4. Measure the height of the top of the front wheel opening on the fender to 1. Front of Vehicle the ground (H2). 2. H1/H2 Body to Ground Distance GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 299

Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm) H1 1 000 H2 1 050 H2−H1 50 (H2−H1)/2 25 H2−[(H2−H1)/2] 1 025

Tires specified in the trailering chart for the Safety Chains . Do not tow a trailer while using a vehicle. See “Trailer Weight" under Trailer Towing 0 293. Always attach safety chains between the compact spare tire on the vehicle. vehicle and the trailer. Instructions about . Tires must be properly inflated to support The hitch should be in the pickup bed so safety chains may be provided by the hitch loads while towing a trailer. See Tires that its centerline is over or slightly in front manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. 0 of the rear axle. Take care that it is not so 360 for instructions on proper tire If the trailer being towed weighs up to far forward that it will contact the back of inflation. 2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed the cab in sharp turns. This is especially step bumper, safety chains may be attached Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck Trailering important for short box pickups. Trailer pin to the attaching points on the bumper; box extensions and sliding fifth-wheel hitch Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers can be otherwise, safety chains should be attached assemblies may be used. There should be at used with many pickup models. These to holes on the trailer hitch. trailers place a larger percentage of the least 15 cm (6 in) of clearance between the weight (kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle top of the pickup box and the bottom of the Cross the safety chains under the tongue of than conventional trailers. Make sure this trailer shelf that extends over the box. the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated weight does not cause the vehicle to exceed Make sure the hitch is attached to the tow from the hitch. Always leave enough slack in GAWR or GVWR. Fifth-wheel or gooseneck vehicle frame rails. Do not use the pickup the safety chains to allow the combination kingpin weight should be 15–25% of the box for support. trailer weight up to the maximum amount to turn. Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

300 Driving and Operating Trailer Brakes Locate the auxiliary battery connector under The seven-wire harness contains the the hood on the driver side of the vehicle, following trailer circuits: Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must next to the engine compartment fuse block. be equipped with brake systems and with Stop/Turn Follow the proper installation instructions Yellow/Blue brakes for each axle. Trailer braking Signal Left included with any electrical equipment that equipment conforming to Canadian Stop/Turn Signal is installed. Green/Violet Standards Association (CSA) requirement Right CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is Caution recommended. Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown To prevent draining the auxiliary battery, Reverse Lamps White/Green State or local regulations may require always turn off electrical equipment trailers to have their own braking system if when not in use and do not use any Battery Feed Red/Green the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds equipment that may exceed the certain minimums that can vary from state Ground White maximum amperage rating of 30 amps. to state. Read and follow the instructions for Electric Trailer Brake Blue the trailer brakes so they are installed, Trailer Wiring Harness adjusted, and maintained properly. Never If equipped, the trailer wiring harness, with attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic Basic Trailer Wiring a 7-pin connector and a 4-pin connector, is brake system. If you do, both the vehicle If the vehicle is not equipped with a trailer mounted on the vehicle's rear bumper. antilock brakes and the trailer brakes may connector on the rear bumper, a 7-wire not function, which could result in a crash. trailering harness is tied to the vehicles Auxiliary Battery frame. The harness requires the installation of a trailer connector, which is available If equipped, the vehicle's auxiliary battery through your dealer. can be used to supply electrical power to additional equipment that may be added, Use only a round, seven-wire connector with such as a slide-in camper. flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 specifications for proper electrical connectivity. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 301 3. Left Turn/Brake on the top left hand side (A) and the rear 4. Right Turn/Brake trailer auxiliary camera (B) should be installed on the top right hand side.

The trailer connectors contain the following circuits. 1. Left Turn/Brake 2. Tail Lamps If equipped with the fifth wheel/ gooseneck trailer package, the harness connector is 3. Reverse Lamps mounted on the inside of the pickup bed 4. Battery Feed behind the rear wheel. 5. Right Turn/Brake 6. Electric Brakes 7. Ground If equipped, trailering camera connectors are available in the bumper trailer receptacle in place of the four pin connector. The inside 1. Ground trailer auxiliary camera should be installed 2. Tail Lamps GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

302 Driving and Operating

Reverse Lamps White/Green Pressing START LIGHT TEST in the Trailering App automatically activates the trailer Battery Feed Red/Green lamps. The Trailering App is not a substitute Ground White for manually inspecting your trailer lamps. See Trailering App 0 307. Electric Trailer Brake Blue Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer If equipped with the heavy-duty trailering When properly connected, the trailer turn option, see “Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle Harness Package” earlier in this section. is turning, changing lanes, or stopping. When the camper-wiring harness is ordered When towing a trailer, the arrows on the without the heavy-duty trailering package, a instrument cluster will illuminate even if the seven-wire harness with a seven-pin trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring Package connector is at the rear of the vehicle and is are burned out. For vehicles without the fifth wheel/ tied to the vehicle's frame. Tow/Haul Mode gooseneck trailer package, the seven-wire Trailer Lamps camper harness is under the rear bumper, For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul attached to the frame near the rear Always check that all trailer lamps are Mode, see Driver Mode Control 0 251. crossmember. A connector must be added to working at the beginning of each trip, and Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy the wiring harness that connects to the periodically on longer trips. trailer or a large or heavy load. See Tow/ camper. If equipped, the Trailering App will monitor Haul Mode 0 242. The harness contains the following camper/ the RH turn/brake lamp circuit, LH turn/ Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most trailer circuits: brake lamp circuit, running lamp circuit, and effective when the vehicle and trailer Stop/Turn reverse lamp circuits on the trailer. DIC Yellow/Blue combined weight is at least 75% of the Signal Left messages and Trailering App alerts may be displayed if lighting circuit issues are vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating Stop/Turn Signal (GCWR). See “Trailer Weight” under Trailer Green/Violet detected on the trailer. 0 Right Towing 293. Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 303 Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control a heavy trailer or carrying a large or Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The { Warning heavy load: power output to the trailer brakes is Connecting a trailer that has an air brake . Through rolling terrain. proportional to the amount of vehicle system may result in reduced or . In stop-and-go traffic. braking. This available power output to the complete loss of trailer braking, including trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide . In busy parking lots. increased stopping distance or trailer range of trailering situations. instability which could result in serious Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode The ITBC system is integrated with the injury, death, or property damage. Only when lightly loaded or not towing will not vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, and use the ITBC system with electric or cause damage; however, it is not StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) recommended and may result in unpleasant electric over hydraulic trailer brake systems. In trailering conditions that cause systems. engine and transmission driving the vehicle’s antilock brake or StabiliTrak/ characteristics, heavy or light steering ESC systems to activate, power sent to the Trailer Brake Control Panel efforts, and reduced fuel economy. trailer's brakes will be automatically Integrated Trailer Brake Control System adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up. This does not imply that the trailer has The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer StabiliTrak/ESC. Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with electric trailer brakes or most electric over If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, hydraulic trailer brake systems. These or StabiliTrak/ESC systems are not instructions apply to both types of electric functioning properly, the ITBC system may trailer brakes. not function fully or at all. Make sure all of these systems are fully operational to allow the ITBC system to function properly. The ITBC system is powered through the vehicle's electrical system. Turning the ignition off will also turn off the ITBC system. The ITBC system is fully functional 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever only when the ignition is in on. 2. Trailer Symbol 3. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

304 Driving and Operating The trailer symbol on the control panel will the Trailer Gain (+) or (-) to adjust. Press and Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever light amber when a trailer with electric hold to continuously adjust the Trailer Gain. Slide this lever right to apply the trailer’s brakes is connected. To turn the output to the trailer off, adjust electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This setting The ITBC control panel is on the center brakes. Use this lever to adjust the Trailer can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with a stack. See Instrument Panel Overview 0 4. Gain to achieve proper power output to the trailer connected or disconnected. The control panel allows adjustment to the trailer brakes. Under certain circumstances, amount of output, referred to as Trailer TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a this lever can also be used to apply Gain, available to the trailer brakes and trailer with electric brakes is connected. additional trailer braking. The trailer and allows manual application of the trailer Output to the trailer brakes is based on the vehicle brake lamps will come on when brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the amount of vehicle braking present and either the vehicle brakes or trailer brakes are DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is applied and properly connected. display power output to the trailer brakes. displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain setting. Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Trailer Brake DIC Display Page The Trailer Output will indicate “------” on Trailer Gain should be set for a specific The ITBC display page indicates: the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the trailering condition and it must be . Trailer Gain setting following occur: readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer . Output to the trailer brakes . No trailer is connected. loading, or road surface conditions change. . Trailer connection . A trailer without electric brakes is { Warning . System operational status connected. No DIC message displays. Trailer brakes that are over-gained or To display: . A trailer with electric brakes has become disconnected. A CHECK TRAILER WIRING under-gained may not stop the vehicle . Scroll through the DIC menu pages message displays on the DIC. and the trailer as intended and can result . Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button . There is a fault present in the wiring to in a crash. Always follow the instructions . Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply the trailer brakes. A CHECK TRAILER to set the Trailer Gain for the proper Lever WIRING message displays on the DIC. trailer stopping performance. TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer Gain button to . The ITBC system is not working due to a recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each fault. A SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM press and release of the gain buttons will message displays in the DIC. then change the Trailer Gain setting. Press GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 305 To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages . There is an electrical fault in the wiring to condition: the trailer brakes. This message will TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will continue as long as there is an electrical 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer briefly display when a trailer with electric attached on a level road surface fault in the trailer wiring. This message brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This will also turn off if it is acknowledged. representative of the towing condition message will automatically turn off in about and free of traffic at about 32–40 km/h 10 seconds. This message can be To determine whether the electrical fault is (20–25 mph) and fully apply the Manual acknowledged before it automatically on the vehicle side or trailer side of the Trailer Brake Apply Lever. turns off. trailer wiring harness connection: Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness than 32–40 km/h (20–25 mph) may display if: from the vehicle. result in an incorrect gain setting. . The ITBC system first determines 2. Turn the ignition off. 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer connection to a trailer with electric brakes 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition Gain (+) or (−) adjustment buttons, to and then the trailer harness becomes back to RUN. just below the point of trailer wheel disconnected from the vehicle. lock-up, indicated by trailer wheel squeal 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message or tire smoke when a trailer wheel locks. If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle reappears, the electrical fault is on the is stationary, this message will vehicle side. Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if automatically turn off in about If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only towing a heavily loaded trailer. Adjust 30 seconds. This message will also turn reappears when connecting the trailer wiring the Trailer Gain to the highest allowable off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer harness to the vehicle, the electrical fault is setting for the towing condition. harness is reconnected. on the trailer side. 3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime vehicle If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle loading, trailer loading, or road surface is moving, this message will continue SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This conditions change or if trailer wheel until the ignition is turned off. This message will display when there is a lock-up is noticed at any time while message will also turn off if it is problem with the ITBC system. If this towing. acknowledged or if the trailer harness is message continues over multiple ignition reconnected. cycles, have the vehicle serviced. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

306 Driving and Operating If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may { Warning displays while driving, the ITBC system may also apply the trailer brakes. Trailer sway can result in a crash and in not be fully functional or may not function serious injury or death, even if the at all. When traffic conditions allow, vehicle is equipped with TSC. carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of the road and turn the ignition off. Check the If the trailer begins to sway, reduce wiring connection to the trailer and turn the vehicle speed by gradually removing your ignition back on. If either of these messages foot from the accelerator. Then pull over continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs to check the trailer and vehicle to help service. correct possible causes, including an A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and improperly or overloaded trailer, repair problems with the trailer. However, unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not configuration, or improperly inflated or covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer Towing Equipment 0 296 for trailer repairs and trailer warranty information. If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control ratings and hitch setup recommendations. System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light Trailer Sway Control (TSC) will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability vehicle speed by gradually removing your Control Devices foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control Some trailers may come equipped with an continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended electronic device designed to reduce or torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC manufacturers also offer similar devices that Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle connect to the wiring between the trailer 0 248. brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, and the vehicle. These devices may interfere to help reduce excessive trailer sway. with the vehicle’s trailer brake or other If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake systems, including integrated anti-sway systems, if equipped. Messages related to GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 307 trailer connections or trailer brakes could If the vehicle is equipped with a trailer tire appear on the DIC. The effects of these Warning (Continued) pressure monitoring system, see the trailer aftermarket devices may have on vehicle manual trailer brake apply lever. Also, tire pressure monitoring system description handling or trailer brake performance is not check the trailer brake lamps and and the trailering app. known. other lamps are functioning correctly. Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer . If the trailer brakes are not operating tire sidewall will show the week and year { Warning properly at any time, or if a DIC the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway message indicates problems with the manufacturers recommend replacing tires control devices could result in reduced trailer connections or trailer brakes, more than six years old. trailer brake performance, loss of trailer carefully pull the vehicle over to the Overloading is another leading cause of brakes, or other malfunctions, and result side of the road when traffic trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer in a crash. You or others could be conditions allow. with more weight than the tires are seriously injured or killed. Before using designed to support. The load rating is one of these devices: Trailer Tires located on the trailer tire sidewall. . Ask the device or trailer manufacturer Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle Always know the maximum speed rating for if the device has been thoroughly tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff the trailer tires before driving. This may be tested for compatibility with the sidewalls to help prevent sway and to significantly lower than the vehicle tire make, model, and year of your vehicle support heavy loads. These features can speed rating. The speed rating may be on and any optional equipment installed make it difficult to determine if the trailer the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is on your vehicle. tire pressures are low only based on a visual not shown, the default trailer tire speed inspection. . Before driving, check the trailer brakes rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). are working properly, if equipped. Always check all trailer tire pressures before Drive the vehicle with the trailer each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer Trailering App attached on a level road surface that tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire Trailer Lights App is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h blow-outs. (20-25 mph) and fully apply the If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is on the (Continued) Home Page of the infotainment display. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

308 Driving and Operating Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps on and Trailering App listed, or load the Guest Trailer Profile by off to determine if they are working. The selecting GUEST TRAILER. Touching If equipped, the Trailering App is on the test follows this sequence: Accessory/No trailer will select Accessory/No Home Page of the infotainment display. 1. The running lights turn on first and trailer as the active Trailer Profile and will remain on throughout the sequence. If equipped this feature allows profiles for dismiss the pop- up. Shifting the vehicle connected trailers to be created to view from P (Park) will select Guest Trailer as the 2. The brake lights turn on for about status, to store and track trailer usage active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the two seconds. information, and to set up towing assistance pop-up. 3. The left turn signal light flashes three features. times. Create a Trailer Profile The Trailering App Preview will appear when 1. Touch Create Profile on the trailer 4. The right turn signal light flashes three the Trailering App is opened for the first times. detection pop-up or touch + Add Trailer time from the Home Page. Touch GET Profile in the Trailering App. 5. The reverse lights turn on for about STARTED in the Trailering App to go into two seconds. the app. 2. Create a name for the trailer. 3. Select the trailer type. 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately When a trailer is electrically connected and one minute and 45 seconds, or until the a trailer profile has not been created, there 4. Select Save Profile. test deactivates. will be an option to create a profile, use a A pop-up will indicate the setup is complete. Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will guest profile, or select Accessory/No trailer. Touch DONE to complete the process or automatically end after one minute and After the pop-up is displayed three times, touch TRAILER FEATURE SETUP to set up the 45 seconds. Don’t Remind Me will display and touching Tow/Haul Mode reminder, Trailer Tire that will turn off the trailer detection Pressure Monitoring System, if equipped, The sequence also deactivates when any of pop-up. To turn the Trailer Detection Alert maintenance reminders, or towing the following occur: on, select ON in the Settings tab. assistance, if equipped. . The ignition is turned off. When a trailer is electrically connected and Import a Trailer Profile . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). after a Trailer Profile has been created, the . The brake pedal is pressed. trailer detection pop-up will appear with a A trailer profile saved to an OnStar account can be imported to the vehicle. . The turn signal is activated. list of all of the custom Trailer Profiles made . The hazard warning lights are activated. on the vehicle. To load an existing Trailer 1. Touch + Add Trailer Profile in the Profile, select one of the Trailer Profiles Trailering App GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 309 2. Touch Import Profile on the pop-up. A trailer must be electrically connected to trailer tires are rotated or replaced. See 3. Select a trailer profile from the list. the vehicle before starting the “Editing a Trailer Profile” later in this section sensor-to-vehicle learn process. for tire pressure sensor relearn information. 4. Touch IMPORT. After selecting Start from the Learn Sensors Tool Method: A TTPMS activation tool can A pop-up will indicate the import was screen, use the Tool Method or the Manual be purchased separately to learn the sensor successful. Touch OK to return to the trailer Method (described below) to learn each tire locations. list and select the trailer profile. The Tow/ sensor, during which the current tire number Manual Method: Without the tool, the air Haul Mode reminder, Brake Gain Setting and will be highlighted. Trailer Tire Pressure sensor learning, pressure can be increased or decreased in if equipped, do not import. Each sensor has a minimum of two minutes each tire for 10 seconds. Do not exceed the to learn, shown by a timer. After a sensor is maximum inflation pressure found on the Trailer Feature Setup learned, a checkmark appears next to the tire sidewalls. Make sure to re-adjust tire Tow/Haul Mode Reminder tire, the vehicle horn will sound, the pressure to the recommended level when vehicle’s brake lamps will flash, and all the process is complete. To turn the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder working trailer lamps will flash. It then Sensor Learning Steps setting on, touch Yes. To turn it off, moves to the next sensor. touch No. To complete the sensor-to-vehicle learn To cancel the process touch Stop. Trailer Tire Pressure Setup process: The recommended tire pressure must be 1. Touch Start on the Learn Sensors screen. If the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring entered for the trailer tires. This allows the System (TTPMS) is detected, touch the Tire The horn chirps twice and the Learning vehicle to alert when the tire pressure is Active screen appears on the Pressure Monitoring icon to set up tire high or low. pressure monitoring. Touch Yes to set up infotainment display. the sensors or touch No to return to the TTPMS must learn the location of the 2. Start with the driver side front previous screen. installed tire sensors to show correct air trailer tire. pressure and temperature for each tire. To The trailer tire pressure sensors can transmit 3. Activate the tool near the valve stem or set up, use one of the following options or adjust the air pressure of this tire until up to 7 m (23 feet) from the hitch receiver of see a tire or trailer dealer for service. The the vehicle. the horn chirps and all working vehicle learning process must be repeated when the and trailer lights flash. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

310 Driving and Operating The process stops without saving the Transparent Trailer Setup (if equipped) 3. Follow instructions to drive forward to sensor locations if this step takes more complete calibration. To complete setup for transparent trailer: than two minutes. . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm Rear Trailer Guidance Setup (if equipped) 4. Move to the next tire and repeat Step 3 (381.8 in). Measure from center of coupler for each sensor. The horn chirps twice A rear trailer camera must be mounted on to furthest rear point on the trailer. when all sensors are completed. the trailer and electrically connected to the . Trailer Width: 120 cm (47.2 in) – 260 cm vehicle before transparent trailer feature can 5. Return to the vehicle to complete the (102.3 in). Measure from left edge to setup. be used. See Assistance Systems for Parking right edge. or Backing 0 266. Maintenance Reminders . Trailer Height: 1 cm (0.39 in) – 450 cm Trailer dimensions must be in range to (177.1 in). Measure from ground to tallest To set up maintenance reminders, touch the enable this feature. point. Trailer Maintenance icon. Select Yes to set . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm up the maintenance reminders for the . Hitching Point Length: 180 cm (70.8 in) – (381.8 in). Measure from center of coupler Trailer Profile. Follow the on-screen prompts. 970 cm (381.8 in). Measure from center of to furthest rear point on the trailer. coupler to middle of tires. The maximum number of reminders is 50. 1. If trailer dimensions are out of range, Select No to return to the previous screen. . Trailer Tongue Length: 50 cm (19.6 in) – this feature will be unavailable. 220 cm (86.6 in). Measure from center of Towing Assistance coupler to trailer front wall. 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected. To set up towing assistance features, . Vehicle Hitch Height: 10 cm (3.9 in) – 3. Follow instructions to drive forward to if equipped, touch the Towing 100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from ground to complete calibration. Assistance icon. top of coupler. Jack-Knife Alert Setup (if equipped) Touch Yes to begin set up or touch No to . Vehicle Hitch Length: 10 cm (3.9 in) – Follow instructions to drive forward to return to the previous screen. 100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from hitch receiver to center of ball. complete calibration. 1. Select the number of axles on the trailer. 1. If trailer dimensions are out of range, 2. Enter trailer dimensions as prompted. Trailer Length Indicator Setup (if this feature will be unavailable. equipped) 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected. complete setup for available features. Follow instructions to drive forward to complete calibration. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 311 Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert Setup (if Vehicle Connections equipped) Trailer dimensions must be in range to enable this feature. . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 1200 cm (472.4 in). Measure from center of coupler to furthest rear point on the trailer. If trailer dimensions are out of range, this feature will be unavailable. Status View The Status view shows: . Vehicle 1. Transmission Fluid Temperature 1. Light Test Start Button . Connections 2. Average Fuel Economy with Trailer 2. Trailer Electrical Diagnostics . Tires Profile Connections: OK . Maintenance Transmission Temperature If a trailer connection is detected, the view . Cameras View the temperature of the transmission will display OK. Upon entry, the most recent items will be fluid by looking at the graphic. The graphic Trailer Connections Status shown. Select MORE to view all options. will indicate a dangerous level if the temperature is at 130 °C–150 °C When a trailer is connected, the Trailering (270 °F–300 °F). App System detects the trailer connection using the Park and Stop/Turn Signal lighting Average Fuel Economy circuits and alerts the driver by requesting a Touch to view the average fuel economy of trailer profile setup through the Trailering the vehicle while the Trailer Profile is active. App System on the infotainment screen. The Trailer Detection Alert setting must be enabled for the alert to display when a GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

312 Driving and Operating trailer is connected. When a trailer is Connection Trailer Lighting Faults Detected Light Test connected and the ignition is off, the The Trailering App System monitors for Touch Start Light Test to cycle the trailer Trailering App System will periodically pulse electrical faults on the trailer lights. lights on and off to determine if they are the lighting circuits of the trailer to verify it A message about the lighting issue will working. The test follows this sequence: is still connected. The trailer lights may appear on the DIC. The infotainment display periodically flash as a result of this trailer 1. The running lights turn on first and will also show the lighting issue in the remain on throughout the sequence. connection detection. These flashes may be Connection Status view. Repair your trailer more visible in dark ambient light lights if needed. A trailer lighting issue is 2. The brake lights turn on for about environments. The flashing or flickering not covered by your GM warranty. two seconds. lights are a normal condition and the 3. The left turn signal light flashes three Trailering App System has built-in Diagnose View times. protections to prevent the battery from Touch Diagnose to see more information 4. The right turn signal light flashes three draining. When Theft Alert is also enabled about the connection problem. the frequency and pattern of this flashing times. will change. This view will display the names of the 5. The reverse lights turn on for about trailer connector pins, a graphic of the trailer two seconds. Connection Problem connector, and a graphic of the back of the 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately If any of the trailer connections are lost, a trailer. one minute and 45 seconds, or until the message about the connection issue will Any connector pin that failed will be amber test deactivates. appear on the Driver Information Center color, and the location of the corresponding (DIC). The infotainment display will also Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will connection will be highlighted on the automatically end after one minute and show the connection issue in the Connection graphic of the back of the trailer. Status view. 45 seconds. The Running Lights connection may not If a trailer connection is not detected, the The sequence also deactivates when any of detect partial outages. Activate the light test the following occur: Trailering App will not display the to check all trailer lamps. See “Light Test” Connection Status screen. following. . The ignition is turned off. . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). . The brake pedal is pressed. . The turn signal is activated. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 313 . The hazard warning lights are activated. Maintenance . Touch Remind Me Later to delay the reminder. Tires . Touch X next to Upcoming Alerts (90%) to dismiss the alert. It will not appear again. . Touch X next to Maintenance Due (100%) to delay the alert to the next ignition cycle. Always follow all of the maintenance instructions that came with your trailer. Cameras

1. List of Maintenance Reminders 1. Trailer Tire Pressure/Temperature 2. Add a New Maintenance Reminder Tire Pressure and Temperature The Maintenance Status view displays reminders. Touch a reminder to edit. If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle learn process was completed, the status view will display Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to go the current tire pressure and temperature of to the Select New Reminder view. the trailer tires related to the active Trailer The progress bar turns yellow when the Profile. If a tire’s pressure is low or high, the maintenance item reaches 90% complete. color of the pressure value will be amber. The progress bar turns red when the If a sensor malfunctions, the values are maintenance item reaches 100% complete. dashed lines. If the screen displays “Service Guest Trailer Status View Tire Pressure Monitoring System”, the Maintenance Notifications Touch the Guest Trailer Profile for the status vehicle needs to be taken to a dealer for . Touch Service Complete to reset the views. service. maintenance reminder. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

314 Driving and Operating The Guest Trailer Profile Status view shows: Custom Checklist Items All personalization features are based on the settings for each driver in vehicle . Vehicle For each of the Trailer Profile checklists, personalization. The list of Trailer Profiles is . Connections there is an option to create custom items to based on vehicle personalization settings. . Cameras, if equipped view in the checklist. The custom item will appear at the bottom of the checklist. Guest Trailer The Trailer Status view displays mileage information. Touch to edit, and follow the Guest Trailer and No Trailer Connected If the Guest Trailer Profile is the active on-screen prompts. Mileage and fuel Trailer Profile, trailer detection, connections economy will reset after the trailer If Guest Trailer Profile is active or if no status, theft, and the Tow/Haul reminder disconnects. trailer is connected, the checklist will show alerts can be sent. The system will not track all of the checklists associated with Custom total mileage or fuel economy, but the Accessory/No Trailer Status View Trailer Profiles in addition to default system will track trip mileage and fuel checklists. If the Accessory/No Trailer profile is active, economy if the Guest Trailer Profile is active. trailer status information is not available. Trailers View The Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or maintenance reminders cannot be set up Checklist View Touch the Trailers tab to view, activate, for a Guest Trailer Profile. The Guest Trailer create, edit, or delete Trailer Profiles. This view shows the recommended steps to Profile cannot be edited. take before towing a trailer. If a trailer is connected, touch the Trailer Touch p to learn more about the Guest Profile name to activate a Trailer Profile. Touch the box next to each item if that step Trailer option. has been completed. There can be up to five Custom Trailer Accessory/No Trailer Profiles on the vehicle. Touch p to access a detailed view of If the Accessory/No Trailer Profile is active, each step. Within each detailed view, touch The Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest Trailer alerts will not be sent and the system will Next and Previous to navigate between are in order of the most frequently used. not track mileage or fuel economy. The steps. The Accessory/No Trailer profile is shown Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or below the Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest maintenance reminders cannot be set up for Touch Clear All to clear the completed Trailer Profile. statuses from all items in the current the Accessory/No Trailer Profile. The checklist. Accessory/No Trailer profile cannot be edited. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 315 No Trailer Connected Editing a Trailer Profile Tire Pressure Setup When there is no trailer connected, Trailer Trailer Profile View Touch to set up the Trailer Tire Pressure Profiles cannot be activated but most Monitoring System (TTPMS) for the Trailer Touch to edit any of the following options options can be edited. Profile. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup” in the Trailer Profile view: Trailer Brake Gain Memory previously in this section for details on the . Trailer Name setup. Also, touch Tire Pressure Setup if the The system can memorize the brake gain . Towing Assistance Setup, if equipped trailer tires were rotated or if the tire setting of a Trailer Profile or a Guest Trailer . Tire Pressure Setup, if equipped pressure sensors in the tires were replaced Profile. When a Trailer Profile or Guest . Trailer Maintenance for this Trailer Profile. The vehicle will need Trailer Profile is selected, and a brake gain to relearn the tire sensors and their . Edit Mileage setting is set for that Trailer Profile, a quick locations. notice will appear to indicate that the . Reset Average Fuel Economy If TTPMS had been set up previously, the system has recalled that profile’s brake gain Touch Save to save the new value to the setting. Select Number of Sensors screen will appear Trailer Profile. Touching Back will still save after touching Tire Pressure Setup. If the If a Trailer Profile is already active and the the previously entered information. number of sensors has changed, select the brake gain setting had been set for that Trailer Name number and touch Next. Trailer Profile, the quick notice will trigger whenever the ignition is turned on. Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s name. Use If a new number of sensors is selected, the at least one character and no spaces. Relearn Sensors pop-up will appear. Touch If there was an error in setting the brake Touch Save. Cancel to go back or touch Relearn to gain for a Trailer Profile, there will be a overwrite the current sensors and begin the Towing Assistance Setup notification. This pop-up will not appear if relearning process. See “Trailer Tire Pressure the Guest Trailer Profile is active or if there A trailer should be connected to complete Setup” previously in this section. is no trailer connected. this portion of profile setup. If number of sensors has not changed, touch Trailer brake gain should be set for a specific Touch to set up towing assistance features Next and the Learn sensors screen will trailering condition and must be adjusted for the Trailer Profile. See "Towing appear. anytime vehicle loading, trailer loading, Assistance" for details on the setup. or road surface conditions change. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

316 Driving and Operating On the Learn Sensors screen. Touch Relearn Edit Reminder Effect on Maintenance Reminders to overwrite the current sensors and begin Touch to edit the mileage or time settings If the mileage is reset or changed, and the relearning process. See “Trailer Tire for the reminder. Touch Save to save the mileage has already accumulated, any Pressure Setup” previously in this section. new settings to the Trailer Profile. maintenance reminders that have been set On the Learn Sensors screen, touch Next to Delete Reminder up will be adjusted accordingly. go to the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure Reset Average Fuel Economy screen. Touch to delete the maintenance reminder. On the pop-up, touch Delete to delete the Touch to reset the average fuel economy for On the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure reminder or touch Cancel to return to the the Trailer Profile. Touch Reset to change, screen, touch a number on the keypad to previous view and nothing will change. or touch Cancel to go back to the change the New Maintenance Reminder previous view. Recommended Tire Pressure for the trailer’s Delete/Remove Trailer tires. This will change the number at which Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to set the vehicle displays alerts related to trailer up a new reminder. Suggested reminders Touch to remove the Trailer Profile and all tire pressure. Touch Done to return to the that were previously set will have of its settings. Trailer Profile view. checkmarks next to them. Suggested On the pop-up, touch Remove to remove the reminders that have not been set will have Trailer Maintenance Trailer Profile from the vehicle. Touch Cancel empty boxes next to them. The maximum to dismiss the pop-up and return to the Touch to view a list of maintenance number of reminders is 50. previous view. reminders for the Trailer Profile. Edit Mileage Remove will be displayed if there is a Touch a reminder to view, reset, delete, Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s mileage. connected OnStar plan active with the or edit it. Touch Reset to reset trailer mileage to zero, vehicle. Removing a trailer profile will Reset Reminder or enter a new value and touch Save. remove the profile from the vehicle but the Touching back will return to the Trailer profile will still be associated with the user Touch Maintenance Complete in the Profile view. account. However, if there is not a reminder view to reset the reminder. On the connected OnStar plan then the remove pop-up, touch Reset to reset the time and button will read DELETE and the profile will mileage values for the reminder. Touch be deleted permanently. Cancel to return to the previous view and nothing will change. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 317 Settings View turned on or off. Touch a profile to view A smartphone will receive a notification that more information or adjust the setting for the trailer related to the selected Trailer Within the Trailering App, touch the Settings that profile. Profile is disconnected from the vehicle, tab to modify the following settings: if the setting is on for the active Trailer . Trailer Detection Alert The setting will be on by default for each profile. All Maintenance Alerts for that active Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or . Maintenance Alerts Trailer Profile will be received. connected service plan and the smartphone . Theft Alert number has been added to the account for Turn a setting off to not receive any of the . Tow/Haul Mode Reminder this notification. Maintenance Alerts when that Trailer Profile . Trailer Length Indicator is active. If the setting is turned off for a given Trailer Profile, the smartphone will not receive this Trailer Detection Alert Theft Alert security notification even if the Trailer Profile is active. The Trailer Detection Alert setting will be on A theft alert can be set if a trailer is by default. Turn it off to disable the Trailer connected and the alert is enabled. When Tow/Haul Mode Reminder Detection pop-up from displaying when a the trailer is disconnected and the vehicle is trailer is connected. The Guest Trailer Profile off, an alarm will sound. This is a reminder to turn on the Tow/Haul will become the active Trailer Profile, unless Mode when towing a trailer. See Tow/Haul another Trailer Profile is selected manually Touch Theft Alert in Settings to view the Mode 0 242. through the Trailering App. If this setting is Theft Alert settings page. These alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder in Settings disabled while a Custom Trailer Profile is to view the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder active, that Trailer Profile will remain the for each Trailer Profile must be turned on or off. Touch a profile to view more settings page. These alerts are based on the active profile until the trailer is Trailer Profile, so the settings for each disconnected. information or adjust the setting for that profile. Trailer Profile must be turned on or off. Maintenance Alerts Touch a profile to view more information or This setting will be off by default for each to adjust the setting for that profile. Touch Maintenance Alerts to view the Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer Maintenance Alerts settings page. These Profile. This setting will default to OFF for each alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer settings for each Trailer Profile must be Profile. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

318 Driving and Operating If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this setting is Conversions and Add-Ons The vehicle has an airbag system. Before on for a Trailer Profile, each time the attempting to add anything electrical to the ignition is turned on a reminder will appear Add-On Electrical Equipment vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped to turn on Tow/Haul Mode when the Trailer Vehicle 0 69 and Profile is active. Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped { Warning 0 If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this setting is Vehicle 69. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for on for a Trailer Profile, the reminder will not For information on wiring auxiliary switches, appear when the Trailer Profile is active. vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ see www.gmupfitter.com or contact your Maintenance testing. See Malfunction dealer. Trailer Length Indicator Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 115. Touch Trailer Length Indicator to view the A device connected to the DLC — such as Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Trailer Length Indicator settings page. If this an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior Equipment setting is ON a guideline is displayed in the tracking device — may interfere with side mirror camera view to indicate the rear vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle Caution operation and cause a crash. Such devices of the attached trailer. If this setting is OFF Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) with a may also access information stored in the the guideline will not be displayed. snow plow mounted to the vehicle. The vehicle’s systems. This setting will default to OFF if the trailer vehicle could overheat and be damaged. length indicator feature is not set up. See "Towing Assistance" for details on the setup. Caution Before installing a snow plow on the vehicle, follow these guidelines: Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not Caution work and would not be covered by the If the vehicle does not have the snow vehicle warranty. Always check with your plow prep package, RPO VYU, adding a dealer before adding electrical equipment. plow can damage the vehicle, and the repairs would not be covered by the Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's vehicle warranty. Unless the vehicle was 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. built to carry a snow plow, do not add (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Driving and Operating 319

Caution (Continued) coolant to overheat. Move or angle the any other cargo. This is the amount of snow plow blade to allow increased weight that can be added to the front axle one to the vehicle. If the vehicle has RPO airflow to the radiator. before reaching the Front GAWR. VYU, then the payload the vehicle can . To increase the airflow, move the snow To calculate the amount of weight any front carry will be reduced when a snow plow plow blade position. accessory, such as a snow plow, is adding to is installed. The vehicle can be damaged . If driving more than 24 km/h (15 mi), the front axle, use this formula: if either the front or rear axle ratings or angle the plow blade position. the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . Make sure the weight on the front and are exceeded. rear axles does not exceed the axle rating for each. The plow the vehicle can carry depends on many things, such as: . Follow the snowplow manufacturer’s recommendations for any rear ballast that . The options the vehicle came with, and may be required. Rear ballast may be the weight of those options. required to ensure a proper front and rear . The weight and number of passengers to weight distribution ratio even though the be carried. actual weight at the front axle may be . The weight of items added to the vehicle, less than the front axel rating. like a tool box or truck cap. . The snowplow manufacturer or installer . The total weight of any additional cargo can assist in determining the amount of to be carried. rear ballast required to ensure that the (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the accessory is adding to the front axle. To safely carry a snow plow on the vehicle: vehicle with the attached snowplow does not exceed the GVW rating, the front and Where: . With a snow plow attached, the engine rear axle ratings, or the front and rear IW = Weight of added accessory coolant temperature gauge may show a weight distribution ratio. higher temperature than while driving IA = Distance that the accessory is in Front axle reserve capacity is the difference without one. The snow plow could block front of the front axle the airflow to the radiator. This could be between the Front Gross Axle Weight more noticeable as vehicle speed Rating (GAWR) and the front axle weight of IW.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase increases. At speeds above 72 km/h the vehicle with full fuel, passengers, and (45 mph), this may cause the engine GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

320 Driving and Operating For example, adding a 318 kg (700 lb) snow Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab plow actually adds more than 318 kg (700 lb) { Warning to the front axle. Using the formula, if the On some vehicles that have certain front We are aware that some vehicle owners might consider having the pickup box snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of the mounted equipment, such as a snow removed and a commercial or recreational front axle and the wheelbase is 305 cm plow, it may be possible to load the front (10 ft), then: body installed. Owners should be aware axle to the front Gross Axle Weight that, as manufactured, there are differences IW = 318 kg (700 lb) Rating (GAWR) but not have enough between a chassis cab and a pickup with the IA = 122 cm (4 ft) weight on the rear axle to have proper box removed which could affect vehicle braking performance. If the brakes cannot safety. The components necessary to adapt IW.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) work properly, the vehice could crash. a pickup to permit its safe use with a (W x (A + W.B.)/W.B. = (318 x (122 + 305))/305 Always follow the snow plow specialized body should be installed by the = 445 kg (980 lb) manufacturer or installer's body builder. This means if the front axle reserve capacity recommendation for rear ballast to is more than 445 kg (980 lb), the snow plow ensure a proper front and rear weight could be added without exceeding the distribution ratio. Maintaining a proper front GAWR. front and rear weight distribution ratio is necessary to provide proper braking Heavier equipment can be added on the performance. front of the vehicle if less cargo or fewer passengers are carried, or by positioning See your dealer for additional advice and cargo toward the rear. This reduces the load information about using a snow plow on the on the front. However, the front GAWR, rear vehicle. Also, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. GAWR, and Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) must never be exceeded. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 321 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 346 Electrical System Vehicle Care Front Axle ...... 346 Electrical System Overload ...... 352 Rear Axle ...... 346 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 353 General Information Starter Switch Check ...... 347 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 353 General Information ...... 322 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) . . . . . 357 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 322 Control Function Check ...... 347 Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right) . . . 358 California Perchlorate Materials Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 347 Requirements ...... 322 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Wheels and Tires Accessories and Modifications ...... 323 Check ...... 347 Tires ...... 360 All-Season Tires ...... 361 Vehicle Checks Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 348 Glass Replacement ...... 348 Winter Tires ...... 361 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 323 All-Terrain Tires ...... 362 Hood ...... 323 Windshield Replacement ...... 348 Gas Strut(s) ...... 349 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 362 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 325 Tire Designations ...... 364 Engine Oil ...... 330 Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 365 Engine Oil Life System ...... 332 Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 350 Tire Pressure ...... 367 Automatic Transmission Fluid ...... 333 Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 368 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 333 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 369 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 334 Bulb Replacement ...... 350 Tire Inspection ...... 373 Cooling System ...... 335 Halogen Bulbs ...... 350 Tire Rotation ...... 374 Engine Overheating ...... 338 LED Lighting ...... 350 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 375 Overheated Engine Protection Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Buying New Tires ...... 376 Operating Mode ...... 340 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 350 Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 377 Engine Fan ...... 340 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 377 Washer Fluid ...... 340 Back-Up Lamps ...... 351 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 378 Brakes ...... 341 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Wheel Replacement ...... 378 Brake Pad Life System ...... 342 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 352 Tire Chains ...... 379 Brake Fluid ...... 343 License Plate Lamp ...... 352 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 380 Battery - North America ...... 343 Tire Changing ...... 381 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 390 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

322 Vehicle Care Jump Starting General Information Warning (Continued) Jump Starting - North America ...... 391 For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other Towing the Vehicle dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many Towing the Vehicle ...... 394 and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 395 people. some component wear by-products Appearance Care Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For Exterior Care ...... 398 more information go to Interior Care ...... 403 www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Floor Mats ...... 405 passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 343 and Jump Starting - North America 0 391 and the back cover. California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seat belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries California Proposition 65 Warning contained in electronic keys, may contain perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – { Warning special handling may apply. See Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. as well as many of its service parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 323 Accessories and Modifications Also, see Adding Equipment to the If equipped with remote vehicle start, open Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69. the hood before performing any service Adding non-dealer accessories or making work to prevent remote starting the vehicle modifications to the vehicle can affect accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. vehicle performance and safety, including Vehicle Checks such things as airbags, braking, stability, Keep a record with all parts receipts and list ride and handling, emissions systems, Doing Your Own Service Work the mileage and the date of any service aerodynamics, durability, and electronic work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 systems like antilock brakes, traction control, { Warning 422. and stability control. These accessories or It can be dangerous to work on your Caution modifications could even cause malfunction vehicle if you do not have the proper or damage not covered by the vehicle knowledge, service manual, tools, Even small amounts of contamination can warranty. or parts. Always follow owner’s manual cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not Damage to suspension components caused procedures and consult the service allow contaminants to contact the fluids, by modifying vehicle height outside of manual for your vehicle before doing any reservoir caps, or dipsticks. factory settings will not be covered by the service work. vehicle warranty. Hood Damage to vehicle components resulting If doing some of your own service work, use from modifications or the installation or use the proper service manual. It tells you much { Warning of non-GM certified parts, including control more about how to service the vehicle than For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, this manual can. To order the proper service module or software modifications, is not turn the vehicle off before opening the covered under the terms of the vehicle manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 435. hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will warranty and may affect remaining start when the hood is opened. You or warranty coverage for affected parts. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before others could be injured. GM Accessories are designed to complement attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle and function with other systems on the 0 vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the 69. vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

324 Vehicle Care 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate The Driver Information Center (DIC) will { Warning the secondary release lever under the display a message if the hood is not fully Components under the hood can get hot front center of the hood. Push the closed, and the vehicle is moving. Stop and from running the engine. To help avoid secondary hood release lever to the right turn off the vehicle, check the hood for the risk of burning unprotected skin, to release. obstructions, and close the hood again. never touch these components until they 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, Check to see if the message still appears on have cooled, and always use a glove or the gas strut system will automatically the DIC. towel to avoid direct skin contact. lift the hood and hold it in the fully open position. Clear any snow from the hood before To close the hood: opening. 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler To open the hood: caps are on properly, and all tools are 1. Pull the hood release lever with the removed. i symbol. It is on the lower left side 2. Pull the hood down until the strut of the instrument panel. system is no longer holding up the hood. 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary.

{ Warning Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured. Always close the hood completely before driving. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 325 Engine Compartment Overview

2.7L L4 Engine (L3B) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

326 Vehicle Care 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump Starting - North America 0 391. 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See Jump Starting - North America 0 391. 3. Battery - North America 0 343. 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 353. 5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 335. 6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 330. 7. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 330. 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 335. 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 334. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 343. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid 0 340. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 327

4.3L V6 Engine (LV3) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

328 Vehicle Care 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump Starting - North America 0 391. 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See Jump Starting - North America 0 391. 3. Battery - North America 0 343. 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 353. 5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 335. 6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 330. 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 330. 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 335. 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 334. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 343. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid 0 340. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 329

5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 5.3L V8 Engine (L82) and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

330 Vehicle Care 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump To ensure proper engine performance and Starting - North America 0 391. long life, careful attention must be paid to { Warning 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See engine oil. Following these simple, but The engine oil dipstick handle may be Jump Starting - North America 0 391. important steps will help protect your hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or investment: 3. Battery - North America 0 343. glove to touch the dipstick handle. 0 . Use engine oil approved to the proper 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 353. specification and of the proper viscosity If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine message displays, check the oil level. Oil” under Engine Oil 0 330. Oil” in this section. Follow these guidelines: 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See . Check the engine oil level regularly and 0 . To get an accurate reading, park the Cooling System 335. maintain the proper oil level. See vehicle on level ground. Check the engine 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add oil level after the engine has been off for Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 330. Engine Oil” in this section. at least two hours. Checking the engine . Change the engine oil at the appropriate oil level on steep grades or too soon after 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. 0 See Cooling System 0 335. time. See Engine Oil Life System 332. engine shutoff can result in incorrect 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 334. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See readings. Accuracy improves when “What to Do with Used Oil” in this checking a cold engine prior to starting. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid section. Remove the dipstick and check the level. 0 343. Checking Engine Oil . If unable to wait two hours, the engine 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See must be off for at least 15 minutes if the “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Check the engine oil level regularly, every engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if Fluid 0 340. 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long the engine is not warm. Pull out the trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel Engine Oil See Engine Compartment Overview 0 325 for or cloth, then push it back in all the way. For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” the location. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, in the Duramax diesel supplement. and check the level. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 331

When to Add Engine Oil Caution (Continued) damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview 0 325 for the location of the engine oil fill cap. Caution If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at Add enough oil to put the level somewhere Failure to use the recommended engine the tip of the dipstick and the engine has in the proper operating range. Push the oil or equivalent can result in engine been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L dipstick all the way back in when through. damage not covered by the vehicle (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then warranty. recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Selecting the Right Engine Oil Engine Oil” later in this section for an Selecting the right engine oil depends on Viscosity Grade explanation of what kind of oil to use. For both the proper oil specification and engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil for and Specifications 0 424. and Lubricants 0 418. the 5.3L and 6.2L V8 engines. Specification Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil for Caution the 2.7L L4, and 4.3L V6 engines. Cold Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the Temperature Operation: In an area of or below the acceptable operating range dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have extreme cold, where the temperature falls shown on the dipstick are harmful to the been approved by GM as meeting the below −29 °C (−20 °F), use SAE 0W-30 oil. An engine. If the oil level is above the dexos1 specification are marked with the oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier dexos1 approved logo. operating range (i.e., the engine has so cold starting for the engine at extremely much oil that the oil level gets above the low temperatures. cross-hatched area that shows the proper When selecting an oil of the appropriate operating range), the engine could be viscosity grade, it is recommended to select (Continued) an oil of the correct specification. See “Specification” earlier in this section. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

332 Vehicle Care Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Engine Oil Life System will perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly Do not add anything to the oil. The When to Change Engine Oil over the course of an oil drain interval and recommended oils meeting the dexos1 keep it at the proper level. specification are all that is needed for good This vehicle has a computer system that performance and engine protection. indicates when to change the engine oil and If the system is ever reset accidentally, the filter. This is based on a combination of oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) Engine oil system flushes are not factors which include engine revolutions, since the last oil change. Remember to reset recommended and could cause engine engine temperature, and miles driven. Based the oil life system whenever the oil is damage not covered by the vehicle on driving conditions, the mileage at which changed. warranty. an oil change is indicated can vary How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System What to Do with Used Oil considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every Reset the system whenever the engine oil is Used engine oil contains certain elements time the oil is changed. changed so that the system can calculate that can be unhealthy for your skin and the next engine oil change. Always reset the could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil On some vehicles, when the system has engine oil life to 100% after every oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your calculated that oil life has been diminished, change. It will not reset itself. To reset the skin and nails with soap and water, or a a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes engine oil life system: good hand cleaner. Wash or properly on to indicate that an oil change is dispose of clothing or rags containing used necessary. Change the oil as soon as 1. Display the oil life percentage on the engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 about the use and disposal of oil products. It is possible that, if driving under the best (Base Level) 124 or conditions, the oil life system might indicate Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Used oil can be a threat to the environment. that an oil change is not necessary for up to and Uplevel) 0 125. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain a year. The engine oil and filter must be all the oil from the filter before disposal. 2. Press the thumbwheel on the steering changed at least once a year and, at this wheel, or the trip odometer reset stem if Never dispose of oil by putting it in the time, the system must be reset. For vehicles trash or pouring it on the ground, into the vehicle does not have DIC controls, without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON for several seconds. When the sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. message, an oil change is needed when the Recycle it by taking it to a place that confirmation message displays, select REMAINING OIL LIFE percentage is near 0%. YES. The oil life will change to 100%. collects used oil. Your dealer has trained service people who GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 333 The oil life system can also be reset as in these vehicles. Because this procedure is When to Change the Engine Air Filter follows: difficult, this should be done at the dealer. When the Driver Information Center (DIC) Contact the dealer for additional information 1. Display the oil life percentage on the displays a message to replace the engine air or the procedure can be found in the service DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) filter at the next oil change, follow this (Base Level) 0 124 or manual. See Publication Ordering 0 timing. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Information 435. and Uplevel) 0 125. When the DIC displays a message to replace Caution the engine air filter soon, replace the engine 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly air filter at the earliest convenience. three times within five seconds. Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the The system must be reset after the engine 3. If the display changes to 100%, the vehicle, and the damage may not be air filter is changed. system is reset. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always If the DIC displays a message to check the If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL use the correct automatic transmission engine air filter system, see your dealer. SOON message and it comes back on when fluid. See Recommended Fluids and the vehicle is started and/or the oil Lubricants 0 418. How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life life percentage is near 0%, the engine oil System life system has not been reset. Repeat the Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled To reset: procedure. maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 409. Be sure to use the 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). Automatic Transmission Fluid transmission fluid listed in Recommended 2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See 0 When to Check and Change Automatic Fluids and Lubricants 418. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 0 Transmission Fluid Level) 124 or Engine Air Filter Life System Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel It is usually not necessary to check the If equipped, this feature provides the engine and Uplevel) 0 125. transmission fluid level. The only reason for air filter’s remaining life and best timing for 3. Press T on the steering wheel, or press fluid loss is a transmission leak or a change. The timing to change an engine overheated transmission. This vehicle is not the trip odometer reset stem if the air filter depends on driving and vehicle does not have DIC controls, to equipped with a transmission fluid level environmental conditions. dipstick. There is a special procedure for move to the Reset/Disable display area. checking and changing the transmission fluid GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

334 Vehicle Care Select Reset then press the thumbwheel To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ 4. Remove the three screws on top of the or press the reset stem for several filter: cover of the housing, then slide and lift seconds. the cover. 4. Press the thumbwheel or the reset stem 5. Lift and remove the engine air cleaner/ to confirm the reset. filter.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter { Warning The engine air cleaner/filter is on the driver If part replacement is necessary, the part side of the engine compartment. See Engine must be replaced with one of the same 0 Compartment Overview 325. part number or with an equivalent part. When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Use of a replacement part without the Filter same fit, form, and function may result in personal injury or damage to the If the vehicle is not equipped with the vehicle. engine air filter life system see Maintenance 5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 2.7L L4 Engine Schedule 0 409 for intervals on inspecting (L3B), 4.3L V6 Engine (LV3), 5.3L V8 Engine 6. Lightly tap and shake the engine air and replacing the engine air cleaner filter. (L82), and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar cleaner/filter, away from the vehicle, to How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air release loose dust and dirt. Replace the Cleaner/Filter 1. Air Duct Clamp engine air filter if damaged. 2. Electrical Harness Connector 7. Reverse steps 2–5 to reinstall the engine Do not start the engine or have the engine 3. Screws air cleaner/filter cover housing. running with the engine air cleaner/filter 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter assembly. housing open. Before removing the engine 8. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life See Engine Compartment Overview air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine system after replacing the engine air 0 325. filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System air cleaner/filter housing and nearby 0 components are free of dirt and debris. Do 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening 333. not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or the air duct clamp (1). components with water or compressed air. 3. Disconnect the electrical harness connector (2) from the cover. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 335

{ Warning Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ filter off, as flames may be present if the engine backfires.

Caution If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can 2.7L L4 Engine (L3B) 5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 5.3L V8 Engine easily get into the engine, which could (L82) and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ filter in place when driving. 1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out of View) Cooling System 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel { Warning engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. An underhood electric fan can start up The cooling system allows the engine to even when the engine is not running and maintain the correct working temperature. can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. 4.3L V6 Engine (LV3) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

336 Vehicle Care Never dispose of engine coolant by putting { Warning Warning (Continued) it in the trash, or by pouring it on the Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c pipes the wrong mixture, the engine could get ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of or hoses, or other engine parts. They can too hot but there would not be an water. Have the coolant changed by an be very hot and can burn you. Do not overheat warning. The engine could catch authorized service center, familiar with legal run the engine if there is a leak; all fire and you or others could be burned. requirements regarding used coolant coolant could leak out. That could cause disposal. This will help protect the an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable environment and your health. leak before driving the vehicle. water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: Checking Coolant . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C Engine Coolant (−34 °F), outside temperature. The coolant surge tank is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the The cooling system in the vehicle is filled . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant (265 °F), engine temperature. 0 325. is designed to remain in the vehicle for . Protects against rust and corrosion. The vehicle must be on a level surface when 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), . Will not damage aluminum parts. checking the coolant level. whichever occurs first. . Helps keep the proper engine The following explains the cooling system temperature. and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine Caution overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 338. Do not use anything other than a mix of What to Use DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage { Warning to the engine cooling system and the Plain water, or other liquids such as vehicle, which would not be covered by alcohol, can boil before the proper the vehicle warranty. coolant mixture will. With plain water or (Continued) All Engines GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 337 Check to see if coolant is visible in the 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, How to Add Coolant to the Coolant coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the and remove it. Surge Tank for Gasoline Engines coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the Except L3B cools down. The coolant level should be at proper mixture to the indicated mark. or above the indicated mark. If it is not, If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see there may be a leak in the cooling system. 4. Connect the vehicle to a battery charger. “Cooling System” in the Duramax diesel 5. Set the ignition to service mode, see supplement for the proper coolant fill If coolant is visible but the coolant level is Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 0 230 procedure. not at or above the indicated mark, see the or following sections on how to add coolant to Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. { Warning the coolant surge tank following. 6. Turn off the air conditioning. Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can Automatic Coolant Service Fill 7. Set the parking brake. burn you. Coolant contains ethylene Instructions (L3B Engine) 8. At the same time, press the accelerator glycol and it will burn if the engine parts This feature assists in filling and removing and the brake for automatic vehicles for are hot enough. air from the cooling system after service of two seconds, then release. components or when coolant is added after 9. Listen for pump activation and { Warning being too low. movement of the control valves while To activate the fill and air removal process: watching the level of the coolant in the Plain water, or other liquids such as 1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure surge tank. Add fluid as the level drops alcohol, can boil before the proper cap when the cooling system, including below the indicated mark on the surge coolant mixture will. With plain water or the coolant surge tank pressure cap and tank. Allow 15 minutes for the fill and air the wrong mixture, the engine could get upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. removal process to complete. too hot but there would not be an Turn the pressure cap; slowly 10. Reinstall the surge tank cap. overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. counterclockwise about one full turn. If a If the tank empties, turn the ignition off, hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. allow the Electronic Control Module (ECM) to A hiss means there is still some go to sleep, about two minutes, refill to the pressure left. indicated mark, and repeat Steps 5–9. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

338 Vehicle Care

1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure Caution { Warning cap when the cooling system, including Steam and scalding liquids from a hot the coolant surge tank pressure cap and If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, cooling system are under pressure. upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. coolant loss and engine damage may Turning the pressure cap, even a little, Turn the pressure cap slowly occur. Be sure the cap is properly and can cause them to come out at high counterclockwise about one full turn. If a tightly secured. speed and you could be burned. Never hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. turn the cap when the cooling system, A hiss means there is still some Engine Overheating pressure left. including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel for the cooling system and pressure cap 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. to cool. and remove it. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the Caution proper mixture to the full cold mark. Caution Do not run the engine if there is a leak 4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap in the engine cooling system. This can Failure to follow the specific coolant fill off, start the engine and let it run until cause a loss of all coolant and can procedure could cause the engine to the engine coolant temperature gauge damage the system and vehicle. Have overheat and could cause system indicates approximately 90 °C (195 °F). any leaks fixed right away. damage. If coolant is not visible in the By this time, the coolant level inside the surge tank, contact your dealer. coolant surge tank may be lower. If the The vehicle has several indicators to warn of level is lower, add more of the proper engine overheating. If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add mixture to the coolant surge tank until coolant. There is a coolant temperature gauge in the the level reaches the indicated mark. vehicle's instrument cluster. See Engine 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 112. 6. Verify coolant level after the engine is shut off and the coolant is cold. If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure Steps 1–6. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 339 In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED If Steam is Coming from the Engine . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE Compartment . Stops after high-speed driving. ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED . Idles for long periods in traffic. messages in the Driver Information { Warning . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 293. Center (DIC). Steam and scalding liquids from a hot If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or If the decision is made not to lift the hood cooling system are under pressure. the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE when this warning appears, get service help Turning the pressure cap, even a little, message appears with no sign of steam, try right away. See Roadside Assistance Program can cause them to come out at high this for a minute or so: 0 431. speed and you could be burned. Never 1. Turn the air conditioning off. If the decision is made to lift the hood, turn the cap when the cooling system, 2. Turn the heater on to the highest make sure the vehicle is parked on a level including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait surface. temperature and to the highest fan for the cooling system and pressure cap speed. Open the windows as necessary. 2.7L L4, 4.3L V6, 5.3L V8, and 6.2L V8 Engines to cool. 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the Check to see if the engine cooling fans are If No Steam is Coming from the Engine road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and running. If the engine is overheating, the let the engine idle. fans should be running. If they are not, do Compartment If the temperature overheat gauge is no not continue to run the engine and have the The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or longer in the overheat zone or an overheat vehicle serviced. the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE warning no longer displays, the vehicle can If the engine or transmission detects an message, along with a low coolant be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle impending hot fluid condition, then the condition, can indicate a serious problem. slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe transmission may force upshifts to limit The 2.7L L4 engine will shut down vehicle distance from the vehicle in front. temperatures. Downshifts may also be automatically if the ENGINE OVERHEATED If the warning does not come back on, prevented in this instance. Normal operation STOP ENGINE message displays. continue to drive normally and have the may continue unless the display indicates cooling system checked for proper fill and If there is an engine overheat warning, but there is a hot condition and engine should function. no steam is seen or heard, the problem may be idled. not be too serious. Sometimes the engine If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and can get a little too hot when the vehicle: park the vehicle right away. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

340 Vehicle Care If there is still no sign of steam and the If the engine or transmission detects an outside temperatures, or operation of the air vehicle is equipped with an engine driven impending hot fluid condition, then the conditioning system, the fans may change cooling fan, push down the accelerator until transmission may force upshifts to limit to high speed and an increase in fan noise the engine speed is about twice as fast as temperatures. Downshifts may also be may be heard. This is normal and indicates normal idle speed for at least five minutes prevented in this instance. Normal operation that the cooling system is functioning while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is may continue unless the display indicates properly. The fans will change to low speed still there, turn off the engine and get there is a hot condition and engine should when additional cooling is no longer everyone out of the vehicle until it be idled. required. cools down. Caution The electric engine cooling fans may run If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine after the engine has been turned off. This is for five minutes while parked. If the warning After driving in the overheated engine normal and no service is required. is still displayed, turn off the engine until it protection operating mode, the engine oil cools down. will be severely degraded. Any repairs Washer Fluid performed before the engine is cool may Overheated Engine Protection cause engine damage. Allow the engine What to Use Operating Mode to cool before attempting any repair. When windshield washer fluid needs to be Repair the cause of coolant loss, change added, be sure to read the manufacturer's If an overheated engine condition exists and the oil, and reset the oil life system. See instructions before use. Use a fluid that has the ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED message Engine Oil 0 330. sufficient protection against freezing in an displays, an overheat protection mode which area where the temperature may fall below alternates firing groups of cylinders helps to freezing. prevent engine damage. In this mode, a loss Engine Fan in power and engine performance will be If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel Adding Washer Fluid noticed. This operating mode allows the engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. The vehicle has a low washer fluid message vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an on the DIC that comes on when the washer emergency. Driving extended distances and/ The vehicle has electric cooling fan(s). The fluid is low. The message is displayed for or towing a trailer in the overheat fans may be heard spinning at low speed 15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle. protection mode should be avoided. during most everyday driving. The fans may turn off if no cooling is required. Under When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 341

message displays, washer fluid will need to Caution (Continued) be added to the windshield washer fluid { Warning reservoir. . Do not mix water with ready-to-use The brake wear warning sound means washer fluid. Water can cause the that soon the brakes will not work well. solution to freeze and damage the That could lead to a crash. When the washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system. brake wear warning sound is heard, have the vehicle serviced. . When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the manufacturer instructions for adding water. Caution Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. . Fill the washer fluid tank only Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Continuing to drive with worn-out brake three-quarters full when it is very cold. Engine Compartment Overview 0 325 for linings could result in costly brake This allows for fluid expansion if reservoir location. repairs. freezing occurs, which could damage Caution the tank if it is completely full. Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are . Do not use washer fluid that contains first applied, clearing up following several any type of water repellent coating. Brakes applications. This does not mean something This can cause the wiper blades to Disc brake linings have built-in wear is wrong with the brakes. chatter or skip. indicators that make a high-pitched warning . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) sound when the brake linings are worn and Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary in the windshield washer. It can new linings are needed. The sound can come to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires damage the windshield washer system and go or can be heard all the time when are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear and paint. the vehicle is moving, except when applying and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper (Continued) the brake pedal firmly. sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 424. Brake pads should be replaced as complete axle sets. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

342 Vehicle Care Brake Pedal Travel Brake pads should always be replaced as How to Disable the Brake Pad Life complete axle sets. See your dealer if the brake pedal does not System return to normal height, or if there is a How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System The brake pad life system can be turned off. rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be This may be necessary if aftermarket brake The system will automatically detect when a sign that brake service may be required. pads without wear sensors are installed. significantly worn brake pads are replaced. When the system is turned off, the front When the ignition is turned on after new Replacing Brake System Parts and rear brake pad life percentages will not pads and wear sensors are installed, a Always replace brake system parts with display. However, the built-in wear message will display. Follow the prompts to new, approved replacement parts. If this is indicators that make a high-pitched warning reset the system. not done, the brakes may not work sound when the brake pads are worn can properly. The braking performance can The brake pad life system can also be still determine when the pads should be change in many ways if the wrong brake manually reset: replaced. See Brakes 0 341. parts are installed or if parts are improperly 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See To turn off the brake pad life system: installed. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See Level) 0 124 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Brake Pad Life System Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Level) 0 124 or and Uplevel) 0 125. When to Change Brake Pads Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel 2. Press the thumbwheel or the trip and Uplevel) 0 125. This vehicle has a system that estimates the odometer reset stem if the vehicle does 2. Select DISABLE. remaining life of the front and rear brake not have DIC buttons. Select front or rear pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the pads as appropriate. To turn the brake pad life system back on, Driver Information Center (DIC), along with 3. Select YES on the confirmation message, follow the above steps but select ENABLE in a percentage for each axle. The system must Step 2. be reset every time the brake pads are or press the trip odometer reset stem on changed. a base level DIC. Repeat for pads on the other axle if they were also replaced. When the system has determined that the brake pads need to be replaced, a message will display, which may include mileage remaining. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 343 Brake Fluid Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap What to Add and the area around the cap before Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid removing it. from a clean, sealed container. See Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 418. does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too { Warning much fluid when new brake linings are The wrong or contaminated brake fluid installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled only when work is done on the brake could result in damage to the brake with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as hydraulic system. system. This could result in the loss of indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine braking leading to a possible injury. Compartment Overview 0 325 for the { Warning Always use the proper GM approved location of the reservoir. brake fluid. If too much brake fluid is added, it can Checking Brake Fluid spill on the engine and burn, if the With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level engine is hot enough. You or others could Caution surface, the brake fluid level should be be burned, and the vehicle could be If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's between the minimum and maximum marks damaged. Add brake fluid only when painted surfaces, the paint finish can be on the brake fluid reservoir. work is done on the brake hydraulic damaged. Immediately wash off any There are only two reasons why the brake system. painted surface. fluid level in the reservoir may go down: When the brake fluid falls to a low level, . Normal brake lining wear. When new the brake warning light comes on. See Brake Battery - North America linings are installed, the fluid level goes System Warning Light 0 117. The original equipment battery is back up. Brake fluid absorbs water over time which maintenance free. Do not remove the cap . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. and do not add fluid. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. With a leak, the brakes will not Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals Refer to the replacement number shown on work well. to prevent increased stopping distance. See the original battery label when a new Maintenance Schedule 0 409. battery is needed. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 325 for battery location. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

344 Vehicle Care Stop/Start System Negative Battery Cable Disconnection Warning (Continued) Vehicles equipped with a 2.7L L3B, 3.0L LM2, 5.3L L84 or 6.2L L87 are equipped with a For more information go to { Warning Stop/Start system to shut off the engine to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Before disconnecting the negative battery help conserve fuel. See Stop/Start System passenger-vehicle. cable, turn off all features, turn the 0 233. ignition off, and remove the key, See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 322 Vehicles with the Stop/Start system have an and the back cover. if equipped, from the vehicle. If this is Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. not done, you or others could be injured, Installation of a standard 12-volt battery will Vehicle Storage and the vehicle could be damaged. result in reduced 12-volt battery life. When using a 12-volt battery charger on the 12-volt { Warning AGM battery, some chargers have an AGM Caution Batteries have acid that can burn you and battery setting on the charger. If available, gas that can explode. You can be badly If the battery is disconnected with the use the AGM setting on the charger to limit ignition on or the vehicle in Retained charge voltage to 14.8 volts. Follow the hurt if you are not careful. See Jump 0 Accessory Power (RAP), the OnStar charger manufacturer’s instructions. Starting - North America 391 for tips on working around a battery without back-up battery will be permanently discharged and will need to be replaced. { Warning getting hurt. WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, 1. Make sure the lamps, features, and related accessories contain lead and lead negative (−) cable from the battery to keep accessories are turned off. compounds, chemicals known to the the battery from running down. 2. Turn the ignition off and remove the State of California to cause cancer and key, if equipped. Extended Storage: Remove the black, birth defects or other reproductive harm. negative (−) cable from the battery or use a Batteries also contain other chemicals battery trickle charger. known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 345 For vehicles equipped with the Stop/Start For vehicles not equipped with the Stop/ Negative Battery Cable Reconnection system: Start system: Caution When reconnecting the battery: . Use the original nut from the vehicle to secure the negative battery cable. Do not use a different nut. If you need a replacement nut, see your dealer. . Tighten the nut with a hand tool. Do not use an impact wrench or power tools to tighten the nut. The vehicle could be damaged if these guidelines are not followed. 1. Loosen and remove the negative battery 1. Loosen the negative battery cable nut (1). cable nut (1) at the battery sensor 2. Remove the negative battery cable connection. clamp (2) from the negative battery post. Caution 2. Remove the negative battery cable (2) 3. Cover the negative battery cable clamp, Do not use paints, lubricants, or corrosion from the battery sensor stud. and negative battery post with a inhibitors on the nut that secures the 3. Cover the negative battery cable non-conductive material to prevent any negative battery cable to the vehicle. This terminal, battery sensor stud, and contact with the negative battery cable. could damage the vehicle. negative battery post with a non-conductive material to prevent any For vehicles equipped with the Stop/Start contact with the negative battery cable. system: 1. Install the negative battery cable to the battery sensor stud. 2. Install the negative battery cable nut to the battery sensor stud and tighten. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

346 Vehicle Care 3. Turn the ignition on. 1. Fill Plug Do not directly power wash the transfer For vehicles not equipped with the Stop/ 2. Drain Plug case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals Start system: To get an accurate reading, the vehicle and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated should be on a level surface. 1. Install the negative battery cable clamp fluid will decrease the life of the transfer to the negative battery post. If the level is below the bottom of the fill case and/or drive axles and should be 2. Tighten the negative battery cable nut. plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case, replaced. 3. Turn the ignition on. some lubricant will need to be added. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the Rear Axle Four-Wheel Drive bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not When to Check Lubricant to overtighten the plug. Transfer Case It is not necessary to regularly check the When to Change Lubricant rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or When to Check Lubricant Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 409 to an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 409 to determine how often to change the indicate a problem. Have it inspected and determine when to check the lubricant. lubricant. repaired. This service can be complex. See What to Use your dealer. Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Do not directly power wash the transfer 0 418 to determine what kind of lubricant case and/or front/rear axle output seals. to use. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated Front Axle fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or drive axles and should be When to Check Lubricant replaced. It is not necessary to regularly check the front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and repaired. This service can be complex. See your dealer. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 347 Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control Function Check If equipped with Key Access ignition, while { Warning parked, and with the parking brake set, try When you are doing this inspection, the { Warning to turn the ignition off in each shift lever vehicle could move suddenly. If the When you are doing this inspection, the position. The ignition should turn to off only when the shift lever is in P (Park). vehicle moves, you or others could be vehicle could move suddenly. If the injured. vehicle moves, you or others could be The ignition key should come out only when injured. the ignition is off. Contact your dealer if 1. Before starting this check, be sure there service is required. is enough room around the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there 2. Apply both the parking brake and the is enough room around the vehicle. Park Brake and P (Park) regular brake. It should be parked on a level surface. Mechanism Check Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to ready to turn off the engine immediately apply the regular brake immediately if { Warning if it starts. the vehicle begins to move. When you are doing this check, the 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, vehicle could begin to move. You or vehicle should start only in P (Park) or but do not start the engine. Without others could be injured and property N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any applying the regular brake, try to move could be damaged. Make sure there is other position, contact your dealer for the shift lever out of P (Park) with room in front of the vehicle in case it service. normal effort. If the shift lever moves begins to roll. Be ready to apply the out of P (Park), contact your dealer for regular brake at once should the vehicle service. begin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

348 Vehicle Care . To check the parking brake's holding Caution (Continued) 3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade ability: With the engine running and the down toward the windshield far enough transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not to release it from the J-hooked end of foot pressure from the regular brake allow the wiper arm to touch the the wiper arm. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by windshield. 4. Remove the wiper blade. the parking brake only. Front Wiper Blade Replacement 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding replacement. ability: With the engine running, shift to To replace the wiper blade: P (Park). Then release the parking brake Glass Replacement followed by the regular brake. 1. Pull the wiper assembly away from the windshield. If the windshield or front side glass must be Contact your dealer if service is required. replaced, see your dealer to determine the Wiper Blade Replacement correct replacement glass. Windshield wiper blades should be replaced Windshield Replacement periodically. See Maintenance Schedule 0 409. HUD System Replacement blades come in different types The windshield is part of the HUD system. and are removed in different ways. For If the windshield must be replaced, get one proper type and length, see Maintenance that is designed for HUD or the HUD image Replacement Parts 0 419. may look out of focus. Driver Assistance Systems Caution If the windshield needs to be replaced and Allowing the wiper arm to touch the 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the the vehicle is equipped with a front camera windshield when no wiper blade is wiper blade where the wiper arm sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a installed could damage the windshield. attaches. GM replacement windshield is Any damage that occurs would not be recommended. The replacement windshield (Continued) must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 349

not, these systems may not work properly, Caution they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper Do not apply tape or hang any objects windshield replacement. from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause Gas Strut(s) damage to the vehicle. This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to 0 provide assistance in lifting and holding See Maintenance Schedule 409. open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position.

{ Warning If the gas struts that hold open the hood, Trunk trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with Hood enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced.

Liftgate GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

350 Vehicle Care Headlamp Aiming Halogen Bulbs Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps Front Headlamp Aiming { Warning Base Level Headlamp Assembly Headlamp aim has been preset and should Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside need no further adjustment. and can burst if you drop or scratch the If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be headlamp aim may be affected. sure to read and follow the instructions If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, on the bulb package. see your dealer. LED Lighting Bulb Replacement This vehicle has several LED lamps. For For the proper type of replacement bulbs, replacement of any LED lighting assembly, or any bulb changing procedure not listed in contact your dealer. this section, contact your dealer. Caution Do not replace incandescent bulbs with 1. Turn Signal Lamps aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This Headlamp Replacement can cause damage to the vehicle electrical See your dealer for headlamp replacement. system. Turn Signal Lamp Replacement Base Level 1. Open the hood. 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly and pull it straight out. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 351 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight Uplevel Taillamp Assembly out of the bulb socket. See your dealer for taillamp replacement. 4. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall. It is recommended to replace the grommets when replacing a bulb. See your dealer. Uplevel To replace one of these bulbs: See your dealer for headlamp replacement. 1. Open the tailgate. Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps Base Level Taillamp Assembly 4. Pull the rear lamp assembly outward and rearward away from the box side to remove it from the vehicle. 5. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise. 6. Pull the bulb straight out from the socket. 7. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–5 to reinstall. 2. Remove the two rear lamp assembly screws.

1. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp 2. Back-Up Lamp GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

352 Vehicle Care Center High-Mounted Stoplamp To replace one of these bulbs: (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp This procedure is for the regular cab only. For crew cab and double cab see your dealer.

3. Replace the bulb and reverse Step 2 to reinstall. 1. Remove the two screws and lift off the lamp assembly. Electrical System 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it straight out. Electrical System Overload 3. Pull the bulb straight out from the The vehicle has fuses to protect against an 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs socket. 2. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp electrical system overload. Fuses also protect (CHMSL) Bulb License Plate Lamp power devices in the vehicle. To replace the bulb: Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. 1. Reach behind the rear bumper and locate the bulb. If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, there are some spare 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise fuses and a fuse puller in the left and pull the bulb straight out of the instrument panel fuse block. The socket. same amperage fuse can also be borrowed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 353 Choose some feature of the vehicle that is Fuses and Circuit Breakers not needed to use and replace it as soon as Warning (Continued) possible. The wiring circuits in the vehicle are in a fire. You or others could be injured protected from short circuits by a or killed, and the vehicle could be Headlamp Wiring combination of fuses and circuit breakers. damaged. An electrical overload may cause the lamps This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems. to go on and off, or in some cases to See Accessories and Modifications 0 323 and remain off. Have the headlamp wiring General Information 0 322. checked right away if the lamps go on and { Danger To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored off or remain off. Fuses and circuit breakers are marked band inside the fuse. If the band is broken Windshield Wipers with their ampere rating. Do not exceed or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to the specified amperage rating when replace a bad fuse with a new one of the If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use identical size and rating. snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can until the motor cools and will then restart. Fuses of the same amperage can be result in a vehicle fire. You and others temporarily borrowed from another fuse Although the circuit is protected from could be seriously injured or killed. location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse electrical overload, overload due to heavy as soon as possible. snow or ice may cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow Engine Compartment Fuse Block from the windshield before using the windshield wipers. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get The engine compartment fuse block is in the it fixed. engine compartment, on the passenger side { Warning of the vehicle. Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM’s original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

354 Vehicle Care

Lift the cover to access the fuse block. Caution Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

A fuse puller is available in the left instrument panel end cap. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 1 High-beam left 3 Headlamp left 2 High-beam right 4 Headlamp right GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 355

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 6 – 27 Horn 48 – 7 – 28 – 49 Transmission control 8 Fog lamp 29 – module 9 – 30 – 50 A/C clutch 10 – 31 – 51 Transfer case control module 11 Police upfitter 32 Rear window defogger 52 Front wiper 12 – 33 Heated mirror 53 Center high-mounted 13 Washer front 34 Parking lamp left stop lamp 14 Washer rear 37 – 54 Trailer reverse lamp 15 – 38 – 55 Trailer back-up lamp 16 – 39 – 56 SADS 17 IECL 1 40 Misc ignition 57 TTPM/SBZA 19 DC/AC inverter 41 Trailer parking lamp 58 Starter motor (LD & 20 IECR 2 (LD) / 42 Park lamp right HD DSL) EBCM2 (HD) 44 – 60 Active fuel management 1 21 – 45 – 61 VES 22 IECL 2 46 Engine control module 24 EBCM 1 ignition 62 Integrated chassis control module/CVS 25 – 47 Transmission control 63 Trailer battery 26 – module ignition GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

356 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage 65 Auxiliary underhood 82 Trailer Interface 5 Headlamp electrical center Module 2 18 DC/AC inverter 66 Cooling fan motor left 83 FTZM 23 Rear window defogger 67 Active fuel 84 Trailer brake 35 Parking lamp management 2 85 ENG 36 Run/Crank 68 – 86 Engine control module 43 – 69 Starter Pinion (LD) / 87 Injector B even Starter Motor (HD Gas) 59 A/C clutch 88 O2 B sensor 71 Cooling fan 64 Starter Motor (LD & 89 O2 A sensor HD DSL) 72 Cooling fan right/Lower 90 Injector A odd 70 Starter Pinion (LD) / 73 Trailer stop/turn Starter Motor (HD Gas) lamp left 91 Engine control module throttle control 77 Powertrain 74 Trailer Interface Module 1 92 Cool fan clutch/ Aeroshutter 75 DEFC 76 Electric RNG BDS 78 Engine control module 79 Auxiliary battery 80 Cabin cooling pump 81 Trailer stop/turn lamp right GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 357 Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Fuses Usage F1 Rear heated seats left/right F3 – F4 – F5 Spare/MFEG F6 Heated and ventilated seats left/right F8 – F9 Passive entry passive start/ The left instrument panel fuse block access Spare door is on the driver side edge of the F10 – instrument panel. F11 – The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. F12 Passenger power seat Pull off the cover to access the fuse block. F13 Export power take off/ A fuse puller is available in the left Special equipment option 1 instrument panel end cap. F14 – F15 – F16 AMP F17 – F18 – GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

358 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Block F20 Endgate (Right) F22 Rear sliding window F23 – F24 – F25 – F26 – F27 –

Circuit Usage Breakers CB1 – The right instrument panel fuse block access Relays Usage door is on the passenger side edge of the instrument panel. K1 Rear sliding window open Pull off the cover to access the front of the K2 Rear sliding window close fuse block. K3 MFEG major 1 K4 MFEG minor 1 K5 MFEG minor 2 K6 MFEG major 2 K7 – K8 – GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 359

To access the back of the fuse block: Fuses Usage F1 Right doors F2 Left doors F3 Universal garage door opener F4 – F5 – F6 Front blower F8 Lumbar switch F10 Body control module 6/ 1. Push the tab at the top of fuse Body control module 7 block down. F11 Seat/Column lock module 2. Pull the top of the fuse block outward. F12 Body control module 3/ 3. Reverse Steps 1–2 to reinstall. Body control module 5 F14 Mirrors/Windows module F17 Steering wheel controls F18 Video processing module/ Obstacle detection Back F19 DLIS F20 Ventilated seats The vehicle may not be equipped with all of F21 NOT R/C the fuses, relays, and features shown. F22 Heated steering wheel GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

360 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Circuit Usage F23 MISC R/C F42 TCP Breakers F24 Instrument panel cluster F43 – 1 Accessory power outlet 2 ignition/Overhead F44 Active vibration 2 Accessory power outlet 1/ F25 Heating, ventilation, and management Cigarette Lighter air conditioning ignition/ F45 Body control module 2 3 Accessory power outlet 3 Heating, ventilation, and 4 Accessory power outlet 4 air conditioning auxiliary F46 Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning/Battery 1 F26 USB ports/Special Relays Usage equipment option retained F47 Instrument panel cluster/ accessory power Battery K1 Run/Crank F27 Accessory power outlet/ F48 Transmission control K2 Retained accessory power/ retained accessory power module Accessory 1 F28 Accessory power outlet/ F49 Body control module 1 K4 Retained accessory power/ Accessory 2 Battery F50 – K5 – F30 Sensing and diagnostic F51 Battery 1 module/Parking brake F52 Battery 2 F31 Body control module 4 Wheels and Tires F53 – F32 Special equipment option/ Tires Data link connection F54 Sunroof F55 Driver power seat Every new GM vehicle has high-quality F33 Body control module 8 tires made by a leading tire F34 Cargo lamp F56 DC DC TRANS 1 manufacturer. See the warranty manual F40 CGM F57 DC DC TRANS 2 for information regarding the tire F41 Infotainment 1 F58 Infotainment 2 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 361 warranty and where to get service. For equipment all-season tires can be identified Warning (Continued) additional information refer to the tire by the last two characters of this TPC code, manufacturer. . Worn or old tires can cause a which will be “MS.” crash. If the tread is badly worn, Consider installing winter tires on the { Warning replace them. vehicle if frequent driving on snow or . Poorly maintained and improperly . Replace any tires that have been ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires used tires are dangerous. damaged by impacts with provide adequate performance for most winter driving conditions, but they may not . Overloading the tires can cause potholes, curbs, etc. offer the same level of traction or overheating as a result of too . Improperly repaired tires can cause performance as winter tires on snow or much flexing. There could be a a crash. Only the dealer or an ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 361. blowout and a serious crash. See authorized tire service center Winter Tires Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. should repair, replace, dismount, and mount the tires. This vehicle was not originally equipped . Underinflated tires pose the same with winter tires. Winter tires are designed danger as overloaded tires. The . Do not spin the tires in excess of for increased traction on snow and resulting crash could cause serious 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter injury. Check all tires frequently to surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice maintain the recommended etc. Excessive spinning may cause or snow covered roads is expected. See your pressure. Tire pressure should be the tires to explode. dealer for details regarding winter tire checked when the tires are cold. availability and proper tire selection. Also, see Buying New Tires 0 376. . Overinflated tires are more likely All-Season Tires to be cut, punctured, or broken by This vehicle may come with all-season tires. With winter tires, there may be decreased a sudden impact — such as when These tires are designed to provide good dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter tread life. After changing to winter hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the overall performance on most road surfaces and weather conditions. Original equipment tires, be alert for changes in vehicle recommended pressure. handling and braking. (Continued) tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. Original GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

362 Vehicle Care If using winter tires: Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria . Use tires of the same brand and tread Specification) : Original equipment tires type on all four wheel positions. Useful information about a tire is designed to GM's specific tire molded into the sidewall. The examples . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, performance criteria have a TPC load range, and speed rating as the show a typical passenger and light specification code molded onto the original equipment tires. truck tire sidewall. sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet Winter tires with the same speed rating as or exceed all federal safety guidelines. the original equipment tires may not be (3) DOT (Department of available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated : tires. If winter tires with a lower speed Transportation) The Department of rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's Transportation (DOT) code indicates that maximum speed capability. the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Motor All-Terrain Tires Vehicle Safety Standards. This vehicle may have all-terrain or DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good four digits of the TIN indicate the tire performance on most road surfaces, weather manufactured date. The first two digits conditions, and for off-road driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 215. Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire represent the week (01-52) and the last two digits, the year. For example, the The tread pattern on these tires may wear (1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a third week of the year 2020 would have more unevenly than other tires. Consider combination of letters and numbers a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is rotating the tires more frequently than at used to define a particular tire's width, 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular the first full week (Sunday through wear is noted when the tires are inspected. height, aspect ratio, construction type, Saturday) of each year. and service description. See the “Tire See Tire Inspection 0 373. (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : Size” illustration later in this section. The letters and numbers following the DOT code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 363 manufacturer and plant code, tire size, (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when performance criteria have a TPC and date the tire was manufactured. pulling a trailer, with the proper specification code molded onto the The TIN is molded onto both sides of inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet the tire, although only one side may Tire 0 390. or exceed all federal safety guidelines. have the date of manufacture. (3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord Maximum load that can be carried and and number of plies in the sidewall and the maximum pressure needed to under the tread. support that load when used in a dual (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading configuration. For information on (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are recommended tire pressure see Tire Pressure 0 367 and required to grade tires based on three 0 performance factors: treadwear, Vehicle Load Limits 222. traction, and temperature resistance. (4) DOT (Department of For more information, see Uniform Tire Transportation) : The Department of Quality Grading 0 377. Transportation (DOT) code indicates that Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Limit : Maximum load that can be (1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a Department of Transportation Motor carried and the maximum pressure combination of letters and numbers Vehicle Safety Standards. needed to support that load. For used to define a particular tire's width, DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last information on recommended tire height, aspect ratio, construction type, four digits of the TIN indicate the tire pressure see Tire Pressure 0 367 and and service description. See the “Tire manufactured date. The first two digits Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. Size” illustration later in this section for represent the week (01-52) and the last more detail. (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a two digits, the year. For example, the temporary spare tire until the road tire (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria third week of the year 2020 would have is repaired and replaced. This spare tire Specification) : Original equipment tires should not be driven on over 112 km/h designed to GM's specific tire GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

364 Vehicle Care a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is Tire Designations item (3) of the tire illustration, it would the first full week (Sunday through mean that the tire's sidewall is Saturday) of each year. Tire Size 75 percent as high as it is wide. (5) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The examples show a typical passenger (4) Construction Code : A letter code is The letters and numbers following the vehicle and light truck tire size. used to indicate the type of ply DOT code are the Tire Identification construction in the tire. The letter R Number (TIN). The TIN shows the means radial ply construction; the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, letter D means diagonal or bias ply and date the tire was manufactured. construction. The TIN is molded onto both sides of (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the the tire, although only one side may wheel in inches. have the date of manufacture. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire (6) Service Description : These (6) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The characters represent the load index and and number of plies in the sidewall and United States version of a metric tire speed rating of the tire. The load index under the tread. sizing system. The letter P as the first represents the load carrying capacity a (7) Single Tire Maximum Load : character in the tire size means a tire is certified to carry. The speed Maximum load that can be carried and passenger vehicle tire engineered to rating is the maximum speed a tire is the maximum pressure needed to standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim certified to carry a load. support that load when used as a Association. single. For information on (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number recommended tire pressure see Tire indicates the tire section width in Pressure 0 367 and millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. 0 Vehicle Load Limits 222. (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that indicates the tire height-to-width measurements. For example, if the tire Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 365 (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : The (6) Load Range : Load Range. Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords United States version of a metric tire (7) Service Description : The service between the plies and the tread. Cords sizing system. The letters LT as the first description indicates the load index and may be made from steel or other two characters in the tire size mean a speed rating of a tire. If two numbers reinforcing materials. light truck tire engineered to standards are given as in the example, 120/116, Bead : The tire bead contains steel set by the U.S. Tire and Rim then this represents the load index for wires wrapped by steel cords that hold Association. single versus dual wheel usage (single/ the tire onto the rim. (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number dual). The speed rating is the maximum Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which indicates the tire section width in speed a tire is certified to carry a load. the plies are laid at alternate angles millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Tire Terminology and Definitions less than 90 degrees to the centerline (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that of the tread. Air Pressure : The amount of air inside indicates the tire height-to-width Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air measurements. For example, if the tire the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire. Air pressure is pressure in a tire, measured in kPa size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square 3 of the light truck (LT-Metric) tire expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch). inch) before a tire has built up heat illustration, it would mean that the from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 367. tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it Accessory Weight : The combined is wide. weight of optional accessories. Some Curb Weight : The weight of a motor examples of optional accessories are vehicle with standard and optional (4) Construction Code : A letter code is equipment including the maximum used to indicate the type of ply automatic transmission, power windows, power seats, and air capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but construction in the tire. The letter R without passengers and cargo. means radial ply construction; the conditioning. letter D means diagonal or bias ply Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a DOT Markings : A code molded into the construction. tire's height to its width. sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the Department of Transportation (DOT) wheel in inches. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

366 Vehicle Care Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The Load Index : An assigned number white lettering, or bears manufacturer, DOT code includes the Tire Identification ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds brand, and/or model name molding Number (TIN), an alphanumeric to the load carrying capacity of a tire. that is higher or deeper than the same designator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure : The moldings on the other sidewall of tire manufacturer, production plant, maximum air pressure to which a cold the tire. brand, and date of production. tire can be inflated. The maximum air Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. pressure is molded onto the sidewall. on passenger cars and some light duty 0 See Vehicle Load Limits 222. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating trucks and multipurpose vehicles. GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for a tire at the maximum permissible Recommended Inflation Pressure : for the front axle. See Vehicle Load inflation pressure for that tire. Vehicle manufacturer's recommended 0 Limits 222. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 367 and GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating sum of curb weight, accessory weight, 0 for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load vehicle capacity weight, and production Vehicle Load Limits 222. Limits 0 222. options weight. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side Normal Occupant Weight : The number which the ply cords that extend to the of an asymmetrical tire that must of occupants a vehicle is designed to beads are laid at 90 degrees to the always face outward when mounted on seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See centerline of the tread. a vehicle. Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. Rim : A metal support for a tire and Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air Occupant Distribution : Designated upon which the tire beads are seated. pressure. seating positions. Sidewall : The portion of a tire between Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of the tread and the bead. on light duty trucks and some an asymmetrical tire that has a Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code multipurpose passenger vehicles. particular side that faces outward when assigned to a tire indicating the mounted on a vehicle. The side of the maximum speed at which a tire can tire that contains a whitewall, bears operate. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 367 Traction : The friction between the tire Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : Warning (Continued) and the road surface. The amount of Load on an individual tire due to curb grip provided. weight, accessory weight, occupant . Reduced fuel economy. Tread : The portion of a tire that comes weight, and cargo weight. Overinflated tires, or tires that have into contact with the road. Vehicle Placard : A label permanently too much air, can result in: Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, attached to a vehicle showing the . Unusual wear. vehicle capacity weight and the original sometimes called wear bars, that show . Poor handling. equipment tire size and recommended across the tread of a tire when only . Rough ride. 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading When It Is Time for New Tires 0 375. Information Label” under Vehicle Load . Needless damage from road Limits 0 222. hazards. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards) : A tire information system Tire Pressure The Tire and Loading Information label that provides consumers with ratings Tires need the correct amount of air on the vehicle indicates the original for a tire's traction, temperature, and pressure to operate effectively. equipment tires and the correct cold treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire inflation pressures. The tire manufacturers using government { Warning recommended pressure is the minimum testing procedures. The ratings are air pressure needed to support the Neither tire underinflation nor molded into the sidewall of the tire. vehicle's maximum load carrying overinflation is good. Underinflated See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 377. capacity. tires, or tires that do not have Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number enough air, can result in: For additional information regarding of designated seating positions how much weight the vehicle can carry, . Tire overloading and overheating, multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the which could lead to a blowout. and an example of the Tire and Loading rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Information label, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. . Premature or irregular wear. Limits 0 222. How the vehicle is loaded . Poor handling. affects vehicle handling and ride (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

368 Vehicle Care comfort. Never load the vehicle with is necessary. If the inflation pressure is pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a more weight than it was designed to low, add air until the recommended different size than the size indicated on the carry. pressure is reached. If the inflation vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure pressure is high, press on the metal label, you should determine the proper tire When to Check inflation pressure for those tires.) stem in the center of the tire valve to Check the pressure of the tires once a release air. As an added safety feature, your vehicle has month or more. been equipped with a tire pressure Re-check the tire pressure with the tire monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a Do not forget the spare tire, if the gauge. low tire pressure telltale when one or more vehicle has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire Put the valve caps back on the valve of your tires is significantly under-inflated. 0 390 for additional information. stems to keep out dirt and moisture. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure How to Check Use only valve caps designed for the telltale illuminates, you should stop and vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be check your tires as soon as possible, and Use a good quality pocket-type gauge inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving to check tire pressure. Proper tire damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. on a significantly under-inflated tire causes inflation cannot be determined by the tire to overheat and can lead to tire looking at the tire. Check the tire Tire Pressure Monitor System failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel inflation pressure when the tires are efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect cold, meaning the vehicle has not been The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. uses radio and sensor technology to check Please note that the TPMS is not a driven for at least three hours or no tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors substitute for proper tire maintenance, and more than 1.6 km (1 mi). monitor the air pressure in your tires and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver Remove the valve cap from the tire correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation located in the vehicle. valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly has not reached the level to trigger onto the valve to get a pressure Each tire, including the spare (if provided), illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation should be checked monthly when cold and telltale. inflated to the inflation pressure pressure matches the recommended Your vehicle has also been equipped with a recommended by the vehicle manufacturer pressure on the Tire and Loading TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when on the vehicle placard or tire inflation Information label, no further adjustment the system is not operating properly. The GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 369 TPMS malfunction indicator is combined mounted onto each tire and wheel For additional information and details about with the low tire pressure telltale. When the assembly, excluding the spare tire and the DIC operation and displays, see Driver system detects a malfunction, the telltale wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 124 will flash for approximately one minute and the air pressure in the tires and transmit the or then remain continuously illuminated. This tire pressure readings to a receiver located Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and sequence will continue upon subsequent in the vehicle. Uplevel) 0 125. vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction The low tire pressure warning light may exists. come on in cool weather when the vehicle is When the malfunction indicator is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle illuminated, the system may not be able to is driven. This could be an early indicator detect or signal low tire pressure as that the air pressure is getting low and intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. a variety of reasons, including the When a low tire pressure condition is A Tire and Loading Information label shows installation of replacement or alternate tires detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire the size of the original equipment tires and or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the pressure warning light located on the the correct inflation pressure for the tires TPMS from functioning properly. Always instrument cluster. If the warning light when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits check the TPMS malfunction telltale after comes on, stop as soon as possible and 0 222, for an example of the Tire and replacing one or more tires or wheels on inflate the tires to the recommended Loading Information label and its location. your vehicle to ensure that the replacement pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Also see Tire Pressure 0 367. or alternate tires and wheels allow the Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits The TPMS can warn about a low tire TPMS to continue to function properly. 0 222. pressure condition but it does not replace See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 369. A message to check the pressure in a normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. specific tire displays in the Driver 0 373, Tire Rotation 0 374 and Information Center (DIC). The low tire Tires 0 360. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation pressure warning light and the DIC warning This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure message come on at each ignition cycle Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is until the tires are inflated to the correct designed to warn the driver when a low tire inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

370 Vehicle Care

Caution sensor matching process is performed If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure Tire sealant materials are not all the Process" later in this section. condition. See your dealer for service if the same. A non-approved tire sealant could . The TPMS sensor matching process was TPMS malfunction light and DIC message damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor not done or not completed successfully come on and stay on. damage caused by using an incorrect tire after rotating the tires. The malfunction Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) sealant is not covered by the vehicle light and the DIC message should go off warranty. Always use only the GM after successfully completing the sensor This feature provides visual and audible approved tire sealant available through matching process. See "TPMS Sensor alerts outside the vehicle to help when your dealer or included in the vehicle. Matching Process" later in this section. inflating an underinflated tire to the . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or recommended cold tire pressure. TPMS Malfunction Light and Message damaged. The malfunction light and the When the low tire pressure warning light The TPMS will not function properly if one DIC message should go off when the comes on: or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. matching process is performed inoperable. When the system detects a 2. Set the parking brake firmly. malfunction, the low tire pressure warning successfully. See your dealer for service. light flashes for about one minute and then . Replacement tires or wheels do not match 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). stays on for the remainder of the ignition the original equipment tires or wheels. 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. Tires and wheels other than those The turn signal lamp will flash. The malfunction light and DIC warning recommended could prevent the TPMS When the recommended pressure is message come on at each ignition cycle from functioning properly. See Buying 0 reached, the horn sounds once and the until the problem is corrected. Some of the New Tires 376. turn signal lamp will stop flashing and conditions that can cause these to come . Operating electronic devices or being near briefly turn solid. on are: facilities using radio wave frequencies Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires . One of the road tires has been replaced similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction. that have illuminated the low tire pressure with the spare tire. The spare tire does warning light. not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after the road tire is replaced and the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 371 The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/ { Warning properly under the following conditions: wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, Overinflating a tire could cause the tire . There is interference from an external in the following order: driver side front tire, to rupture and you or others could be device or transmitter. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for injured. Do not exceed the maximum . The air pressure from the inflation device pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See is not sufficient to inflate the tire. service or to purchase a relearn tool. 0 A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. Tire Sidewall Labeling 362 and . There is a malfunction in the TPMS. Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation . There is a malfunction in the horn or turn Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or signal lamps. If the tire is overinflated by more than call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657). 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple . The identification code of the TPMS There are two minutes to match the first times and the turn signal lamp will continue sensor is not registered to the system. tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall to flash for several seconds after filling . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it stops. To release and correct the pressure, If the tire fill alert does not operate due to takes longer, the matching process stops while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, TPMS interference, move the vehicle about and must be restarted. briefly press the center of the valve stem. 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. The TPMS sensor matching process is: When the recommended pressure is reached, If the tire fill alert feature is not working, 1. Set the parking brake. the horn sounds once. use a tire pressure gauge. 2. Turn the ignition on without starting the If the turn signal lamp does not flash within TPMS Sensor Matching Process 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, vehicle. the tire fill alert has not been activated or is Each TPMS sensor has a unique 3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure the Tire not working. identification code. The identification code Pressure info page option is turned on. needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel The info pages on the DIC can be turned If the hazard warning flashers are on, the position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or on and off through the Options menu. tire fill alert visual feedback will not work replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base properly. Also, the TPMS sensor matching process Level) 0 124 or should be performed after replacing a spare Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel tire with a road tire containing the TPMS and Uplevel) 0 125. sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off at the next ignition GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

372 Vehicle Care 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, use the 8. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, sensors are purchased from the dealer. Also, DIC controls on the right side of the and repeat the procedure in Step 7. the system can be paired with up to five steering wheel to scroll to the Tire 9. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, individual trailers. Pressure screen under the DIC info page. and repeat the procedure in Step 7. Prior to use, the vehicle must learn the If the vehicle has a base level DIC, use 10. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and sensors by following the learning process. the trip odometer reset stem to scroll to repeat the procedure in Step 7. The horn See Trailering App 0 307. the Tire Pressure screen. sounds two times to indicate the sensor 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, press identification code has been matched to and hold the thumbwheel located in the the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS center of the DIC controls on the right sensor matching process is no longer side of the steering wheel. active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE If the vehicle has a base level DIC, press message on the DIC display screen and hold the trip odometer reset stem goes off. for about five seconds. A message asking 11. Turn the vehicle off. if the process should begin should 12. Set all four tires to the recommended air appear. Select yes and press the trip pressure level as indicated on the Tire odometer reset stem to confirm the and Loading Information label. selection. The horn sounds twice to signal the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE Operation Contact your trailer service center or tire service center to have the pressure sensors LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on If equipped, the Trailer Tire Pressure the DIC screen. installed inside the trailer tires. The Monitoring System (TTPMS) is designed to technician should insert the sensor stem 6. Start with the driver side front tire. monitor the pressure of the trailer tires and through the hole in the trailer wheel. When 7. Place the relearn tool against the tire warn the driver when a low pressure the sensor is correctly positioned, the nut on sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press condition exists. TTPMS sensors for four tires the sensor stem should be tightened to the button to activate the TPMS sensor. are provided. The system can accommodate 8 Y (6 lb ft). When mounting the trailer A horn chirp confirms that the sensor a trailer with up to six tires if additional tire onto the trailer wheel be careful not to identification code has been matched to damage the sensor. this tire and wheel position. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 373 The Trailering App can be used to view the trailer tire. Common causes for high trailer and the sensor learning process is tire pressures after the recommended trailer tire temperature are underinflation, performed successfully. See "TTPMS tire pressures have been entered. Refer to overloading, or tire damage. Sensor Learning Process" under Trailering the trailer tire placard on the trailer or the App 0 307. TTPMS Malfunction Message trailer tire sidewall for the recommended . Operating electronic devices or being near tire pressure. The TTPMS will not function properly if one facilities using radio wave frequencies The system is compatible with trailer tires or more of the trailer tire sensors are similar to the TTPMS could cause that have placard pressure values from missing or inoperable. If the system detects interference to the TTPMS which could 103 - 689 kpa (15 - 100 psi). The hole in the a malfunction, a DIC message indicates that cause loss of signal reception from the wheel for the tire stem must be 11.43 mm the system requires service. Some of the sensor. (0.453 in) in diameter. Use of the pressure conditions that can cause the service . If the system does not receive the signal sensors on a wheel with a different stem message to occur are: from an individual sensor, an error hole size could result in loss of air from . One of the trailer tires has been replaced message may not occur until the vehicle the tire. with the spare tire which does not have a has been driver for a period of time. learned TTPMS sensor. The DIC message If a low trailer tire pressure condition is If the TTPMS is not functioning properly, it should turn off after the pressure sensor detected, the TTPMS displays a warning cannot detect or signal a low tire condition. is installed in the tire, and the learning message on the DIC. If the warning message See your dealer for service if the DIC process is performed successfully. See is displayed, stop as soon as possible and message comes on and stays on when the "TTPMS Sensor Learning Process" under inflate the tires to the recommended trailer tire pressures have been checked and Trailering App 0 307. pressure shown on the tire placard on the determined to be correct. trailer. . The TTPMS sensor learning process was not done or not completed successfully. Tire Inspection In addition, the TTPMS monitors the The DIC message should go off after temperature of the trailer tires. If the successfully completing the sensor We recommend that the tires, including system detects a high temperature on one learning process. See "TTPMS Sensor the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be or more of the trailer tires, a warning Learning Process" under Trailering App inspected for signs of wear or damage message will be displayed on the DIC. If this 0 307. at least once a month. warning message is displayed, stop as soon . One or more TTPMS sensors are missing as possible, and inspect the overheated or damaged. The DIC message should go off when the TTPMS sensors are installed GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

374 Vehicle Care Replace the tire if: unusual wear continues after the the tires have been rotated. See Tire 0 . The indicators at three or more rotation, check the wheel alignment. Pressure 367 and places around the tire can be seen. See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 375 Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. and . There is cord or fabric showing 0 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. through the tire's rubber. Wheel Replacement 378. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, 369. or snagged deep enough to show Check that all wheel nuts are properly cord or fabric. tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. under Capacities and Specifications 0 . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other 424. damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the { Warning damage. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can Tire Rotation cause wheel nuts to become loose Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km over time. The wheel could come off (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule Use this rotation pattern when rotating and cause a crash. When changing a 0 409. the tires. wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to Tires are rotated to achieve a more Do not include the spare tire in the tire the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation. or paper towel can be used; however, rotation is the most important. Adjust the front and rear tires to the use a scraper or wire brush later to Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate recommended inflation pressure on the remove all rust or dirt. the tires as soon as possible, check for Tire and Loading Information label after proper tire inflation pressure, and check for damaged tires or wheels. If the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 375 Lightly coat the inner diameter of the four digits of the DOT Tire Identification wheel hub opening with wheel bearing Number (TIN) molded into one side of the grease after a wheel change or tire tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN rotation to prevent corrosion or rust indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the build-up. last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a { Warning 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the Do not apply grease to the wheel first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of mounting surface, wheel conical each year. seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. Vehicle Storage Grease applied to these areas could cause a wheel to become loose or Tires age when stored normally mounted on Treadwear indicators are one way to tell a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be come off, resulting in a crash. when it is time for new tires. Treadwear stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, indicators appear when the tires have only clean area away from direct sunlight to slow When It Is Time for New Tires 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. aging. This area should be free of grease, 0 See Tire Inspection 373 and gasoline, or other substances that can Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, 0 Tire Rotation 374 for additional deteriorate rubber. driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road information. conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. Parking for an extended period can cause The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires. how fast aging takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire manufacture date, which is the last GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

376 Vehicle Care Buying New Tires GM recommends replacing worn tires in complete sets of four. Uniform tread { Warning GM has developed and matched specific depth on all tires will help to maintain Mixing tires of different sizes (other tires for the vehicle. The original the performance of the vehicle. Braking than those originally installed on the equipment tires installed were designed and handling performance may be vehicle), brands, tread patterns, to meet General Motors Tire adversely affected if all the tires are not or types may cause loss of vehicle Performance Criteria Specification (TPC replaced at the same time. If proper control, resulting in a crash or other Spec) system rating. When replacement rotation and maintenance have been vehicle damage. Use the correct size, tires are needed, GM strongly done, all four tires should wear out at brand, and type of tire on all wheels. recommends buying tires with the same about the same time. However, if it is TPC Spec rating. necessary to replace only one axle set GM's exclusive TPC Spec system of worn tires, place the new tires on { Warning considers over a dozen critical the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 374. Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle specifications that impact the overall may cause the wheel rim flanges to performance of the vehicle, including { Warning develop cracks after many miles of brake system performance, ride and Tires could explode during improper driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail handling, traction control, and tire service. Attempting to mount or suddenly and cause a crash. Use only pressure monitoring performance. GM's dismount a tire could cause injury or radial-ply tires with the wheels on TPC Spec number is molded onto the death. Only your dealer or authorized the vehicle. tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the tire service center should mount or tires have an all-season tread design, dismount the tires. Winter tires with the same speed rating the TPC Spec number will be followed as the original equipment tires may not by MS for mud and snow. See Tire be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR Sidewall Labeling 0 362 for additional speed rated tires. Never exceed the information. winter tires’ maximum speed capability when using winter tires with a lower speed rating. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 377 If the vehicle tires must be replaced tires with nominal rim diameters of with a tire that does not have a TPC { Warning 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some Spec number, make sure they are the If different sized wheels are used, there limited-production tires. same size, load range, speed rating, and may not be an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not While the tires available on General construction (radial) as the original Motors passenger cars and light trucks tires. recommended for those wheels are selected. This increases the chance of a may vary with respect to these grades, The Tire and Loading Information label crash and serious injury. Only use GM they must also conform to federal indicates the original equipment tires specific wheel and tire systems developed safety requirements and additional on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits for the vehicle, and have them properly General Motors Tire Performance 0 222. installed by a GM certified technician. Criteria (TPC) standards. Quality grades can be found where Different Size Tires and Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 376 and Accessories and Modifications 0 323. applicable on the tire sidewall between If wheels or tires are installed that are a tread shoulder and maximum section different size than the original equipment width. For example: wheels and tires, vehicle performance, Uniform Tire Quality Grading including its braking, ride and handling The following information relates to the Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A characteristics, stability, and resistance to system developed by the United States All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has National Highway Traffic Safety Federal Safety Requirements In Addition electronic systems such as antilock brakes, Administration (NHTSA), which grades rollover airbags, traction control, electronic To These Grades. tires by treadwear, traction, and stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the Treadwear performance of these systems can also be temperature performance. This applies affected. only to vehicles sold in the United The treadwear grade is a comparative States. The grades are molded on the rating based on the wear rate of the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. tire when tested under controlled The Uniform Tire Quality Grading conditions on a specified government (UTQG) system does not apply to deep test course. For example, a tire graded tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

378 Vehicle Care times as well on the government course Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire as a tire graded 100. The relative The temperature grades are A (the Balance performance of tires depends upon the highest), B, and C, representing the The tires and wheels were aligned and actual conditions of their use, however, tire's resistance to the generation of and may depart significantly from the balanced at the factory to provide the heat and its ability to dissipate heat longest tire life and best overall norm due to variations in driving habits, when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel service practices and differences in road on a specified indoor laboratory test alignment and tire balancing are not characteristics and climate. wheel. Sustained high temperature can necessary on a regular basis. Consider an Traction cause the material of the tire to alignment check if there is unusual tire wear degenerate and reduce tire life, and or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one The traction grades, from highest to side or the other. Some slight pull to the excessive temperature can lead to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those left or right, depending on the crown of the sudden tire failure. The grade C grades represent the tire's ability to road and/or other road surface variations corresponds to a level of performance stop on wet pavement as measured such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the which all passenger car tires must meet under controlled conditions on specified vehicle is vibrating when driving on a under the Federal Motor Safety smooth road, the tires and wheels may government test surfaces of asphalt and Standard No. 109. Grades B and A need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for concrete. A tire marked C may have represent higher levels of performance proper diagnosis. poor traction performance. Warning: on the laboratory test wheel than the The traction grade assigned to this tire Wheel Replacement minimum required by law. Warning: is based on straight-ahead braking The temperature grade for this tire is Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, traction tests, and does not include established for a tire that is properly or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, inflated and not overloaded. Excessive keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, or peak traction characteristics. and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the speed, underinflation, or excessive wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum loading, either separately or in wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if combination, can cause heat buildup any of these conditions exist. and possible tire failure. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 379 Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that Used Replacement Wheels is needed. Warning (Continued) Each new wheel should have the same { Warning instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, Replacing a wheel with a used one is drive slow and readjust or remove the offset, and be mounted the same way as dangerous. How it has been used or how traction device if it is contacting the the one it replaces. far it has been driven may be unknown. vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. If traction devices are used, install them or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) When replacing wheels, use a new GM on the rear tires. sensors with new GM original equipment original equipment wheel. parts. Tire Chains Caution { Warning If the vehicle is equipped with a tire size Using the wrong replacement wheels, { Warning other than 275/50R22, 275/60R20, LT265/60R20, LT265/70R17, or LT275/65R18 wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be If the vehicle has 275/50R22, 275/60R20, use tire chains only where legal and only dangerous. It could affect the braking and LT265/60R20, LT265/70R17, or LT275/65R18 when necessary. Use chains that are the handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, size tires, do not use tire chains. There is proper size for the tires. Install them on and cause loss of control, causing a crash. not enough clearance. Tire chains used on the tires of the rear axle. Do not use Always use the correct wheel, wheel a vehicle without the proper amount of chains on the tires of the front axle. bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. clearance can cause damage to the Tighten them as tightly as possible with brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly The area damaged by the tire chains Caution and follow the chain manufacturer's could cause loss of control and a crash. The wrong wheel can also cause instructions. If the chains contact the problems with bearing life, brake cooling, Use another type of traction device only vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the speedometer or odometer calibration, if its manufacturer recommends it for the contact continues, slow down until it headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle vehicle's tire size combination and road stops. Driving too fast or spinning the ground clearance, and tire or tire chain conditions. Follow that manufacturer's wheels with chains on will damage the clearance to the body and chassis. (Continued) vehicle. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

380 Vehicle Care If a Tire Goes Flat If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and { Warning wheel damage by driving slowly to a level It is unusual for a tire to blowout while Driving on a flat tire will cause place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on driving, especially if the tires are maintained permanent damage to the tire. the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much 0 Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven Warning Flashers 142. more likely to leak out slowly. But if there on while severely underinflated or flat ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about { Warning what to expect and what to do: may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has Changing a tire can be dangerous. The If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a been driven on while severely vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or or fall causing injury or death. Find a Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and an authorized tire service center repair or level place to change the tire. To help grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as possible. maintain lane position, and then gently prevent the vehicle from moving: brake to a stop, well off the road, 1. Set the parking brake firmly. if possible. { Warning 2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to 3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive much like a skid and may require the same with an N (Neutral) transfer case correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing do maintenance or repairs is dangerous position, be sure the transfer case is the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten without the appropriate safety equipment in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and and training. If a jack is provided with noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the the vehicle, it is designed only for 4. Turn off the engine and do not road, if possible. changing a flat tire. If it is used for restart while the vehicle is raised. anything else, you or others could be 5. Do not allow passengers to remain badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips in the vehicle. off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a 6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on flat tire. both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 381 When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the Tire Changing 2. Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to following example as a guide to assist in the remove the wheel blocks and the wheel placement of the wheel blocks (1), Removing the Spare Tire and Tools block retainer. if equipped. 3. Turn the wing nut used to retain the storage bag and tools counterclockwise to remove it. Use the jack handle extensions and the wheel wrench to remove the underbody-mounted spare tire.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 2. Flat Tire The following information explains how to 1. Jack use the jack and change a tire. 2. Jack Knob 3. Tool Kit 4. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit 5. Wheel Blocks 6. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks The equipment is under the second row 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) seats, if equipped, or behind the front row 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer seats on regular cab models. 3. Hoist Cable 1. Turn the knob on the jack 4. Hoist Assembly counterclockwise to lower the jack head 5. Hoist Shaft to release the jack from its holder. 6. Jack Handle Extensions GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

382 Vehicle Care 7. Wheel Wrench 4. Insert the hoist end (open end) (10) of 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) the extension through the hole (9) in the 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole rear bumper. 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel 1. Open the spare tire lock cover on the wrench. bumper and use the ignition key to Be sure the hoist end of the remove the spare tire lock (8). To remove extension (10) connects to the hoist the spare tire lock, insert the ignition shaft. The ribbed square end of the key, turn, and pull straight out. extension is used to lower the spare tire. 5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped) the spare tire can be pulled out from 3. If the vehicle is equipped with a spare under the vehicle. tire cable disconnect the cable from the 6. Pull the spare tire out from under the attachment on the frame by unclipping vehicle. it from the frame attachment bracket.

2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) and the two jack handle extensions (6), as shown.

7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with some slack in the cable to access the tire/wheel retainer. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 383 9. If equipped with a spare tire cable The tools you will be using include the remove the cable from the spare tire by jack (1), the wheel blocks (2), the jack passing the clip through the looped end handle (3), the jack handle extensions (4), of the cable. and the wheel wrench (5). 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the 0 Spare Tire If a Tire Goes Flat 380. Use the following pictures and instructions to remove the flat tire and raise the vehicle. Tilt the retainer and pull it through the center of the wheel along with the cable and spring. 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire.

2. If the vehicle has wheel nut caps, loosen them by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. 1. Jack If the vehicle has a center cap with 2. Wheel Blocks wheel nut caps, the wheel nut caps are 3. Jack Handle designed to stay with the center cap 4. Jack Handle Extensions after they are loosened. Remove the 5. Wheel Wrench entire center cap. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

384 Vehicle Care

If the wheel has a smooth center cap, concealing access to the wheel nuts, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel, and gently pry 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it Front Position it out. counterclockwise to loosen the wheel 4. If the flat tire is on the front of the If the wheel’s center cap does not nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet. vehicle, position the jack under the conceal the wheel nuts, the center cap bracket attached to the vehicle's frame, may remain during wheel removal. If the { Warning behind the flat tire, as shown. removed wheel is to be stowed in the hoist, the cap needs to be detached from To avoid personal injury and vehicle the wheel. Access the wheel from the damage, disable the power assist steps back side, and use a jack handle before using a jack or placing an object extension to push out the center cap. under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps 0 30. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 385

{ Warning Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

{ Warning Rear Position The jack has a feature to limit its travel 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, position the to prevent overextension. When the the flat tire. jack under the rear axle about 5 cm height limit is reached, an increase in (2 in) inboard of the shock absorber resistance if felt when attempting to { Warning bracket. raise the jack farther. Raising the jack Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the past the height limit can damage the jack parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning pin and cause the jack to lock into an cause wheel nuts to become loose Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted overextended position or not lower fully. over time. The wheel could come off on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips Do not attempt to force the jack higher and cause a crash. When changing a off the jack, you could be badly injured once the height limit is reached. wheel, remove any rust or dirt from or killed. Never get under a vehicle when places where the wheel attaches to it is supported only by a jack. 6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth off the ground so there is enough room or paper towel can be used; however, for the spare tire to fit under the use a scraper or wire brush later to wheel well. remove all rust or dirt. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

386 Vehicle Care 11. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the { Warning nuts until the wheel is held against Wheel nuts that are improperly or the hub. incorrectly tightened can cause the 12. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise wheels to become loose or come off. The to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack wheel nuts should be tightened with a completely. torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the { Warning torque specification supplied by the If wheel studs are damaged, they can aftermarket manufacturer when using break. If all the studs on a wheel broke, accessory locking wheel nuts. See the wheel could come off and cause a Capacities and Specifications 0 424 for 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel crash. If any stud is damaged because of original equipment wheel nut torque bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare a loose-running wheel, it could be that all specifications. wheel. of the studs are damaged. To be sure, 9. Install the spare tire. replace all studs on the wheel. If the stud Caution holes in a wheel have become larger, the { Warning wheel could collapse in operation. Replace Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts any wheel if its stud holes have become avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly because the nuts might come loose. The larger or distorted in any way. Inspect tighten the wheel nuts in the proper vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for damage. sequence and to the proper torque crash. Because of loose running wheels, piloting pad damage may occur and require specification. See Capacities and 0 10. Put the wheel nuts back on with the replacement of the entire hub, for proper Specifications 424 for the wheel nut rounded end of the nuts toward the centering of the wheels. When replacing torque specification. wheel. studs, hubs, wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to use GM original equipment parts. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 387

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Caution { Warning The tire hoist can be damaged if there is no tension on the cable when using it. To Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment have the necessary tension, the spare or in the passenger compartment of the road tire and wheel assembly must be vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden installed on the tire hoist to use it. stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross proper place. { Warning sequence, as shown, by turning the An improperly stored spare tire could wheel wrench clockwise. { Warning come loose and cause a crash. To avoid When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire, personal injury or property damage, also reinstall either the center cap, Failure to follow these tire storage always store the spare tire when the or bolt-on hub cap, depending on what the instructions carefully could result in vehicle is parked on a level surface. vehicle is equipped with. For center caps, personal injury or property damage if the place the cap on the wheel and tap it into hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose. Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle place until it seats flush with the wheel. The Make sure the tire is stored securely in the spare tire carrier. cap only goes on one way. Be sure to line before driving. up the tab on the center cap with the indentation on the wheel. For bolt-on hub caps, align the plastic nut caps with the Caution wheel nuts and then tighten by hand. Then Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat use the wheel wrench to tighten. tire under your vehicle for an extended period of time or with the valve stem pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel with the valve stem pointing down and have the wheel/ tire repaired as soon as possible. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

388 Vehicle Care cable through the looped end. The excess cable wire should be on the valve stem side of the spare tire. 2. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down, and to the rear. 3. Pull the cable and spring through the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer plate down and through the center wheel. Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel. 11. Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped) 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer 3. Hoist Cable 4. Hoist Assembly 5. Hoist Shaft 6. Jack Handle Extensions 7. Wheel Wrench 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool 4. Attach the wheel wrench (7) and extensions (6) together, as shown.

1. If equipped with a spare tire cable, reinstall the cable to the spare wheel by looping the cable around a wheel vent window then pass the clip end of the GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 389

Caution Use of an air wrench or other power tools with the hoist mechanism is not recommended and could damage the system. Use only the tools supplied with the hoist mechanism.

7. If equipped with a spare tire cable, orient 9. Make sure the tire is stored securely. the cable by rotating the spare tire so Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire. that the cable is by the frame If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench attachment location. to tighten the cable. 5. Insert the hoist end (10) through the 8. Raise the tire fully against the underside hole (9) in the rear bumper and onto the of the vehicle by turning the wheel hoist shaft. wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel overtighten the cable. wrench. 6. Raise the tire part way upward. Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

390 Vehicle Care If equipped with a spare tire cable, Full-Size Spare Tire reattach the clip to the frame attachment bracket. Note that there may If this vehicle came with a full-size spare be slack in the cable. tire, it was fully inflated when new, however, it can lose air over time. Check the Repeat this tightness check procedure inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure when checking the spare tire pressure 0 367 and according to the scheduled maintenance Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 for information information or any time the spare tire is regarding proper tire inflation and loading handled due to service of other the vehicle. For instructions on how to components. remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire Changing 0 381. Incorrectly Stored If equipped with a temporary use full-size spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall. 10. Reinstall the spare tire lock, if the vehicle See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 362. This spare has one. tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare tire for future use. Caution Correctly Stored If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a different size spare tire is installed, do Return the jack and tools to their original not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat location in the vehicle. See “Removing the tire is repaired and/or replaced. The Spare Tire and Tools.” vehicle could be damaged and the repairs (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 391

Caution (Continued) If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not match the original road tires and wheels in Warning (Continued) would not be covered by the warranty. size and type, do not include the spare in For more information go to Never use four-wheel drive when a the tire rotation. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ different size spare tire is installed on the passenger-vehicle. vehicle. Jump Starting See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 322 The vehicle may have a different size spare Jump Starting - North America and the back cover. tire than the road tires originally installed on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed For more information about the vehicle { Warning for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to battery, see Battery - North America 0 343. Batteries can hurt you. They can be drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) has run dangerous because: drive and a different size spare tire is down, you may want to use another vehicle installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. and some jumper cables to start your . They contain acid that can burn you. After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps . They contain gas that can explode or stop as soon as possible and check that the to do it safely. ignite. spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is { . They contain enough electricity to made to perform well at speeds up to Warning burn you. 112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and If you do not follow these steps exactly, inflation pressure, so you can finish related accessories contain lead and lead some or all of these things can hurt you. your trip. compounds, chemicals known to the Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired State of California to cause cancer and or replaced and installed back onto the birth defects or other reproductive harm. Caution vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire Batteries also contain other chemicals Ignoring these steps could result in costly will be available in case it is needed again. known to the State of California to cause damage to the vehicle that would not be Do not mix tires and wheels of difference cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the (Continued) spare tire and its wheel together. (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

392 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) The jump start positive post (4) and the resistance. This is located on the negative grounding point (3) for the passenger side, in the rear of the engine to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling discharged battery are on the passenger side compartment. it will not work, and it could damage the of the vehicle. 3. Get the vehicles close enough so the vehicle. The positive jump start connection for the jumper cables can reach, but be sure the discharged battery is under a cover. Slide vehicles are not touching each other. the cover to expose the terminal. If they are, it could cause an unwanted 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a ground connection. You would not be 12-volt battery with a negative ground able to start your vehicle, and the bad system. grounding could damage the electrical systems. Caution To avoid the possibility of the vehicles If the other vehicle does not have a rolling, set the parking brake firmly on 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure. Put the automatic both vehicles can be damaged. Only use transmission in P (Park) before setting a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a the parking brake. If you have a negative ground for jump starting. four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear, not in 1. Good Battery Positive Terminal 2. If you have a vehicle with a diesel N (Neutral). 2. Good Battery Negative Terminal engine with two batteries, you should 3. Discharged Battery Remote Negative know before you begin that, especially in Caution Terminal cold weather, you may not be able to If any accessories are left on or plugged 4. Discharged Battery Remote Positive get enough power from a single battery in during the jump starting procedure, Terminal in another vehicle to start your diesel engine. If your vehicle has more than they could be damaged. The repairs The jump start positive post (1) and negative one battery, using the battery that is would not be covered by the vehicle post (2) are on the battery of the vehicle closer to the starter will reduce electrical warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or providing the jump start. unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 393 4. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles. vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged { Warning heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to into the accessory power outlets. Turn Using a match near a battery can cause a remote negative (−) terminal if the off the radio and all the lamps that are battery gas to explode. People have been vehicle has one. not needed. This will avoid sparks and hurt doing this, and some have been Do not connect positive (+) to negative help save both batteries. And it could blinded. Use a flashlight if you need (−) or you will get a short that would save the radio! more light. damage the battery and maybe other 5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and parts too. And do not connect the locate the positive (+) and negative (−) Battery fluid contains acid that can burn negative (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal locations on that vehicle. you. Do not get it on you. If you terminal on the dead battery because accidentally get it in your eyes or on The positive (+) terminal is under a red this can cause sparks. your skin, flush the place with water and plastic cover at the positive battery post. 7. Connect one end of the red positive (+) To uncover the positive (+) terminal, get medical help immediately. cable to the remote positive (+) terminal open the red plastic cover. of the vehicle with the discharged battery. For more information on the location of { Warning the remote positive (+) and remote 8. Do not let the other end touch metal. negative (−) terminals, see Engine Fans or other moving engine parts can Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of Compartment Overview 0 325. injure you badly. Keep your hands away the good battery. Use a remote from moving parts once the engine is positive (+) terminal if the vehicle { Warning running. has one. 9. Connect one end of the black negative An electric fan can start up even when 6. Check that the jumper cables do not (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal of the engine is not running and can injure have loose or missing insulation. If they the good battery. Use a remote negative you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools do, you could get a shock. The vehicles (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. away from any underhood electric fan. could be damaged too. Do not let the other end touch anything Before you connect the cables, here are until the next step. some basic things you should know. Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a 10. Connect the other end of the negative remote positive (+) terminal if the (−) cable to the remote negative (−) terminal to the discharged battery. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

394 Vehicle Care 11. Start the vehicle with the good battery Towing the Vehicle GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to and run the engine for a while. transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to 12. Try to start the vehicle that had the Caution help reduce approach angles, if necessary. A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels dead battery. If it will not start after a Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may few tries, it probably needs service. off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance cause damage. The damage would not be or a professional towing service if the Caution covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not disabled vehicle must be towed. lash or hook to suspension components. If the jumper cables are connected or Use the proper straps around the tires to Front Attachment Points removed in the wrong order, electrical secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked shorting may occur and damage the wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies vehicle. The repairs would not be covered under any locked wheel/tire while by the vehicle warranty. Always connect loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling and remove the jumper cables in the type lift to tow the vehicle. This could correct order, making sure that the cables damage the vehicle. do not touch each other or other metal.

Jumper Cable Removal Caution Reverse the sequence exactly when Improper use of the tow eye can damage removing the jumper cables. the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye After starting the disabled vehicle and to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle tow truck from a flat road surface, or to The vehicle is equipped with specific for several minutes. move the vehicle a short distance. Use attachment points to be used to pull the caution and low speeds. The transmission vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat must be in (N) Neutral when moving the road surface. Do not use these attachment vehicle. points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud or sand. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 395 Recreational Vehicle Towing . Whether the vehicle has the proper Dinghy Towing (Two-Wheel-Drive towing equipment. See your dealer or Vehicles and Vehicles with a Recreational vehicle towing means towing trailering professional for additional Single-Speed Transfer Case) the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a advice and equipment recommendations. motor home. The two most common types . Whether the vehicle is ready to be towed. of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy Just as preparing the vehicle for a long and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to the vehicle with all four wheels on the be towed. ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s wheels on a dolly. instructions. See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and Here are some important things to consider equipment recommendations. before recreational vehicle towing: . Before towing the vehicle, become Caution familiar with the local laws that apply to Use of a shield mounted in front of the recreational vehicle towing. These laws vehicle grille could restrict airflow and may vary by region. cause damage to the transmission. The Caution . The towing capacity of the towing repairs would not be covered by the If a vehicle with two-wheel drive or a vehicle. Read the tow vehicle vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only manufacturer's recommendations. single-speed transfer case is towed with use one that attaches to the towing all four wheels on the ground, the . How far the vehicle can be towed. Some vehicle. vehicles have restrictions on how far and drivetrain components could be damaged. how long the vehicle can be towed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Two-wheel-drive vehicles and vehicles with a single-speed transfer case should not be towed with all four wheels on the ground. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

396 Vehicle Care Dinghy Towing (Vehicles with a To dinghy tow: { Warning Two-Speed Transfer Case) 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a To avoid death, serious injury, level surface. or property damage, before dinghy 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed towing the vehicle, always disconnect and to the tow vehicle. secure the negative battery cable and cover the negative battery post and cable 3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine. with a non-conductive material. If the battery is left connected or the battery 4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See cable contacts the post, the Electric “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under Parking Brake may activate during Four-Wheel Drive 0 242. towing, which could cause a crash. 5. With the engine running, release the parking brake and verify that the 8. Disconnect the negative (–) battery transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting cable. See “Negative Battery Cable Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles the transmission to D (Drive) and then to Disconnection” in Battery - North with a two-speed transfer case that have an R (Reverse). There should be no America 0 343. movement while shifting the N (Neutral) and a 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive 9. Shift the transmission to P (Park). Low) setting. transmission. 6. Shift the transmission to D (Drive). Caution { Warning 7. If equipped with an ignition key, turn If the steering column is locked, vehicle Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. damage may occur. transfer case into N (Neutral) can allow If equipped with Keyless Access, turn the the vehicle to move even if the engine off. Disregard the Shift to P (Park) 10. Move the steering wheel to make sure DIC message. See Ignition Positions the steering column is unlocked. transmission is in P (Park). You or others 0 could be injured. Set the parking brake (Keyless Access) 230 or 11. If the vehicle has an ignition key, keep it Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. and use wheel blocks before shifting the in the towed vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY transfer case to N (Neutral). to prevent the steering column from locking. If the vehicle is equipped with GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 397 Keyless Access, keep the RKE transmitter 7. Shift the transfer case to 2 m (Two-Wheel Dolly Towing outside of the vehicle and manually lock Drive High). When the shift to 2 m the doors. Access the vehicle by using (Two-Wheel Drive High) is complete, the the key in the door lock. See Door Locks 0 light in the instrument cluster will stop 21. flashing and stay lit. See Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 118. Before disconnecting from the tow vehicle: 8. Start the engine. Check that the vehicle 1. Park on a level surface. Secure the is in 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) by vehicle with wheel blocks. starting the engine and shifting the transmission to D (Drive) and then to 2. Re-connect the negative (–) battery. See R (Reverse). There should be movement Battery - North America 0 343. of the vehicle while shifting. 3. Turn on the ignition with the engine off. 9. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and For vehicles with a key, turn the ignition turn off the ignition. to ON/RUN with the engine off. If the vehicle is equipped with Keyless Access, 10. Release the parking brake and remove with your foot off the brake pedal, press the wheel blocks. and hold ENGINE START/STOP for 11. Reset any lost presets. five seconds until the green light comes The outside temperature display will on in the button. See Ignition Positions default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with 0 (Keyless Access) 230 or normal usage. Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. 4. Set the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake 0 247. 5. Disconnect from the tow vehicle. 6. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

398 Vehicle Care

Caution { Warning Caution Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels Do not power wash any part of the Avoid using high-pressure washes closer on the ground, or vehicle damage could vehicle’s interior, including the vinyl floor than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the occur. This damage would not be covered covering. This could damage safety and vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding by the vehicle warranty. other systems in the vehicle, which 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in would not be covered by the vehicle damage or removal of paint and decals. Dolly towing this vehicle is not allowed with warranty. either the front or the rear tires on the Cleaning Underhood Components ground for two-wheel drive or four-wheel drive, regardless of transfer case. Caution Caution Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, Do not power wash any component Appearance Care or abrasive cleaning agents as they can under the hood that has this e Exterior Care damage the vehicle's paint, metal, symbol. or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it This could cause damage that would not Locks would not be covered by the vehicle be covered by the vehicle warranty. warranty. Approved cleaning products can Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a be obtained from your dealer. Follow all de-icing agent only when absolutely Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm necessary, and have the locks greased after manufacturer directions regarding correct underhood components. The usages of these using. See Recommended Fluids and product usage, necessary safety chemicals should be avoided. Lubricants 0 418. precautions, and appropriate disposal of Recommend water only. any vehicle care product. Washing the Vehicle A pressure washer may be used, but care must be utilized. The following criteria must To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it be followed: often and out of direct sunlight. . Water pressure must be kept below 14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI). . Water temperature must be below 80 °C (180 °F). GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 399 . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle must be turned off. Remove any accessories Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing spray pattern or wider must be used. that may be damaged or interfere with the should be done to remove residue from the . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) car wash equipment. paint finish. See your dealer for approved away from all surfaces. See Power Assist Steps 0 30 for cleaning cleaning products. Automatic Car Wash information. Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated Caution after, to remove all cleaning agents wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. Some automatic car washes can cause completely. If they are allowed to dry on Caution damage to the vehicle, wheels and the surface, they could stain. ground effects. Automatic car washes are Machine compounding or aggressive Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint not recommended, due to lack of an all-cotton towel to avoid surface finish may damage it. Use only clearance for the undercarriage and/or scratches and water spotting. wide rear tires and wheels. non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are Finish Care made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle. Caution Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ wax materials is not recommended. To keep the paint finish looking new, keep Automatic car washes can cause damage If painted surfaces are damaged, see your the vehicle garaged or covered whenever to the vehicle, wheels, ground effects, dealer to have the damage assessed and possible. and convertible top (if equipped). repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Do not use automatic car washes due to road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, lack of clearance for the undercarriage, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can Caution wide rear tires, and wheels. damage the vehicle's finish if they remain Failure to clean and protect the bright on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as If using an automatic car wash, follow with metal moldings can result in a hazy soon as possible. If necessary, use the car wash instructions. The windshield white finish or pitting. This damage non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, would not be covered by the vehicle for painted surfaces to remove foreign warranty. matter. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

400 Vehicle Care The bright metal moldings on the vehicle A spray-in bedliner is a permanent coating . Use a dry rag to remove oil. are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To that bonds to the truck bed and cannot be prevent damage always follow these removed. Promptly rinse the bedliner surface Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, cleaning instructions: following a chemical spill to avoid Emblems, Decals and Stripes . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch permanent damage. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft before applying any cleaning solution. Spray-in bedliners can fade from oxidation, cloth, and a car washing soap to clean . Use only approved cleaning solutions for road dirt, heavy-duty hauling, and hard exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals and aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. water stains. Clean it periodically by stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain washing off the loose dirt and using a mild the Vehicle" previously in this section. alkaline substances and can damage the detergent. To restore the original Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some moldings. appearance, apply the bedliner conditioner have a UV protective coating. Do not clean . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner available through your dealer. or wipe them while they are dry. according to the manufacturer’s CarbonPro Box Care Do not use any of the following on lamp instructions. covers: Caution . Do not use cleaners that are not intended . Abrasive or caustic agents. for automotive use. To prevent surface damage to the pickup . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle box, rinse chemical spills quickly, never in higher concentrations than suggested after washing to protect and extend the use alcohol wipes to clean, and avoid by the manufacturer. molding finish. scraping the surface. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh Spray-In Bedliner Care cleaners. If equipped with a CarbonPro Pickup Box, . Ice scrapers or other hard items. Caution use the following instructions for cleaning: . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers Using silicone-based products may . Clean the box periodically by washing off the loose dirt with water and a mild while the lamps are illuminated, due to damage the bedliner, reduce the excessive heat generated. slip-resistant texture, and attract dirt. detergent. . Promptly rinse the bed surface following a chemical spill to avoid permanent damage. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 401

Caution Shutter System blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause Failure to clean lamps properly can cause wiper streaking. damage to the lamp cover that would Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or not be covered by the vehicle warranty. damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, Caution sun, snow, and ice. Using wax on low gloss black finish Weatherstrips stripes can increase the gloss level and Apply weatherstrip lubricant on create a non-uniform finish. Clean low weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal gloss stripes with soap and water only. better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips once a year. Hot, dry climates Air Intakes may require more frequent application. Black Clear debris from the air intakes, between The vehicle may have a shutter system marks from rubber material on painted the hood and windshield, when washing the designed to help improve fuel economy. surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a vehicle. Keep the shutter system clear of debris, clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and snow and ice. If the check engine light is Lubricants 0 418. activated, please check to see if the shutter system is clear of debris, snow or ice. Tires Windshield and Wiper Blades Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean the tires. Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. Caution Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or Using petroleum-based tire dressing paper towel soaked with windshield washer products on the vehicle may damage the fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a windshield thoroughly when cleaning the (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

402 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Visually check constant velocity joint boots and axle seals for leaks. tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through Caution the vehicle. an automatic car wash that uses silicon Lubrication of applicable suspension carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. points should not be done unless the Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or higher, Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and would not be covered by the vehicle or damage could result. water to clean the wheels. After rinsing warranty. thoroughly with clean water, dry with a Body Component Lubrication Brake System soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, applied. Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinge proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, Caution unless the components are plastic. Applying chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect cloth will make them last longer, seal better, may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. and not stick or squeak. washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts. Underbody Maintenance been sprayed with magnesium chloride or Steering, Suspension, and Chassis calcium chloride. These are used on roads Components At least twice a year, spring and fall, use for conditions such as dust and ice. plain water to flush any corrosive materials Always wash the chrome with soap and Visually inspect steering, suspension, and from the underbody. Take care to water after exposure. chassis components for damaged, loose, thoroughly clean any areas where mud and or missing parts or signs of wear at least other debris can collect. If equipped with once a year. power assist steps, extend them and then Caution Inspect power steering for proper use a high pressure wash to clean all joints To avoid surface damage on wheels and attachment, connections, binding, cracks, and gaps. wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, chafing, etc. Do not directly power wash the transfer chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, case and/or front/rear axle output seals. (Continued) High pressure water can overcome the seals GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 403 and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean the fluid will decrease the life of the transfer interior using the following cleaners or case and/or axles and should be replaced. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly techniques: clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately . Never use a razor or any other sharp Sheet Metal Damage remove any soils. Newspapers or dark object to remove soil from any interior garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet surface. interior. metal repair or replacement, make sure the . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. body repair shop applies anti-corrosion Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from . Never rub any surface aggressively or material to parts repaired or replaced to knobs and crevices on the instrument with too much pressure. restore corrosion protection. cluster. Using a mild soap solution, . Do not use laundry detergents or Original manufacturer replacement parts will immediately remove hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent from all dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For provide the corrosion protection while liquid cleaners, use approximately maintaining the vehicle warranty. interior surfaces or permanent damage may result. 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. Finish Damage A concentrated soap solution will create Use cleaners specifically designed for the streaks and attract dirt. Do not use Quickly repair minor chips and scratches surfaces being cleaned to prevent solutions that contain strong or with touch-up materials available from your permanent damage. Apply cleaners directly caustic soap. to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery finish damage can be corrected in your on any switches or controls. Remove when cleaning. dealer's body and paint shop. cleaners quickly. . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing Chemical Paint Spotting Before using cleaners, read and follow all solvents. safety instructions on the label. While Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack cleaning the interior, open the doors and Interior Glass painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, windows to get proper ventilation. ring-shaped discolorations, and small, To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened irregular dark spots etched into the paint with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a surface. Refer to “Finish Care” previously in clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a this section. commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

404 Vehicle Care

Caution Fabric/Carpet/Suede 5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft To prevent scratching, never use abrasive by plain water. cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum If the soil is not completely removed, it may cleaners or aggressive cleaning may brush attachment is being used, only use it on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently be necessary to use a commercial upholstery damage the rear window defogger. remove as much of the soil as possible: cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. area for colorfastness before using a Cleaning the windshield with water during commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. the first three to six months of ownership Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire will reduce tendency to fog. fabric or carpet. . For solid soils, remove as much as Speaker Covers possible prior to vacuuming. After cleaning use a paper towel to blot excess moisture. Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so To clean: that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle spots with water and mild soap. 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth with water. Microfiber cloth is Information and Radio Displays Coated Moldings recommended to prevent lint transfer to Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces the fabric or carpet. Coated moldings should be cleaned. or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle 2. Remove excess moisture by gently . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge brush to remove dirt that can scratch the wringing until water does not drip from or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a the cleaning cloth. water. microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. water. gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse to prevent forcing the soil in to the thoroughly and air dry before next use. fabric. 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 405

Caution Caution (Continued) { Warning Do not attach a device with a suction cup these solvents can permanently change Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. to the display. This may cause damage the appearance and feel of leather or soft It may severely weaken the webbing. In and would not be covered by the vehicle trim, and are not recommended. a crash, they might not be able to warranty. provide adequate protection. Clean and Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, rinse seat belt webbing only with mild especially on the instrument panel. Reflected Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other soap and lukewarm water. Allow the glare can decrease visibility through the Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces webbing to dry. and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces windshield under certain conditions. Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with Caution Floor Mats water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a Use of air fresheners may cause more thorough cleaning, use a soft permanent damage to plastics and { Warning microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap painted surfaces. If an air freshener If a floor mat, a liner, or a liner insert is solution. comes in contact with any plastic or the wrong size or is not properly Caution painted surface in the vehicle, blot installed, it can interfere with the pedals. immediately and clean with a soft cloth Interference with the pedals can cause Soaking or saturating leather, especially dampened with a mild soap solution. unintended acceleration and/or increased perforated leather, as well as other Damage caused by air fresheners would stopping distance, which can cause a interior surfaces, may cause permanent not be covered by the vehicle warranty. crash and injury. Make sure the floor damage. Wipe excess moisture from mat, liner, or liner insert does not these surfaces after cleaning and allow Care of Seat Belts interfere with the pedals. them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spot removers. Do not use Keep belts clean and dry. cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing (Continued) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

406 Vehicle Care Use the following guidelines for proper floor Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats/ Removing and Replacing the Floor Liner mat/liner usage: Liners Inserts . The original equipment floor mats/liners Pull up on the rear of the driver side floor Pull up on the edge of the driver side floor were designed for your vehicle. If the mat/liner to unlock each retainer and liner insert to unlock each button clip and floor mats/liners need replacing, it is remove. remove. recommended that GM certified floor mats/liners be purchased. Non-GM floor mats/liners may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mat, liner, or liner insert does not interfere with the pedals. . Do not use a floor mat/liner if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor. . Use the floor mat/liner insert with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat/liner. . Use only a single floor mat/liner on the Reinstall by lining up the floor mat/liner Reinstall by lining up the floor liner insert driver side. retainer openings over the carpet retainers button clips over the liner retainers and . Do not place one floor mat/liner on top and snapping into position. snapping into position. of another. Make sure the floor mat/liner is properly Make sure the floor liner insert is properly secured in place. secure in place using all button clips. Verify the floor mat/liner does not interfere Verify the floor liner insert does not with the pedals. interfere with the pedals. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Vehicle Care 407 Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)

{ Warning Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.

Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap solution. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

408 Service and Maintenance General Information maintenance such as oil changes and tire Service and Maintenance rotations and additional maintenance items This maintenance section applies to vehicles like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. General Information with a gasoline engine. For diesel engine General Information ...... 408 vehicles, see "Maintenance Schedule" in the Caution Maintenance Schedule Duramax diesel supplement. Damage caused by improper maintenance Maintenance Schedule ...... 409 Your vehicle is an important investment. can lead to costly repairs and may not be This section describes the required covered by the vehicle warranty. Special Application Services maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application Services ...... 415 schedule to help protect against major repair inspections, recommended fluids, and Additional Maintenance and Care expenses resulting from neglect or lubricants are important to keep the Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 415 inadequate maintenance. It may also help to vehicle in good working condition. maintain the value of the vehicle if it is Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to Do not have chemical flushes that are not Parts have all required maintenance performed. approved by GM performed on the Recommended Fluids and vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, Your dealer has trained technicians who can cleaners, or lubricants that are not Lubricants ...... 418 perform required maintenance using genuine approved by GM could damage the Maintenance Replacement Parts ...... 419 replacement parts. They have up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that Maintenance Records are not covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Records ...... 422 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to The Tire Rotation and Required Services are assist with service needs. the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform Your dealer recognizes the importance of these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. providing competitively priced maintenance Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep and repair services. With trained technicians, the vehicle in good working condition, the dealer is the place for routine improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Service and Maintenance 409 Because of the way people use vehicles, . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service . Check the windshield washer fluid level. 0 maintenance needs vary. There may need to Refer to the information in the Maintenance See Washer Fluid 340. be more frequent checks and services. The Schedule Additional Required Services - Engine Oil Change Additional Required Services - Normal are for Severe chart. vehicles that: When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON . Carry passengers and cargo within { Warning message displays, have the engine oil and recommended limits on the Tire and filter changed within the next 1 000 km/ Loading Information label. See Vehicle Performing maintenance work can be 600 mi. If driven under the best conditions, Load Limits 0 222. dangerous and can cause serious injury. the engine oil life system may not indicate Perform maintenance work only if the . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces the need for vehicle service for up to a year. within legal driving limits. required information, proper tools, and The engine oil and filter must be changed at equipment are available. If they are not, least once a year and the oil life system . Use the recommended fuel. See see your dealer to have a trained must be reset. Your trained dealer technician Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L 0 technician do the work. See Doing Your can perform this work. If the engine oil life V8 Engine) 283 or 0 system is reset accidentally, service the Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Engine) Own Service Work 323. 0 vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the 284. last service. Reset the oil life system when Refer to the information in the Maintenance Maintenance Schedule the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life 0 Schedule Additional Required Services - Owner Checks and Services System 332. Normal chart. Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil Engine Air Filter Change The Additional Required Services - Severe are 0 330. for vehicles that are: When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE message displays, the engine air filter . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Once a Month . Check the tire inflation pressures, should be replaced at the next engine oil weather change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous including the spare. See Tire Pressure 0 367. FILTER SOON message displays, the engine terrain air filter should be replaced at the earliest . Frequently towing a trailer . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire convenience. Reset the engine air filter life Inspection 0 373. . Used for high speed or competitive system after the engine air filter is replaced. driving See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 333. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

410 Service and Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling System 0 335. The passenger compartment air filter Seven Years) . Check windshield washer fluid level. See removes dust, pollen, and other airborne The air conditioning system requires Washer Fluid 0 340. irritants from outside air that is pulled into maintenance every seven years. This service the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as requires replacement of the desiccant to . Check tire inflation pressures, including 0 part of routine scheduled maintenance. help the longevity and efficient operation of the spare. See Tire Pressure 367. Inspect the passenger compartment air filter the air conditioning system. This service can . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection every 36 000 km/22,500 miles or two years, be complex. See your dealer. 0 373. whichever comes first. Replace if necessary. . Visually check for fluid leaks. More frequent replacement may be needed Tire Rotation and Required Services Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care if the vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 0 398. traffic, areas with poor air quality, or areas Rotate the tires, if recommended for the with high dust levels. Replacement may also . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and vehicle, and perform the following services. chassis components for damage, including be needed if there is a reduction in air flow, See Tire Rotation 0 374. excessive window fogging, or odors. cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose . Check engine oil level and oil or missing parts, or signs of wear at least Extended Idle Use life percentage. If needed, change engine once a year. See Exterior Care 0 398. oil and filter, and reset oil life system. If equipped with grease fittings, lubricate When the vehicle is used in a way that See Engine Oil 0 330 and the suspension and steering components requires extended idle time, one hour of use Engine Oil Life System 0 332. every other oil change for normal usage shall be deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi). and every oil change for severe usage. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base . If equipped with the engine air filter life Level) 0 124 or system, check the air filter . Inspect power steering for proper Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and life percentage. If necessary, replace the attachment, connections, binding, leaks, Uplevel) 0 125 for hourmeter, if equipped. engine air filter and reset the engine air cracks, chafing, etc. filter life system. See Engine Air Filter Life . Visually inspect drive shafts for excessive 0 System 333. If the vehicle is not wear, lubricant leaks or damage including: equipped with the engine air filter life tube dents, cracks, constant velocity joint system, inspect the engine air cleaner or universal joint looseness, cracked or filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 334. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Service and Maintenance 411 missing boots, loose or missing boot . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of clamps, center bearing excessive wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the looseness, missing or loose fasteners. hold open ability of the strut. If the hold . Check restraint system components. See open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas 0 Safety System Check 0 60. Strut(s) 349. . Visually inspect fuel system for damage . Inspect sunroof track and seal, 0 or leaks. if equipped. See Sunroof 43. . Visually inspect exhaust system and . Verify spare tire key lock operation and nearby heat shields for loose or damaged lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing 0 parts. 381. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior . Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure Care 0 398. that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle. Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch spare tire moves, tighten as necessary. Check 0 347. See Tire Changing 0 381. . Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check 0 347. . Check ignition transmission lock. See Ignition Transmission Lock Check 0 347. . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 347. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

412 Service and Maintenance Additional Required Services

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Normal 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. (1) Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ (Except 2.7L L4 Turbo Engine) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ @ (2.7L L4 Turbo Engine Only) Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Service and Maintenance 413 Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Additional Required Services - Normal first. See Cooling System 0 335. (1) Or every four years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed. as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See 334. Brake Fluid 0 343. (2) Or every two years, whichever comes (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. More frequent replacement may be first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 348. needed if the vehicle is driven in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, areas with (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. high dust levels or are sensitive to See Gas Strut(s) 0 349. environmental allergens. Filter replacement (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every may also be needed if you notice reduced seven years. airflow, windows fogging up, or odors. Your local GM Service location can help you determine when it is the right time to replace your filter. (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or drive axles and should be replaced. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

414 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Severe 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. (1) Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ (Except 2.7L L4 Turbo Engine) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ @ (2.7L L4 Turbo Engine Only) Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Service and Maintenance 415 Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Additional Maintenance Additional Required Services - Severe first. See Cooling System 0 335. (1) Or every four years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. and Care first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, Your vehicle is an important investment and the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed. caring for it properly may help to avoid as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle 0 (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See 334. Brake Fluid 0 343. performance, additional maintenance services may be required. (2) Or every two years, whichever comes (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. More frequent replacement may be first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 348. It is recommended that your dealer perform needed if the vehicle is driven in areas with these services — their trained dealer heavy traffic, poor air quality, areas with (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. technicians know your vehicle best. Your high dust levels or are sensitive to See Gas Strut(s) 0 349. dealer can also perform a thorough environmental allergens. Filter replacement (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every assessment with a multi-point inspection to may also be needed if you notice reduced seven years. recommend when your vehicle may need airflow, windows fogging up, or odors. Your attention. local GM Service location can help you The following list is intended to explain the determine when it is the right time to Special Application Services services and conditions to look for that may replace your filter. . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: indicate services are required. Lubricate chassis components every oil (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines change. Battery and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. . Have underbody flushing service The 12-volt battery supplies power to start performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" the engine and operate any additional (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer in Exterior Care 0 398. electrical accessories. case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals . To avoid break-down or failure to start and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated the vehicle, maintain a battery with full fluid will decrease the life of the transfer cranking power. case and/or drive axles and should be replaced. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

416 Service and Maintenance . Trained dealer technicians have the . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid . Signs of wear may include steering wheel diagnostic equipment to test the battery levels should be checked at every fuel fill. vibration, bounce/sway while braking, and ensure that the connections and . Instrument cluster lights may come on to longer stopping distance, or uneven cables are corrosion-free. indicate that fluids may be low and need tire wear. Belts to be filled. . As part of the multi-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually . Belts may need replacing if they squeak Hoses or show signs of cracking or splitting. inspect the shocks and struts for signs of Hoses transport fluids and should be leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can . Trained dealer technicians have access to regularly inspected to ensure that there are advise when service is needed. tools and equipment to inspect the belts no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point and recommend adjustment or inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses Tires replacement when necessary. and advise if replacement is needed. Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, Brakes Lamps and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and tire failure. safe driving. brake lamps are important to see and be . Signs that the tires need to be replaced . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, seen on the road. include three or more visible treadwear grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty . Signs that the headlamps need attention indicators; cord or fabric showing through stopping. include dimming, failure to light, cracking, the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or . Trained dealer technicians have access to or damage. The brake lamps need to be sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. tools and equipment to inspect the brakes checked periodically to ensure that they . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and and recommend quality parts engineered light when braking. recommend the right tires. Your dealer for the vehicle. . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing Fluids can check the lamps and note any services to ensure smooth vehicle concerns. operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells Proper fluid levels and approved fluids and services name brand tires. protect the vehicle’s systems and Shocks and Struts components. See Recommended Fluids and Shocks and struts help aid in control for a Lubricants 0 418 for GM approved fluids. smoother ride. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Service and Maintenance 417 Vehicle Care Wiper Blades To help keep the vehicle looking like new, Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in vehicle care products are available from your good condition to provide a clear view. dealer. For information on how to clean and . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, across the windshield, and worn or split see Interior Care 0 403 and rubber. Exterior Care 0 398. . Trained dealer technicians can check the Wheel Alignment wiper blades and replace them when Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that needed. the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. Windshield For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

418 Service and Maintenance Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Automatic Transmission (8-Speed DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Automatic Transmission (10-Speed DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Chassis Lubrication Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant. See Cooling System 0 335. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 330. Front and Rear Axle Driveshaft Splines See your dealer. Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) and Rear Axle See your dealer. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. See Brake Fluid 0 343. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Service and Maintenance 419

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Hinge Pins, Tailgate Hinge and Linkage, Fuel Door Hinge, Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt, and Linkage Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84121219 A3244C IWith high capacity air cleaner 84121217 A3246C IWithout high capacity air cleaner GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

420 Service and Maintenance

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Oil Filter 55495105 PF66 I2.7L L4 12690385 PF63E I4.3L V6 12690385 PF63E I5.3L V8 12690385 PF63E I6.2L V8 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185 Spark Plugs 12688094 41-106-IP I2.7L L4 12622441 41-114 I4.3L V6 12622441 41-114 I5.3L V8 12622441 41-114 I6.2L V8 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Service and Maintenance 421

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Wiper Blades 84578275 — IDriver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84578275 — IPassenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

422 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Technical Data 423 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification engine code. This code identifies the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 423 Number (VIN) vehicle's engine, specifications, and Service Parts Identification ...... 423 replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Vehicle Data Specifications 0 424 for the vehicle's Capacities and Specifications ...... 424 engine code. Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 427 Service Parts Identification There may be a large barcode on the This legal identifier is in the front corner of certification label on the center pillar that the instrument panel, on the driver side of you can scan for the following information: the vehicle. It can be seen through the . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) windshield from outside. The Vehicle . Model designation Identification Number (VIN) also appears on . Paint information the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. . Production options If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on a label inside of the glove box. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

424 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 418. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 11.8 L 12.4 qt I2.7L L4 Engine (L3B) 11.5 L 12.2 qt I4.3L V6 Engine (LV3) 12.8 L 13.5 qt I5.3L V8 Engine (L82) 13.1 L 13.8 qt I5.3L V8 Engine (L84) 12.6 L 13.3 qt I6.2L V8 Engine (L87) GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Technical Data 425

Capacities Application Metric English Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt I2.7L L4 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt I4.3L V6 Engine 7.6 L 8.0 qt I5.3L V8 Engine 7.6 L 8.0 qt I6.2L V8 Engine Fuel Tank 90.8 L 24.0 gal IStandard and Short Box (except 2WD Diesel) 83.3 L 22.0 gal IStandard and Short Box (2WD Diesel) 107.1 L 28.3 gal ILong Box GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

426 Technical Data

Capacities Application Metric English Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 2.7L L4 (L3B) K 0.65–0.75 mm (0.026–0.030 in) 4.3L V6 (LV3) H 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) 5.3L V8 (L82) F 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) 5.3L V8 (L84) D 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) 6.2L V8 (L87) L 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Technical Data 427 Engine Drive Belt Routing If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

4.3L, 5.3L, and 6.2L Engines

2.7L Engine GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

428 Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Customer Information Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 437 Cybersecurity ...... 438 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Information Event Data Recorders ...... 438 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 428 OnStar ...... 439 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Customer Assistance Offices ...... 430 Infotainment System ...... 439 to your dealer and to GMC. Normally, any Customer Assistance for Text Telephone concerns with the sales transaction or the (TTY) Users ...... 430 operation of the vehicle will be resolved by Online Owner Center ...... 430 your dealer's sales or service departments. GM Mobility Reimbursement Sometimes, however, despite the best Program ...... 431 intentions of all concerned, Roadside Assistance Program ...... 431 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 433 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 433 the following steps should be taken: Collision Damage Repair ...... 434 Publication Ordering Information ...... 435 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a Radio Frequency Statement ...... 436 member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts States Government ...... 436 manager, contact the owner of your Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. Canadian Government ...... 437 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your Motors ...... 437 concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French). GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Customer Information 429 We encourage you to call the toll-free The BBB Auto Line Program is an This program is available in all 50 states and number in order to give your inquiry out-of-court program administered by the the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited prompt attention. Have the following BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. information available to give the Customer automotive disputes regarding vehicle General Motors reserves the right to change Assistance representative: repairs or the interpretation of the New eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you participation in this program. available from the vehicle registration or may be required to resort to this informal STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the title, or the plate at the top left of the dispute resolution program prior to filing a event that you do not feel your concerns instrument panel and visible through the court action, use of the program is free of have been addressed after following the windshield. charge and your case will generally be heard procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, within 40 days. If you do not agree with the . Dealership name and location. General Motors of Canada Company wants decision given in your case, you may reject . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. you to be aware of its participation in a it and proceed with any other venue for no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. When contacting GMC, remember that your relief available to you. General Motors of Canada Company has concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program committed to binding arbitration of owner facility. That is why we suggest following using the toll-free telephone number or disputes involving factory-related vehicle Step One first. write them at the following address: service claims. The program provides for the STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General BBB Auto Line Program review of the facts involved by an impartial Motors and your dealer are committed to BBB National Programs, Inc. third party arbiter, and may include an making sure you are completely satisfied 3033 Wilson Blvd. informal hearing before the arbiter. The with your new vehicle. However, if you Suite 600 program is designed so that the entire continue to remain unsatisfied after Arlington, VA 22201 dispute settlement process, from the time following the procedure outlined in you file your complaint to the final decision, Steps One and Two, you can file with the Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 should be completed in about 70 days. We Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line http://www.bbb.org/council/ believe our impartial program offers Program to enforce your rights. programs-services/ advantages over courts in most jurisdictions dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

430 Customer Information For further information concerning eligibility www.gmc.com Customer Assistance for Text in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) Telephone (TTY) Users Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, 1-888-889-2438 (For Text Telephone devices or call the General Motors Customer Care (TTYs)) To assist customers who are deaf, hard of Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Roadside Assistance: 1-888-881-3302 hearing, or speech-impaired and who use 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: Text Telephones (TTYs), GMC has TTY From U.S. Virgin Islands: Mediation/Arbitration Program equipment available at its Customer c/o Customer Care Centre 1-800-496-9994 Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. General Motors of Canada Company can communicate with GMC by dialing: Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Canada 1-888-889-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors of Canada Company 1-800-263-3830. Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Online Owner Center Your inquiry should be accompanied by the CA1-163-005 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1908 Colonel Sam Drive The GMC Owner Center (U.S.) Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 my.gmc.com www.gmc.ca Customer Assistance Offices Learn more about your vehicle features, GMC encourages customers to call the 1-800-263-3777 (English) shop for and manage your connected toll-free number for assistance. However, if a 1-800-263-7854 (French) services and OnStar plans, and access customer wishes to write or e-mail GMC, the 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone Devices diagnostic information specific to your letter should be addressed to: (TTYs)) vehicle. Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 United States and Puerto Rico Membership Benefits Overseas GMC Customer Assistance Center E : Download owner’s manuals and view P.O. Box 33172 Please contact the local General Motors vehicle-specific how-to videos. Detroit, MI 48232-5172 Business Unit. G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule service appointments. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Customer Information 431 I : View service records from your GM Mobility Reimbursement Roadside Assistance Program dealership and add your own. Program For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call D : Select a dealer and view locations, 1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone (TTY): maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-888-889-2438). r : Track your vehicle’s warranty For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call information. 1-800-268-6800. J : View active recalls by Vehicle Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle a year. Identification Number (VIN) 0 423. This program is available to qualified Calling for Assistance H applicants for cost reimbursement, up to : Manage your profile and payment certain limits, of eligible aftermarket When calling Roadside Assistance, have the information. View your GM Rewards Card adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, following information ready: earnings and My GMC Rewards points. such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Your name, home address, and home F : Chat live with online help scooter lift for the vehicle. telephone number representatives. To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Telephone number of your location Visit my.gmc.com and create an account see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM . Location of the vehicle today. Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. . Model, year, color, and license plate Text Telephone (TTY) users, call number of the vehicle GMC Owner Centre (Canada) 1-800-833-9935. . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification mygmccanada.ca General Motors of Canada also has a Number (VIN), and delivery date of the Visit the GMC Owner Centre at Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call vehicle mygmccanada.ca (English) or 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. . Description of the problem my.gmccanada.ca (French) to access similar TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. benefits to the U.S. site. Coverage Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle's powertrain warranty. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

432 Customer Information In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is in a crash and cannot be driven. Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an covered. In Canada, a person driving the Assistance is not given when the vehicle area that is not accessible to the service vehicle without permission from the owner is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow. vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or is not covered. . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat maintained public road, which includes ice Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, and winter roads. Off-road use is not Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors if equipped, must be in good condition covered. North America and GMC reserve the right to and properly inflated. It is the owner's Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased responsibility for the repair or make any changes or discontinue the Vehicles Roadside Assistance program at any time replacement of the tire if it is not covered without notification. by the warranty. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted. General Motors North America and GMC . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery. Propane and other fuels are not provided reserve the right to limit services or through this service. payment to an owner or driver if they . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: If your trip is interrupted due to a . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is decide the claims are made too often, or the required. same type of claim is made many times. warranty event, incidental expenses may be reimbursed within the Powertrain . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: Services Provided warranty period. Items considered are Must be over 150 km from where your . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of reasonable and customary hotel, meals, trip was started to qualify. enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the rental car, or a vehicle being delivered Pre-authorization, original detailed nearest service station. back to the customer, up to 500 miles. receipts, and a copy of the repair orders are required. Once authorization has been . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the Services Not Included in Roadside received, the Roadside Assistance advisor vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Assistance will help to make arrangements and unlock may be available if you have explain how to receive payment. OnStar. For security reasons, the driver . Impound towing caused by violation of must present identification before this any laws . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot service is given. . Legal fines be provided right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give permission to . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of get local emergency road service. You will Highway: Tow to the nearest GMC dealer snow tires, chains, or other traction receive payment, up to $100, after for warranty service, or if the vehicle was devices sending the original receipt to Roadside GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Customer Information 433 Assistance. Mechanical failures may be Courtesy Transportation Program Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement covered, however any cost for parts and To enhance your ownership experience, we If overnight warranty repairs are needed, labor for repairs not covered by the and public transportation is used, the warranty are the owner’s responsibility. and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer expense must be supported by original Scheduling Service Appointments support program for vehicles with the receipts and within the maximum amount Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange When the vehicle requires warranty service, period in Canada), extended powertrain, their own transportation, limited contact your dealer and request an and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses appointment. By scheduling a service U.S. and Canada. may be available. Claim amounts should appointment and advising the service reflect actual costs and be supported by consultant of your transportation needs, Several Courtesy Transportation options are original receipts. See your dealer for your dealer can help minimize your available to assist in reducing inconvenience information. inconvenience. when warranty repairs are required. Courtesy Rental Vehicle If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer service department immediately, keep New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate may provide an available courtesy rental driving it until it can be scheduled for manual entitled “Limited Warranty and vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a service, unless, of course, the problem is Owner Assistance Information” furnished rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and safety related. If it is, please call your with each new vehicle provides detailed must be supported by original receipts as dealership, let them know this, and ask for warranty coverage information. well as a signed and completed rental instructions. Transportation Options agreement and meet state/provincial, local, If your dealer requests you to bring the Warranty service can generally be and rental vehicle provider requirements. vehicle for service, you are urged to do so completed while you wait. However, if you Requirements vary and may include as early in the work day as possible to are unable to do so, your dealer may offer minimum age requirements, insurance allow for same-day repair. the following transportation options: coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, Shuttle Service levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle or rental usage beyond the completion of service within reasonable time and distance the repair are also your responsibility. parameters of your dealer's area. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

434 Customer Information It may not be possible to provide a like Genuine GM Collision parts are the best GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any vehicle as a courtesy rental. choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed vehicle failure related to such parts is not appearance, durability, and safety are covered by that warranty. Additional Program Information preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can All program options, such as shuttle service, help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Repair Facility may not be available at every dealer. Warranty. GM also recommends that you choose a Contact your dealer for specific availability. Recycled original equipment parts may also collision repair facility that meets your General Motors reserves the right to be used for repair. These parts are typically needs before you ever need collision repairs. unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue removed from vehicles that were total losses Your dealer may have a collision repair Courtesy Transportation at any time and to in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts center with GM-trained technicians and resolve all questions of claim eligibility being recycled are from undamaged sections state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to pursuant to the terms and conditions of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment recommend a collision repair center that has described herein at its sole discretion. GM part may be an acceptable choice to GM-trained technicians and comparable maintain the vehicle's originally designed equipment. Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Insuring the Vehicle however, the history of these parts is not If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it known. Such parts are not covered by the Protect your investment in the GM vehicle is damaged, have the damage repaired by a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any with comprehensive and collision insurance qualified technician using the proper related failures are not covered by that coverage. There are significant differences in equipment and quality replacement parts. warranty. the quality of coverage afforded by various Poorly performed collision repairs diminish insurance policy terms. Many insurance the vehicle resale value, and safety Aftermarket collision parts are also available. policies provide reduced protection to the performance can be compromised in These are made by companies other than GM vehicle by limiting compensation for subsequent collisions. GM and may not have been tested for the damage repairs through the use of vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit Collision Parts aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance poorly, exhibit premature durability/ companies will not specify aftermarket Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts corrosion problems, and may not perform collision parts. When purchasing insurance, made with the same materials and properly in subsequent collisions. we recommend that you ensure that the construction methods as the parts with Aftermarket parts are not covered by the vehicle will be repaired with GM original which the vehicle was originally built. equipment collision parts. If such insurance GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Customer Information 435 coverage is not available from your current . Owner name, address, and telephone Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but insurance carrier, consider switching to number you must live with the repair. Depending on another insurance carrier. . Vehicle license plate number your policy limits, your insurance company If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company . Vehicle make, model, and model year may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the may require you to have insurance that . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) repair professional, and insist on Genuine ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original . Insurance company and policy number Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is . General description of the damage to the Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. leased, you may be obligated to have the other vehicle Read the lease carefully, as you may be vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, charged at the end of the lease for poor Choose a reputable repair facility that uses even if your insurance coverage does not quality repairs. quality replacement parts. See “Collision pay the full cost. Parts” earlier in this section. If another party's insurance company is If a Crash Occurs If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You paying for the repairs, you are not obligated If there has been an injury, call emergency See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 65. to accept a repair valuation based on that services for help. Do not leave the scene of insurance company's collision policy repair a crash until all matters have been taken Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair limits, as you have no contractual limits care of. Move the vehicle only if its position Process with that company. In such cases, you can have control of the repair and parts choices puts you in danger, or you are instructed to In the event that the vehicle requires move it by a police officer. as long as the cost stays within reasonable damage repairs, GM recommends that you limits. Give only the necessary information to take an active role in its repair. If you have police and other parties involved in the a pre-determined repair facility of choice, Publication Ordering Information crash. take the vehicle there, or have it towed For emergency towing see Roadside there. Specify to the facility that any Service Manuals required replacement collision parts be Assistance Program 0 431. Service manuals have the diagnosis and original equipment parts, either new repair information on the engine, Gather the following information: Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be . Driver name, address, and telephone electrical system, steering system, body, etc. number covered by the GM vehicle warranty. . Driver license number GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

436 Customer Information Customer Literature Radio Frequency Statement Reporting Safety Defects Owner’s manuals are written specifically for This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters owners and are intended to provide basic / receivers / systems that operate on a Reporting Safety Defects to the operational information about the vehicle. radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ United States Government The owner’s manual includes the Part 18 of the Federal Communications Maintenance Schedule for all models. Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or Customer literature publications available for Science and Economic Development (ISED) purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / could cause injury or death, you should manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an ICES-GEN. immediately inform the National owner’s manual, warranty manual, Operation is subject to the following two Highway Traffic Safety Administration if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. conditions: (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Motors. Current and Past Models 1. The device may not cause harmful interference. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it Service manuals and customer literature are may open an investigation, and if it available for many current and past model 2. The device must accept any interference year GM vehicles. received, including interference that may finds that a safety defect exists in a cause undesired operation of the device. group of vehicles, it may order a recall To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service cannot become involved in individual For credit card orders only (VISA, facility could void authorization to use this problems between you, your dealer, MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: equipment. or General Motors. www.helminc.com. To contact NHTSA, you may call the To order by mail, write to: Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at Helm, Incorporated 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go Attention: Customer Service to http://www.safercar.gov; or 47911 Halyard Drive write to: Plymouth, MI 48170 Make checks payable in U.S. funds. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Customer Information 437 Administrator, NHTSA Reporting Safety Defects to Vehicle Data Recording and 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. General Motors Washington, D.C. 20590 Privacy In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport The vehicle has a number of computers that You can also obtain other information Canada) in a situation like this, notify about motor vehicle safety from record information about the vehicle’s General Motors. performance and how it is driven or used. http://www.safercar.gov. In the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782, or write: For example, the vehicle uses computer Reporting Safety Defects to the GMC Customer Assistance Center modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance, to monitor the Canadian Government P.O. Box 33172 Detroit, MI 48232-5172 conditions for airbag deployment and If you live in Canada, and you believe deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or that the vehicle has a safety defect, provide antilock braking to help the driver 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: control the vehicle. These modules may notify Transport Canada immediately, General Motors of Canada Company store data to help the dealer technician and notify General Motors of Canada service the vehicle or to help GM improve Company. Call Transport Canada at Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 safety or features. Some modules may also 1-800-333-0510; go to: 1908 Colonel Sam Drive store data about how the vehicle is www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operated, such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may retain www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) In Mexico, call 800-466-0812 or personal preferences, such as radio presets, 800-466-0801. or write to: seat positions, and temperature settings. In other Central America and Caribbean Transport Canada Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate Defect Investigations and Recalls Division 80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

438 Customer Information Cybersecurity Event Data Recorders driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) GM collects information about the use of This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such your vehicle including operational and safety recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR related information. We collect this is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying information to provide, evaluate, improve, crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash and troubleshoot our products and services deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. and to develop new products and services. that will assist in understanding how a The protection of vehicle electronics systems vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is To read data recorded by an EDR, special and customer data from unauthorized designed to record data related to vehicle equipment is required, and access to the outside electronic access or control is dynamics and safety systems for a short vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to important to GM. GM maintains appropriate period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such security standards, practices, guidelines and The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record as law enforcement, that have the special controls aimed at defending the vehicle and such data as: equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. the vehicle service ecosystem against . How various systems in your vehicle were unauthorized electronic access, detecting operating; GM will not access these data or share it possible malicious activity in related . Whether or not the driver and passenger with others except: with the consent of the networks, and responding to suspected safety belts were buckled/fastened; vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, cybersecurity incidents in a timely, with the consent of the lessee; in response . How far (if at all) the driver was coordinated and effective manner. Security to an official request by police or similar depressing the accelerator and/or brake incidents could impact your safety or government office; as part of GM's defense pedal; and, compromise your private data. To minimize of litigation through the discovery process; security risks, please do not connect your . How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized These data can help provide a better or receives may also be used for GM devices or connect your vehicle to any understanding of the circumstances in which research needs or may be made available to unknown or untrusted networks (such as crashes and injuries occur. others for research purposes, where a need Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In is shown and the data is not tied to a the event you suspect any security incident Note specific vehicle or vehicle owner. impacting your data or the safe operation of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only your vehicle, please stop operating your if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no vehicle and contact your dealer. data are recorded by the EDR under normal GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Customer Information 439 OnStar If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 441. Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment section for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

440 OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to OnStar the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 440 . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Services Q Emergency ...... 441 . Off: System is off. Press twice to Security ...... 441 speak with an OnStar Advisor. Q OnStar Additional Information = Voice Command Button Press or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Additional Information ...... 441 Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button > Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region. This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to: comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See OnStar System 0 162 for Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app. require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice satellite signals to be available and commands. operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped. collect information about you and your Q vehicle, including location information. See Press to connect to an Advisor to: OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update Software Terms for more details including contact information. system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions. or www.onstar.ca (Canada). GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

OnStar 441 . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days If equipped, if the doors are locked and the a week, to provide a central point of . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, contact, assistance, and information during a . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the crisis. Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: with authorities to recover the vehicle. locate a nearby service provider to help with . Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty OnStar Additional . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank. AMBER Alert. Information . Get assistance in severe weather or other Security In-Vehicle Audio Messages crisis situations and find evacuation If equipped, OnStar provides these services: routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times: OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set recover it. up an account. Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days. and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted. Transferring Service Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information. Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

442 OnStar Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or Not all OnStar services are available control of OnStar — such as hills, tall off by touching Settings, then Apps, and everywhere or on all vehicles. For more buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone information, a full description of OnStar design and architecture of the vehicle, calls can be made or received with OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless using the infotainment display. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming — Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. Number (PIN) . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help: 1-888-4ONSTAR. unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets OnStar equipment may be warranted as part wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs. coverage, network capacity, reception, and of the vehicle warranty. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

OnStar 443 Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the Navigation route. The Advisor may give a electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after add any electrical equipment. See Add-On an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, the vehicle is driven into an open area. Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 318. Added electrical may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate. send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal OnStar or GM may remotely deliver has been off continuously for 10 days reception. without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith If there is limited cellular coverage or the to help gain access to the vehicle. maintain safety, security, or the operation cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations. underpasses; or in an area with very Vehicle and Power Issues Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings. available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of . In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

444 OnStar identify whether updates or changes are OnStar - Software Acknowledgements available, or deliver updates or changes. An To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, active OnStar agreement constitutes consent MPL, and other open source licenses, that is to these software updates or changes and contained in this product, please visit agreement that either OnStar or GM may http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to remotely deliver them to the vehicle. the source code, all referred license terms, Privacy warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may for a period of three years after our last be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), shipment of this product. This offer is valid or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend to anyone in receipt of this information. that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with solely responsible for provisions of related an Advisor. Users of wireless OSS compliance. communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Connected Services 445 Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: Connected Services “Do you want to cancel directions?” Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation ...... 445 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or Connections ...... 446 connected service plan. Route Preview Diagnostics ...... 447 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone. navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar 2. Request directions to be downloaded to ready,” then a tone. the vehicle. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. last direction given, then responds with Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Planned Route Get My Destination Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone. For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

446 Connected Services Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myGMC mobile app, or by to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, (Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyGMC Mobile App (If Available) infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myGMC mobile app to Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones. The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. GMC users can access the following services connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi from a smartphone: For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped. Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks. . Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps. Wi-Fi hotspot and myGMC mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with different from each other and use a connection. the Tire Pressure Monitor System. combination of letters and numbers to 3. To change the SSID or password, press increase the security. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Change the default name of the SSID . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (Service Set Identifier). This is your market only). SSID and password can be changed in network’s name that is visible to other the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped. descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Connected Services 447 . Request Roadside Assistance. Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on . Connect with GMC on social media. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. Features are subject to change. For myGMC See www.onstar.com for details and system mobile app information and compatibility, limitations. Features are subject to change. see my.gmc.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see An active OnStar or connected service plan my.gmc.com. Message and data rates may be required. A compatible device, may apply. factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

448 Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Index Accessories and Modifications ...... 323 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 63 Accessory Power ...... 236 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 Active Fuel Management ...... 237 Airbags Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 256 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle ...... 69 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 318 Passenger Status Indicator ...... 114 Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Readiness Light ...... 114 Equipment ...... 318 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles ...... 69 Additional Information System Check ...... 61 OnStar ...... 441 Alarm Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 415 Vehicle Security ...... 31 Adjustments Alert Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 48 Lane Change ...... 280 Agreements Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 280 Trademarks and License ...... 195 All-Season Tires ...... 361 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 334 All-Terrain Tires ...... 362 Air Conditioning ...... 204, 206 AM-FM Radio ...... 155 Air Filter Antenna Life System ...... 333 Fixed Mast ...... 158 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment ...... 209 Multi-band ...... 158 Air Vents ...... 209 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 246 Airbag System Warning Light ...... 118 Check ...... 70 Appearance Care How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 64 Exterior ...... 398 Passenger Sensing System ...... 66 Interior ...... 403 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 64 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? ...... 65 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Index 449 Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 431 B Bulb Replacement Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 274 Battery Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Assistance Systems for Parking and Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 147 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 352 Backing ...... 266 Load Management ...... 146 Halogen Bulbs ...... 350 Audio Power Protection ...... 147 Headlamp Aiming ...... 350 Bluetooth ...... 162 Battery - North America ...... 343, 391 Headlamps ...... 350 Auto Stop Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 348 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Stop/Start System ...... 233 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 37 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 350 Automatic Bluetooth License Plate Lamps ...... 352 Dimming Mirrors ...... 37 Overview ...... 180, 181 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, Door Locks ...... 22 Bluetooth Audio ...... 162 and Back-up Lamps ...... 351 Emergency Braking (AEB) ...... 277 Brake Buying New Tires ...... 376 Headlamp System ...... 142 Electric Boost ...... 246 C Transmission ...... 239 Parking, Electric ...... 247 Calibration ...... 102 Transmission Fluid ...... 333 System Warning Light ...... 117 California Automatic Transmission Brake Pad Life System ...... 342 Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 322 Manual Mode ...... 241 Brakes ...... 341 California Proposition Shift Lock Control Function Check ...... 347 Antilock ...... 246 65 Warning ...... 322, 343, 391, Auxiliary Assist ...... 248 Back Cover Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 144 Fluid ...... 343 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Auxiliary Jack ...... 161 Pad Life System ...... 342 Capacities and Specifications ...... 424 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices ...... 158 Braking ...... 213 Carbon Monoxide Axle, Front ...... 346 Automatic Emergency (AEB) ...... 277 Engine Exhaust ...... 238 Axle, Rear ...... 346 Braking System Tailgate ...... 23 Front Pedestrian (FPB) ...... 278 Winter Driving ...... 220 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 228 Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 97 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

450 Index Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 Cluster, Instrument ...... 106 Cruise Control (cont'd) Center Console Storage ...... 96 Collision Damage Repair ...... 434 Light ...... 123 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Compartments Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 256 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 352 Storage ...... 95 Cupholders ...... 95 Center Seat ...... 47 Compass ...... 102 Customer Assistance ...... 430 Chains, Tire ...... 379 Connected Services Offices ...... 430 Charging Connections ...... 446 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 430 Wireless ...... 103 Diagnostics ...... 447 Customer Information Charging System Light ...... 115 Navigation ...... 445 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 435 Check Connections Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 428 Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 115 Connected Services ...... 446 Cybersecurity ...... 438 Ignition Transmission Lock ...... 347 Control D Child Restraints Hill Descent ...... 250 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 434 Infants and Young Children ...... 72 Traction and Electronic Stability ...... 248 Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Control Light Data Collection Children ...... 77 Hill Descent ...... 119 Infotainment System ...... 439 Older Children ...... 71 Control of a Vehicle ...... 213 OnStar ...... 439 Securing ...... 88, 92 Controls Data Recorders, Event ...... 438 Systems ...... 74 Steering Wheel ...... 151 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 175 Circuit Breakers ...... 353 Convex Mirrors ...... 33 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 141 Cleaning Coolant Defensive Driving ...... 213 Exterior Care ...... 398 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 112 Delayed Locking ...... 22 Interior Care ...... 403 Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 121 Destination ...... 167 Climate Control Systems ...... 204 Cooling ...... 204, 206 Diagnostics Air Conditioning ...... 204 Cooling System ...... 335 Connected Services ...... 447 Dual Automatic ...... 206 Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 433 Differential, Limited-Slip ...... 254 Heating ...... 204 Coverage Explanations ...... 175 Distracted Driving ...... 212 Clock ...... 102 Cruise Control ...... 254 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Index 451 Dome Lamps ...... 145 Dual Automatic Climate Control Engine (cont'd) Door System ...... 206 Exhaust ...... 238 Fan ...... 340 Ajar Light ...... 124 E Delayed Locking ...... 22 Heater ...... 234 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 284 Locks ...... 21 Oil Life System ...... 332 Electric Brake Boost ...... 246 Power Locks ...... 22 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 111 Electric Parking Brake ...... 247 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 427 Oil Pressure Light ...... 122 Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 117 Driver Overheated Protection Electrical Equipment, Add-On ...... 318 Teen ...... 192 Operating Mode ...... 340 Electrical System Driver Assistance Systems ...... 265 Overheating ...... 338 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 353 Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 124, 125 Power Messages ...... 131 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 353 Driver Mode Control ...... 251 Running While Parked ...... 238 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 357, 358 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 121 Starting ...... 232 Overload ...... 352 Driving Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 333 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Assistance Systems ...... 274 Entry Lighting ...... 146 Light ...... 120 Better Fuel Economy ...... 212 Equipment, Towing ...... 296 Emergency Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 288 Event Data Recorders ...... 438 OnStar ...... 441 Defensive ...... 213 Exit Lighting ...... 146 Engine Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 219 Extended Parking ...... 238 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 334 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 221 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 59 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 115 Impaired ...... 213 Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 144 Compartment Overview ...... 325 Loss of Control ...... 215 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 139 Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 112 Off-Road ...... 215 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 141 Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 121 Off-Road Recovery ...... 214 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 147 Cooling System ...... 335 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 222 Drive Belt Routing ...... 427 Wet Roads ...... 219 Winter ...... 220 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

452 Index F Front Fog Lamp G Fan Light ...... 123 Garage Door Opener ...... 136 Engine ...... 340 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Programming ...... 136 Filter, System ...... 278 Gas Strut(s) ...... 349 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 334 Front Seats Gauges Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 158 Adjustment ...... 46 Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 112 Flash-to-Pass ...... 141 Heated and Ventilated ...... 52 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 111 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 142 Fuel Fuel ...... 110 Flat Tire ...... 380 Additives ...... 284 Odometer ...... 110 Changing ...... 381 Economy, Driving for Better ...... 212 Speedometer ...... 110 FlexFuel Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 288 Tachometer ...... 110 E85 ...... 284 Filling the Tank ...... 285, 287 Trip Odometer ...... 110 Floor Console Storage ...... 97 Foreign Countries ...... 284 Voltmeter ...... 113 Floor Mats ...... 405 Gauge ...... 110 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 106 Fluid Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 General Information Automatic Transmission ...... 333 Management, Active ...... 237 Service and Maintenance ...... 408 Brakes ...... 343 Prohibited Fuels ...... 284 Towing ...... 288 Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case ...... 242 Recommended ...... 283, 284 Vehicle Care ...... 322 Washer ...... 340 Top Tier ...... 283 Glass Replacement ...... 348 Fog Lamps ...... 143 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 390 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 173 Folding Mirrors ...... 36 Fuses Glove Box ...... 95 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 275 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 353 GM Mobility Reimbursement Four-Wheel Drive ...... 242, 346 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 353 Program ...... 431 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 118 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 357, 358 Guidance Frequency Statement Problems with the Route ...... 174 Radio ...... 436 Front Axle ...... 346 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Index 453 H Hill Descent Control Light ...... 119 K Halogen Bulbs ...... 350 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 248 Keyless Entry Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 142 Hood ...... 323 Remote (RKE) System ...... 10, 13 HD Radio Technology ...... 156 Horn ...... 101 Keys ...... 7, 9 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 55 Head Restraints ...... 45 L Head-up Display ...... 128 HVAC ...... 204, 206 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 362 Headlamps I Lamps Aiming ...... 350 If the System Needs Service ...... 175 Auxiliary Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 144 Automatic ...... 142 Ignition Positions ...... 229, 230 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 141 Bulb Replacement ...... 350 Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 347 Dome ...... 145 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 141 Immobilizer ...... 32 Exterior Cargo ...... 144 Flash-to-Pass ...... 141 Indicator Exterior Controls ...... 139 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Pedestrian Ahead ...... 119 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 141 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 350 Vehicle Ahead ...... 119 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 147 High-Beam On Light ...... 123 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . .72 License Plate ...... 352 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 141 Information Malfunction Indicator (Check Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 Publication Ordering ...... 435 Engine) ...... 115 Heated Infotainment System ...... 439 On Reminder ...... 123 Rear Seats ...... 54 Instrument Cluster ...... 106 Reading ...... 146 Steering Wheel ...... 100 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 4 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 280 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 52 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 38 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 281 Heated Mirrors ...... 37 Introduction ...... 1, 148 Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 119 Heater Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 57 Engine ...... 234 J LATCH System Heating ...... 204, 206 Jack Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 88 High-Beam On Light ...... 123 Auxiliary ...... 161 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 219 Jump Starting - North America ...... 391 Children ...... 77 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 250 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

454 Index LED Lighting ...... 350 Lights (cont'd) M Lighting High/Low Beam Changer ...... 141 Maintenance Entry ...... 146 Hill Descent Control ...... 119 Records ...... 422 Exit ...... 146 Lane Keep Assist ...... 119 Maintenance and Care Illumination Control ...... 145 Low Fuel Warning ...... 122 Additional ...... 415 LED ...... 350 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 Maintenance Schedule ...... 409 Task ...... 144 Security ...... 122 Recommended Fluids and Lights Service Electric Parking Brake ...... 118 Lubricants ...... 418 Airbag Readiness ...... 114 Tire Pressure ...... 122 Transfer Case ...... 242 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Tow/Haul Mode ...... 119 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 115 Warning ...... 118 Traction Off ...... 120 Manual Mirrors ...... 34 Brake System Warning ...... 117 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 254 Manual Mode ...... 241 Charging System ...... 115 Lock Manual Windows ...... 41 Check Engine (Malfunction Steering Column ...... 32 Map Data Updates ...... 175 Indicator) ...... 115 Locking Rear Axle ...... 254 Maps ...... 166 Cruise Control ...... 123 Locks Media Door Ajar ...... 124 Automatic Door ...... 22 Avoiding Untrusted Devices ...... 158 Driver Mode Control ...... 121 Delayed Locking ...... 22 Memory Seats ...... 49 Electric Parking Brake ...... 117 Door ...... 21 Messages Electronic Stability Control Lockout Protection ...... 22 Engine Power ...... 131 (ESC), Off ...... 120 Power Door ...... 22 Vehicle ...... 130 Engine Coolant Temperature Safety ...... 23 Vehicle Speed ...... 131 Warning ...... 121 Loss of Control ...... 215 Mirror Engine Oil Pressure ...... 122 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 Rear Camera ...... 38 Flash-to-Pass ...... 141 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Mirrors Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 118 Children (LATCH System) ...... 77 Automatic Dimming ...... 37 Front Fog Lamp ...... 123 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 48 Automatic Dimming Rearview ...... 38 High-Beam On ...... 123 Front Seats ...... 48 Blind Spot ...... 37 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Index 455 Mirrors (cont'd) Oil P Convex ...... 33 Engine ...... 330 Park Folding ...... 36 Engine Oil Life System ...... 332 Shifting Into ...... 236 Heated ...... 37 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 111 Shifting Out of ...... 237 Manual ...... 34 Pressure Light ...... 122 Park Assist ...... 266 Manual Rearview ...... 38 Older Children, Restraints ...... 71 Parking Power ...... 35 Online Owner Center ...... 430 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Tilt in Reverse ...... 38 OnStar ...... 439 Check ...... 347 Trailer Tow ...... 34 OnStar Additional Information ...... 441 Extended ...... 238 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 38 OnStar Emergency ...... 441 Over Things That Burn ...... 237 Mode ...... 251 OnStar Overview ...... 440 Parking or Backing Driver Control ...... 251 OnStar Security ...... 441 Assistance Systems ...... 266 Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 368 OnStar System ...... 162, 173 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 114 Multi-band Antenna ...... 158 Operating Mode Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 209 N Overheated Engine Protection ...... 340 Passenger Sensing System ...... 66 Operation Navigation Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Fog Lamps ...... 143 Connected Services ...... 445 Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Outlets Destination ...... 167 California ...... 322 Power ...... 102 Using the System ...... 163 Personalization Overheated Engine Protection Navigation Symbols ...... 166 Vehicle ...... 131 Operating Mode ...... 340 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 228 Phone Overheating, Engine ...... 338 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 O Overview ...... 149 Bluetooth ...... 180, 181 Odometer ...... 110 Instrument Panel ...... 4 Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab ...... 320 Trip ...... 110 Port Off-Road ...... 215 USB ...... 158 Driving ...... 215 Positioning Recovery ...... 214 Vehicle ...... 174 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

456 Index Power Radios Replacement Door Locks ...... 22 AM-FM Radio ...... 155 Glass ...... 348 Mirrors ...... 35 Satellite ...... 157 Replacement Parts Outlets ...... 102 Reading Lamps ...... 146 Airbags ...... 71 Protection, Battery ...... 147 Rear Axle ...... 346 Maintenance ...... 419 Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 236 Locking ...... 254 Replacing Airbag System ...... 71 Seat Adjustment ...... 47 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 38 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Windows ...... 41 Rear Seats ...... 53 Crash ...... 88 Power Assist Steps ...... 30 Heated ...... 54 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 59 Rear Storage ...... 96 a Crash ...... 60 Privacy Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 266 Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Recording ...... 437 Rear Windows ...... 43 Canadian Government ...... 437 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 174 Rearview Mirrors ...... 38 General Motors ...... 437 Program Automatic Dimming ...... 38 U.S. Government ...... 436 Courtesy Transportation ...... 433 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 48 Restraints Prohibited Fuels ...... 284 Recognition Where to Put ...... 76 Proposition 65 Warning, Voice ...... 175 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 236 California ...... 322, 343, 391, Recommended Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 38 Back Cover Fuel ...... 283, 284 Ride Control Systems Publication Ordering Information ...... 435 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 418 Enhanced Traction System (ETS) ...... 254 R Records Roads Maintenance ...... 422 Driving, Wet ...... 219 Radio Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 395 Roadside Assistance Program ...... 431 HD Radio Technology ...... 156 Reimbursement Program, GM Roof Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 157 Mobility ...... 431 Sunroof ...... 43 Radio Frequency Statement ...... 436 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . 10, 13 Rotation, Tires ...... 374 Radio Reception ...... 158 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 20 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 427 Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 238 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Index 457 S Seats (cont'd) Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 143 Safety Defects Reporting Underseat Storage ...... 96 Snow Plow ...... 318 Canadian Government ...... 437 Securing Child Restraints ...... 88, 92 Software Updates ...... 155 General Motors ...... 437 Security Special Application Services ...... 415 U.S. Government ...... 436 Light ...... 122 Specifications and Capacities ...... 424 Safety Locks ...... 23 OnStar ...... 441 Speedometer ...... 110 Safety System Check ...... 60 Vehicle ...... 31 Start Assist, Hill ...... 248 Satellite Radio ...... 157 Vehicle Alarm ...... 31 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 20 Scheduling Appointments ...... 433 Service ...... 210 Starter Switch Check ...... 347 Seat Belts ...... 54 Accessories and Modifications ...... 323 Starting the Engine ...... 232 Care ...... 60 Climate Control System ...... 204 Steering ...... 214 Extender ...... 59 Doing Your Own Work ...... 323 Heated Wheel ...... 100 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 55 Maintenance Records ...... 422 Wheel Adjustment ...... 100 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 57 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 408 Wheel Controls ...... 100 Reminders ...... 113 Parts Identification ...... 423 Steering Column Lock ...... 32 Replacing after a Crash ...... 60 Scheduling Appointments ...... 433 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 151 Use During Pregnancy ...... 59 Service Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 118 Steps Seats Services Power Assist ...... 30 Adjustment, Front ...... 46 Special Application ...... 415 Stop/Start System ...... 233 Center Seat ...... 47 Servicing System ...... 175 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Head Restraints ...... 45 Servicing the Airbag ...... 69 Bulb Replacement ...... 351 Heated and Ventilated Front ...... 52 Settings ...... 186 Storage Heated, Rear ...... 54 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Rear ...... 96 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 48 Automatic Transmission ...... 347 Storage Areas Memory ...... 49 Shifting Center Console ...... 96 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 47 Into Park ...... 236 Floor Console ...... 97 Rear ...... 53 Out of Park ...... 237 Glove Box ...... 95 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 48 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 280 Underseat ...... 96 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

458 Index Storage Compartments ...... 95 Time ...... 102 Towing Struts Tires ...... 360 Driving Characteristics ...... 288 Gas ...... 349 All-Season ...... 361 Equipment ...... 296 Stuck Vehicle ...... 221 All-Terrain ...... 362 General Information ...... 288 Sun Visors ...... 43 Buying New Tires ...... 376 Recreational Vehicle ...... 395 Sunroof ...... 43 Chains ...... 379 Trailer ...... 293 Symbols ...... 2 Changing ...... 381 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 306 Navigation ...... 166 Designations ...... 364 Vehicle ...... 394 System Different Size ...... 377 Traction Brake Pad Life ...... 342 Full-Size Spare ...... 390 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 254 Engine Air Filter Life ...... 333 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 380 Off Light ...... 120 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) ...... 275 Inspection ...... 373 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Global Positioning ...... 173 Pressure ...... 367 Control ...... 248 Infotainment ...... 439 Pressure Light ...... 122 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 195 OnStar ...... 173 Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 369 Trailer Systems Pressure Monitor System ...... 368 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 306 Driver Assistance ...... 265 Rotation ...... 374 Tow Mirrors ...... 34 T Sidewall Labeling ...... 362 Towing ...... 293 Terminology and Definitions ...... 365 Trailer Towing Tachometer ...... 110 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 377 App ...... 307 Tailgate ...... 23 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 378 Trailering App ...... 307 Taillamps Wheel Replacement ...... 378 Transfer Case ...... 242 Bulb Replacement ...... 351 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 375 Transmission Task Lighting ...... 144 Winter ...... 361 Automatic ...... 239 Teen Driver ...... 192 Top Tier Fuel ...... 283 Fluid, Automatic ...... 333 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 430 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 242 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 433 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 32 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 119 Trip Odometer ...... 110 Immobilizer ...... 32 Truck-Camper Loading Information ...... 226 GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-14632426) - 2021 - CRC - 11/5/20

Index 459 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 143 Vehicle (cont'd) When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 375 Turn Signal Speed Messages ...... 131 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 76 Bulb Replacement ...... 351 Towing ...... 394 Windows ...... 40 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 U Manual ...... 41 Vehicle Care Power ...... 41 Underseat Storage ...... 96 Tire Pressure ...... 367 Rear ...... 43 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 377 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 437 Windshield Universal Remote System ...... 136 Vehicle Positioning ...... 174 Replacement ...... 348 Operation ...... 138 Vehicle Security Wiper/Washer ...... 101 Programming ...... 136 Steering Column Lock ...... 32 Winter Updates Ventilation, Air ...... 209 Driving ...... 220 Map Data ...... 175 Visors ...... 43 Winter Tires ...... 361 Software ...... 155 Voice Recognition ...... 175 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 348 USB Port ...... 158 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 113 Wireless Charging ...... 103 Using the Navigation System ...... 163 Using the System ...... 152 W Using This Manual ...... 2 Warning Brake System Light ...... 117 V Caution and Danger ...... 2 Vehicle Warning Lights, Gauges, and Alarm System ...... 31 Indicators ...... 106 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Warnings Control ...... 213 Hazard Flashers ...... 142 Identification Number (VIN) ...... 423 Washer Fluid ...... 340 Load Limits ...... 222 Wheels Messages ...... 130 Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 378 Personalization ...... 131 Different Size ...... 377 Remote Start ...... 20 Replacement ...... 378 Security ...... 31 21_GMC_Sierra_SierraDenali_1500_COV_en_US_84550392C_2021FEB23.pdf 1 2/18/2021 2:32:49 PM

CMY